chapter -1 introductionenvironmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/eia/23112019...m/s. chemtech...

M/s. Chemtech Intermediates Pvt. Ltd. G.I.D.C., Nandesari, Vadodara.

M/S. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR 1

CHAPTER -1

INTRODUCTION

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT AND REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

M/s. Chemtech Intermediates Pvt. Ltd is already engaged in manufacturing of organic

chemicals at plot C1-128/14-15, GIDC Estate, Nandesari, Dist. Vadodara, Gujarat. The Unit

is having valid Consolidated Consent & Authorization (CC&A) from Gujarat Pollution

Control Board vides CC&A order no.: AWH-85623 with validity up to 31/12/2021 for

manufacturing of organic chemicals. Unit has granted consent before 2006 and it is attached

as Annexure-I A. Now, unit has purchased new two adjoining plots for proposed expansion.

The expansion will be carried out at plot C1-128/13,14,15,16 GIDC Estate, Nandesari, Dist.

Vadodara, Gujarat, existing plot & new adjoining plots located in GIDC.

The unit is going for expansion for range of products like pharma advanced Intermediates.

The existing production quantity is 90 MT/Month of synthetic organic chemicals. The total

production quantity after expansion becomes 1080 MT/Month. The details of products are

given in Table no.1.1.The product proposed by the unit fall in the Schedule attached to the

EIA Notification, i.e. Project No. 5(f).

The purpose of this report is to:

Establish a pre-project baseline with respect to environmental indicators.

Identify environment related impacts

Evaluate safety related risk factors associated with project

Propose appropriate mitigation measures for minimizing the adverse impacts to the extent

possible

Suggest Environment Management Plan

Recommend Risk Management Plan

This report is also made in the overall frame work of the Environmental Impact Assessment

(EIA) Notification dated 14th September, 2006 (and subsequent amendments to the same)

issued by the Ministry of Environment and Forests and climate change (MoEF&CC), by

providing required information with regards to the project as mentioned in the Terms of

Reference issued by the State Level Environment Impact Assessment Committee.



TABLE: 1.1LIST OF EXISTING PRODUCTS AND THEIR PRODUCTION CAPACITY

Sr.No.

Product Name CAS No. Quantity inMT/Month

End Use

1. Phenyl Acetonitrile(Benzyl cyanide)

140-29-4 25 Fexofenidine

2. Phenyl Acetic Acid 103-82-2 25 Penicillin-G3. Ammonium Sulphate /

Ammonium Sulphate Liquor7783-20-2 40 Soil

conditionerTotal -- 90 --

TABLE: 1.2LIST OF PROPOSED PRODUCTS AND THEIR PRODUCTION CAPACITY

Sr.No.

Product Name CAS No. ExistingQuantity inMT/Month

ProposedadditionalQuantity inMT/Month

TotalCapacityinMT/Month

End Use

GROUP (A) NITRILES1 Phenyl Acetonitrile

(Benzyl cyanide)140-29-4 25 +175 200

Either/OrFexofenidine

2 4-Methoxy PhenylAcetonitrile(4-Methoxy Benzylcyanide)

104-47-2 00 200Either/Or

Venlaflaxine

3 2-Chloro PhenylAcetonitrile

948014-31-1 00 Clopidogrel

4 4-ChlorophenylAcetonitrile

140-53-4 00 Cloperastine

5 2-4- Di chloro phenylacetonitrile

6306-60-1 00 Pharma

Total 25 200Group (B) ACID1 Phenyl Acetic Acid 103-82-2 25 +175 200

Either/OrPenicillin-G

2 4 – Methoxy Phenylacetic Acid

104-01-8 00 200Either/Or

Venlafaxine

3 2- Chloro phenyl aceticAcid

2444-36-2 00 Clopidogrel

4 4- Chloro phenyl aceticAcid

1878-66-6 00 Cloperastine

5 2-4 – Di chloro phenylacetic Acid

19719-28-9 00 Pharma

6 3-4 Di methoxy phenylacetic Acid

93-40-3 00 Verapramil



Sr.No.




End Use

7 3-4- Di Ethoxy Phenylacetic Acid

93-40-3 00 Drotaverine

8 2-5- Dimethyl phenylacetic Acid

13612-34-5 00 Pharma

9 Alpha- Napthyl aceticAcid

86-87-3 00 Pharma

Total 25 200GROUP (C) CYANOACETIC ACID DERIVATIVES1 Methyl cyano acetate 105-34-0 00 100

Either/Or100Either/Or

Pregabaline,Gabapentine

2 Ethyl cyano acetate 105-56-6 00 Gabapentine3 Cyano acetamide 107-91-5 00 Pregabaline4 Octocrylene 6197-30-4 00 Sunscreen5 N-N-Di ethyl amino

cyano acetamide26391-06-0 00 Entacapon

TOTAL 00 100 100GROUP (D) AMINES1. Phenyl ethyl amine 103-82-2 00 50


Gilbenclamide2. 4 – Methoxy Phenyl

ethyl amine104-01-8 00 Taurine

3. 2- CyclohexenylEthylamine

4442-85-7 00 DetromeThorphane

4. 3-4 Di methoxy Phenylethylamine

120-20-7 00 Verapramil

5. 3-4 Di Ethoxy Phenylethylamine


6. 2- Chloro Phenylethylamine

13078-80-3 00 Pharma

7. 4- Chloro Phenylethylamine

156-41-2 00 Pharma

8. 1- [ 2 –Amino – 1 1 [4–methoxy phenylEthyl Cyclohexanol

130198 -05-9 00 Venlaflaxine

TOTAL 00 50 50GROUP (E) ESTAER1. Isobutyl Phenyl acetate 103-82-2 00 25


Perfumeric2. Ethyl phenyl acetate 104-01-8 00 Perfumeric3. Phenyl Ethyl phenyl 4442-85-7 00 Cosmetics



Sr.No.




End Use

acetateTOTAL 00 25 25

GROUP (F)1. 3-4-Dimethoxy Phenyl

Acetonitrile93-17-4 00 25


Verpramil

2. 3-4 Di ethoxy Phenylacetonitrile


3. 2-5- Dimethyl PhenylAcetonitrile

16213-85-7 00 Pharma

4. Alpha –NapthylAcetonitrile

132-75-2 00 Naphazoline

TOTAL 00 25 25GROUP (G) Miscellaneous Products1. 2 -3 Di chloro Benzoyl

cyanide103-82-2 00 15 15 Lemotriazine

1B Cuprous cyanide 544-92-3 00 10 10 Basic inorganicchemical

2. 2-(cyno amino)-1-(2,3-dichlorophenyl)methylidene] guanidine

104-01-8 00 5 5 Lemotriazine

3. 3-Carbamoylmethyl-5-Methyl hexanoic Acidkashmira

2444-36-2 00 25 25 Pregabaline

4. 3-4-Dihydroxy-5–Nitro benzaldehyde

93-40-3 00 5 5 Entacapon

5 3-4-Dihydroxy-benzaldehyde

139-85-5 00 5 5 Rofumilast

6 2- Chloro -5 – Nitrobenzoic Acid

644-36-0 00 10 10 Mesalamine

7 1- [ 2 –Cyano – 1- [4 –methoxy phenyl EthylCyclohexanol DesVenlaflaxine Base

-- 00 5 5 Venalaflaxine

8 4-Bromo Phenyl AceticAcid

1878-68-8 00 1 1 Pharma

9 4- Cyano benzoic Acid 619-65-8 00 1 1 Tranexamicacid



Sr.No.




End Use

10 Di phenyl Acetonitrile 86-29-3 00 1 1 Di phenoxylate11 R&D Products -- 00 2 2 --12# Ammonium Sulphate /

Ammonium SulphateLiquor

7783-20-2 0/40 160/355 160/395 --

TOTAL(Existing+Proposed)

-- 90* 845/1040 845/1080**

CO Product1.# Methanol 67-56-1 00 50 50*** Solvent

Note:

*50 T/M is organic product and 40 T/M is inorganic product

**160 T/M is ammonium sulphate crystal / 395 T/M is ammonium sulphate solution.

***Methanol will be reused within premises or sell to actual end user.

# Corrigendum in TOR received.

Note-1:

Methyl alcohol is not intended to be produced but it is getting formed in the production

process of cyno acetamide.

As per Hazardous waste guideline, 2016 it should be considered as a by-product not a

Hazardous waste.

Chemical reaction of cyno acetamide is as given below:

CNCH2COOCH3 + NH3 = CNCH2CONH2 + CH3OH

M.W.99 M.W. 17 M.W. 84 M.W.32

The quality of this methyl alcohol will be same as commercial methyl alcohol.

And our internal requirement will be 20 MT/Month (worst case) in the production of Amines

group. (Phenyl ethyl amine, 4 - Methoxy Phenyl ethyl amine, 3 - 4 Di methoxy Phenyl ethyl

amine, 3 - 4 Di ethoxy Phenyl ethyl amine, 2 - Chloro Phenyl ethyl amine, 4 - Chloro Phenyl

ethyl amine, 4 - Chloro Phenyl ethyl amine, 1- [ - Amino - 1 - [4 - Methoxy phenyl) Ethyl} –

Cyclo Hexanol Base/HCL])

So, unit will reuse 20 MT/Month of methyl alcohol in the premises.

And remaining 30 MT/Month of methyl alcohol will be sold outside to actual user.



Note-2:

Ammonium sulphate is generated from process as product not scrubber solution.

Ammonium sulphate is generated from hydrolysis and benzyl cyanide reaction. It is not a

scrubber solution. We have already it as by-product in our consent.

The project falls under Category A of project activity 5(f) as per the schedule of EIA

Notification 2006.

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT

1.2.1 PROJECT PROPONENT

The directors of the company have a good experience in handling the production

management, financial management and all the allied areas. They have in depth

understanding of the Pharmaceutical Business as well as market. Details of directors are

given in Table no. 1.3.

TABLE: 1.3CONTACT DETAILS OF DIRECTORS

Sr.No.

Name of Director Residential Address Mobile No. Email id

1. Mr. Ripal Patel 9, Kailash Park Society,Behind S. T. Colony,GotriRoad , Vadodara 9825021759

[email protected]

2. Mrs. Manisha Ripal Patel 9, Kailash Park Society,Behind S. T. Colony,GotriRoad , Vadodara

[email protected]

1.3 KEY INFORMATION OF PROJECT

1.3.1 IMPORTANCE AND JUSTIFICATION OF PROJECT

Pharma advanced Intermediates:

Global Pharma market size in the calendar year 2015 is estimated at $1060 billion as per IMS

with a very marginal growth rate of 1-2%. India’s total export of pharmaceuticals (APIs,

Generics and Alternative system of medicine) during 2015-16 was $16.89 billion with a



growth of 9.44%. India’s exports in INR terms has recorded a growth of 17% and was valued

at 110,522crore during Fy-15

A Global generic market is estimated to be of size $ 294 billion. The market grew 2015

approximately by 4% as Per IMS (World renowned market audit agency) data. India, a

predominant player in the Generic market has docked $ 11.76 billion of & ports out of this $

294 a growth of 12.8% during the year 2015-16.

India has a market share of almost 80% of a Generic market size of Africa. A region of North

American as contributed over 33%to India’s pharmaceutical exports and has grown by a 26%

in Fy-l6.

API’s and R&D products

The global active pharmaceutical ingredients market is expected to reach USD 213.97 Billion

by 2021 from USD 157.95 Billion in 2016, growing at a CAGR of 6.3% from 2016 to 2021.

The factors driving market growth include increasing incidence of chronic diseases, rising

prevalence of cancer, technological advancements in API manufacturing, growing

importance of generics, rapidly increasing geriatric population, increase in abbreviated new

drug applications (ANDA) and increasing uptake of biopharmaceuticals. However, factors

such as stringent regulatory requirements and unfavorable drug price control policies across

various countries may restrain the market growth.

On the basis of type, the market is segmented into innovative and generic APIs. The

innovative APIs segment is estimated to command the largest share in 2018. Some of the

major factors contributing to its large share include growing demand for innovative

therapeutics for treatment of dreadful diseases, especially cancer , the increase in the number

of FDA approvals for new molecular entities and the higher prices of innovative APIs (as

compared to generics). On the basis of type of synthesis, the market is segmented into

synthetic and biotech APIs.

1.3.2 NATURE OF THE PROJECT

The existing unit is having valid Consolidated Consent & Authorization (CC&A) from

Gujarat Pollution Control Board vides CC&A order no.: AWH-85623 with validity up to

31/12/2021 for manufacturing of organic chemicals and it is attached as an Annexure-I. The

unit is going for expansion and will manufacture 1080 MT/Month of organic pharmaceuticals



intermediate after expansion. The total plot area is 3096.85 Sq. m. Since the unit is located in

notified estate, it will be deal with State Level Environment Impact Assessment Committee.

1.3.3 SIZE AND COST OF THE PROJECT

The expected cost of proposed expansion of project is Rs. 7.1Crore. New Plant and

machinery installations will also have to be acquired and will be installed. Environment

Protection and safety systems have also been considered in planning the Cost Projection.

Green belt development, provision of fire extinguishers etc are also calculated. The below

table shows the break-up of the proposed project cost. The break-up of the proposed project

cost is shown in Table no.1.3.

TABLE: 1.3CAPITAL COST PROJECTION

Sr.No.

Purpose Existing(Rs. In Lacs)

Proposed(Rs. In Lacs)

Total(Rs. In Lacs)

1. Land 51.43 75 126.432. Building 20.20 80 100.23. Plant and Machinery 314.25 450 764.254. Q.A. Lab set up 5 25 305. Environment Protection & Safety 10 20 30a) Effluent treatment Plant 10 35 45b) Safety Equipment (PPE, fire

extinguishers, Ventilation, etc.)5.12 12 17.12

c) Green belt development 0.5 10 10.5d) Fire 0.5 3 3.5

Total 417 710 1127

1.3.4 SITE SELECTION

Proposed expansion of project will be carried out at the existing plant C1-128/14/15 and two

new adjoining plots no. C1-128/13/16, GIDC-Estate, GIDC Nandesari and Dist. Vadodara-

391 340. In addition there are advantages of present site. They are-

Site is very well connected by road & rail and close to Vadodara city.

Availability of power facilities – MGVCL.

Availability of water facilities from GIDC – Nandesari.

Raw materials will be available easily.

Transportation cost will be cheap, availability of CETP - NECL, Nandesari for

effluent treatment & discharge

Availability of TSDF site- NECL, Nandesari for disposal of Hazardous Waste

All infrastructure facilities are available.



Main industries are petrochemicals, chemicals, fertilizer, Dyes and intermediates and

pharmaceuticals in the industrial area.

1.4 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT

Proposed expansion of project will be carried out at the existing plant C1-128/14/15 and two

new adjoining plots no. C1-128/13/16, GIDC-Estate, GIDC Nandesari and Dist. Vadodara-

391 340. The plot allotment letter from GIDC is attached as Annexure-II. It is approximately

10 km distance from Dist Vadodara. Vadodara is third largest city in the State of Gujarat and

is one of the focal point of industrial growth in western India. Numerous major, medium and

small scale industries are situated in this area. The national highway 8 connecting Nandesari

to Ahmedabad and lies approx.2.97 km NE of the site and it is well connected by rail and

road. Water is available from the GIDC water supply scheme. Mahi River, a perennial river,

flows approx. 2.45 km west of the site.

The approximate geographical positioning of the project site is at Latitude: 22°24'21.15"N,

Longitude: 73°05'47.66"E. The salient features of the location of the project site are presented

in Table no. 1.4. Layout plan of the factory premises clearly demarcating various units within

the plant. Provision of separate entry & exit and adequate margin all-round the periphery for

unobstructed easy movement of the emergency vehicle / fire tenders without reversing back

is attached as Annexure-III.

The location of project site can be identified from the location map shown in Figure no. 1.1

and Figure no.1.2.The industry is located in an area, which is already industrialized. The

industries in the vicinity of the proposed project are given in the table no-1.4.

TABLE: 1.4

NEARBY INDUSTRIES IN THE VICINITY

Name of Industry Direction w.r.tproject site

Address

Supra Combines South C-1/128/16, GIDC, Nandesari, Vadodara.Jineshwar Chemicals North C-1/128/08, GIDC, Nandesari, Vadodara.Ester India East C-1/128/29-30 GIDC, Nandesari,

Vadodara.Base Metal ChlorinationPvt. Ltd.

West C-1/128/18, GIDC, Nandesari, Vadodara.



FIGURE 1.1LOCATIONAL MAP



FIGURE 1.2SATELLITE IMAGE OF PROJECT LOCATION

1.5 SALIENT FEATURES

The salient features of project site are covered in below table.

TABLE: 1.5SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT SITE

Particulars Details Approx. Distance

from Project Site

Village Nandesari 1.44 Km

Taluka/ Tehsil Nandesari 1.44 Km

District Vadodara 9 Km

Approx. Geographical

positioning

Latitude: 22°24'21.15"N,

Longitude: 73° 5'47.66"E

--

Nearest City Vadodara 9 Km

Nearest Town Vadodara 9 Km

Nearest Highway NH8 3 Km

Nearest State highway SH 188 3 Km

Nearest Railway line/

Railway station

Nandesari 1.5 Km

Nearest Airport/ Airbase Vadodara 15 Km

Nearest River Mahi River 2.30Km



Within 10 km radius from the plant site:

There are no metropolitan cities.

There are no ecological sensitive areas such as tropical forests, biosphere reserve, and

important lakes or coastal areas rich in coral formation.

There is no national park or wild life sanctuary.

There is no reserved forest and protected forest within 10 km distance.

There are no sensitive places of archaeological, historical, cultural and religious or tourist

importance.

Main industries are petrochemicals, chemicals, fertilizer, dyes and intermediates and

pharmaceuticals in the industrial area.

1.6 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

As per the EIA Notification, September 2006, the proposed expansion project falls under

category 5(f) of the schedule. The unit has proposed total quantity 1040 MT/Month of

organic pharmaceutical manufacturing which requires prior Environmental Clearance (EC).

This project was issued TOR on the 504th meeting of SEAC dated 08/05/2019 and was

communicated to project proponent vide letter no. SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/5(f)/961/2019

dated 10/01/2019.

The EIA report is based on the finalized TOR as ref no.

SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/5(f)/961/2019 Dated: 19th June, 2019. The original TOR letter given

by the SEAC is attached as Annexure-IV. Corrigendum in TOR received.

The proposal number of the project is SIA/GJ/IND2/32503/2019.

1.7 SCOPE & OBJECTIVES OF THE EIA STUDY

This EIA Report is prepared to comply with the requirements of the SEAC as per the

guideline for the Clearance. The objectives of this EIA are:

To describe the Project and associated works together with the requirements for

carrying out the Project.

To identify and describe the elements of the community and environment likely to be

affected by the Project, and / or likely to cause impacts upon the Project, including

both the natural and man-made environment.

To identify and quantify emission sources and determine the severity of impacts on

sensitive receivers and potential affected uses.



To recognize and quantify any environmental impacts associated with the Project and

recommend appropriate mitigation measures.

To study existing landscape and visual quality in the study area so as to evaluate the

landscape and visual impacts of the project.

To propose mitigation measures to minimise pollution, environmental disturbance and

nuisance during construction and operation of the project;

To identify, predict and evaluate the residual (that is, after practicable mitigation)

environmental impacts and cumulative effects expected to arise during the

construction and operation phases of the project in relation to the sensitive receivers

and potential affected uses.

To identify, assess and specify methods, measures and standards, to be included in the

detailed design, construction and operation of the project which are necessary to

mitigate these impacts and reduce them to allowable levels within established

standards / guidelines.

To investigate the extent of side-effects of proposed mitigation measures that may

lead to other forms of impacts.

To identify constraints associated with the mitigation measures recommended in this

EIA.

To identify any additional studies necessary to fulfil the objectives to the requirements

of this EIA Study.

1.8 REGULATORY PROVISIONS AND REQUIREMENT

The proposed project is for the manufacturing of Synthetic Organic Chemicals and is covered

under EIA Notification of MoEF& CC. It is obligatory for the proponent to obtain prior EC

from State Environment Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA), Gujarat and Consent to

Establish (CTE/NOC) and Consent to Operate (CTO/CCA) from GPCB for the proposed

project, under the various Environmental laws. Since Nandesari is declared as critically

polluted area, this B1 Category project becomes category-A Project. The EC is required from

EAC Committee of Industrial project-II.

1.9 GENERAL LEGAL REQUIREMENTS

The general legal sstatutory requirements applicable to the proposed project are tabulated in

below table.



TABLE: 1.6APPLICABLE REGULATORY PROVISION FOR PROPOSED PROJECTSr.No.

Legal Instrument Concern Authority or Bodies

1. Air (Prevention and Control ofPollution) Act, 1981 amended 1987

CPCB and SPCB/UTPCC.

2. Air (Prevention and Control ofPollution) (Union Territories)Rules, 1983


3. Water (Prevention and Control ofPollution) Act, 1974 amended 1988


4. Water (Prevention and Control ofPollution) Rules, 1975


5. The Environment (Protection) Act,1986, amended 1991

Ministry of Environment, Forests & ClimateChange, CPCB and SPCB/UTPCC.

6. Environmental (Protection) Rules,1986 (Amendments in 1999, 2001,2002, 2002, 2002, 2003, 2004)

Ministry of Environment, Forests & ClimateChange, CPCB and SPCB/UTPCC.

7. Hazardous & Other Wastes(Management and TransboundryMovement) Rules 2016

MoEF&CC, CPCB, SPCB/UTPCC, DGFT,Port Authority and Customs Authority.

8. Manufacture Storage and Import ofHazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989amended 2000

Ministry of Environment & Forests, ChiefController of Imports and Exports, CPCB,SPCB/UTPCC, Chief Inspector of Factories,Chief Inspector of Dock Safety, Chief Inspectorof Mines, AERB, Chief Controller ofExplosives, District Collector or DistrictEmergency Authority, CEES under DRDO.

9. Chemical Accidents (EmergencyPlanning, Preparedness andResponse) Rules, 1996

CCG, SCG, DCG, LCG and MAH Units.

10. Ozone Depleting Substances(Regulation and Control) Rules,2000

Ministry of Environment, Forests & ClimateChange.

11. EIA Notification, 2006 as amendedtimely (2009, 2011)

MoEF&CC, SPCB/UTPCC.

12. Batteries (Management andHandling) Rules, 2001.

SPCB/UTPCC, CPCB and MoEF.

13. Public Liability Insurance Act,1991 amended 1992

Ministry of Environment, Forests & ClimateChange, District Collector.

14. Public Liability Insurance Rules,1991 amended 1993

Ministry of Environment, Forests & ClimateChange, District Collector.

15. Factories Act, 1948 Ministry of Labour, DGFASLI and Directorateof Industrial Safety and Health/FactoriesInspectorate.

16. The Explosives Act, 1884 Ministry of Commerce and Industry(Department of Explosives).

17. The Explosive Rules, 1983 Ministry of Commerce and Industry and ChiefController of Explosives, port conservator,customs collector, railway administration.



Sr.No.

Legal Instrument Concern Authority or Bodies

18. The Gas Cylinder Rules, 2004 * Ministry of Commerce and Industry and ChiefController of Explosives, port conservator,customs collector, DGCA, DC, DM, Police (subinspector to commissioner)

19. The Static and Mobile PressureVessels (Unfired) Rules, 1981

Ministry of Commerce and Industry and ChiefController of Explosives, port conservator,customs collector, DGCA, DC, DM, Police (subinspector to commissioner)

20. The Motor Vehicle Act, 1988 Ministry of Shipping, Road Transport andHighways.

21. The Central Motor Vehicle Rules,1989

Ministry of Shipping, Road Transport andHighways.

22. The Custom Act, 1962 CBEC, Ministry of Finance.(Note: * the rules are not directly applicable to the proposed project but during operation itmay be applicable timely depending up on allied operations like welding, fabrication &shipping of raw materials & products.)

1.10 STRUCTURE OF EIA REPORT

The generic structure of the EIA report, as per the guideline provided by MoEF & CC is

illustrated in the following Table no.1.7.

TABLE: 1.7STRUCTURE OF EIA REPORTSr.No.

EIA Structure Contents

1. Introduction Purpose of the report and regulatory frame work Identification of the project and project proponent Key Information of project Regulatory Frame work Scope & Objective of EIA study Structure of EIA report Terms of reference & Its Compliance

2. Project Description Condensed description of those aspects of the project (basedon project feasibility study), likely to cause environmentaleffects. Description contains the details of the following: Type of project Need for the project Location details showing general location, specific location,project boundary & project site layout) Technology and process description Project description. Including drawings showing projectlayout, components of project etc. Schematic representationsof the feasibility drawings which give information importantfor EIA purpose Description of mitigation measures incorporated into theproject to meet environmental standards,



Sr.No.

EIA Structure Contents

3. Description of theEnvironment

Study area, period, components & methodology Establishment of baseline for valued environmentalcomponents, as identified in the scope Base maps of all environmental components

4. AnticipatedEnvironmentalImpacts &Mitigation Measures

Details of Investigated Environmental impacts due to projectlocation, possible accidents, project design, projectconstruction, regular operations, final decommissioning orrehabilitation of a completed project Measures for minimizing and / or offsetting adverse impactsidentified Irreversible and Irretrievable commitments of environmentalcomponents Assessment of significance of impacts (Criteria fordetermining significance, Assigning significance) Mitigation measures

5. Analysis ofalternatives(technology & site)

Need for alternatives with respect to technology and siteselection, give details of each alternative, summary ofadverse impact of each alternative and propose mitigationmeasures for each alternative.

6. EnvironmentalMonitoring Program

Technical aspects of environmental monitoring for theeffectiveness of mitigation measures (incl. Measurementmethodologies, frequency, location, data analysis, reportingschedules, emergency procedures, budget & procurementschedules)

7. Additional Study:Risk Assessment &DisasterManagement Plan

Hazard Identification Risk Assessment & control/prevention Measures Disaster Management

8. Project Benefits Detail of the Socioeconomic & other tangible benefits of theproject

9. Environmental CostBenefit Analysis

Environmental cost benefit analysis to be carried out ifrequired.

10. EnvironmentManagement Plan

Description of the administrative aspects of ensuring thatmitigation measures are implemented and their effectivenessmonitored, after approval of the EIA. The Chapter consist of: Mitigation measures for impacts Pollution Prevention Plan Greenbelt Development Plan Mangrove Management Plan Dredging management PlanWaste management planEnvironment Management CellBudgetary Provisions for EMS

11. Summary &Conclusion

Description of brief of EIA report

12. Disclosure ofConsultant Engaged

Detail of the EIA Consultant



1.11 TERMS OF REFERENCE BY SEAC, GANDHINAGAR AND ITS

COMPLIANCE

TABLE: 1.8SPECIFIC TOR GIVEN BY SEAC, GANDHINAGAR

Sr.No.

Terms of Reference TOR Compliance

1. Installation of Cyanide gas emission sensor in production plantarea.

Details given in chapter-2 section no.2.3.2.3 pageno.49.

2. Segregation of cyanide bearing system from other stream of plantand specific treatment for cyanide bearing stream in ETP plant.

Details given in chapter-2, Table 2.19 on pageno.144.

3. Safety precautions for cyanide stream and cyanide compoundhandling as per PESO standards and provide antidotes for cyanidehandling in plant area.

Details given in chapter-7 section no 7.4.7 onpage no.261.

4. Isolated storage of various solvents at ground floor area. Isolated storage area forvarious solvents ismentioned in plant layoutin Block No.5. Details ofland breakup is given intable no 2.9 in chapter-2on page no.126.

5. Details with respect to justification for proposed expansion(1) To address proportionate availability of space for productionplant.(2) To address proportionate availability of storage area for rawmaterials finished goods, utilities and goods carrier movementwithin premises.(3) To address proportionate captive/common infrastructureavailable to accommodate additional load due to proposedexpansion.(4) Environment impact and its mitigation measures forcommon/captive infrastructure due to proposed production.

Details covered inchapter-2 section no.2.5.1 from page no.126to 127.

6. Compliance of MoEFCC’s OM dated 01/05/2018 regarding“Corporate Environment Responsibility” (CER). Fund allocationfor Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) shall be made asper MoEFCC’s OM No.22-65/2017-IA. III dated 01/05/2018 forvarious activities therein. The details of fund allocation andactivities for CER shall be incorporated in EIA/EMP report.

Attached as Annexure-XIX.

7. Explore the use of renewable energy to the maximum extentpossible. Details of provisions to make the project energy-efficientthrough of energy efficient devices and adoption of modes ofalternatives eco-friendly sources of energy like solar water heater,solar lighting etc. Measures proposed for energy conservation.

Details covered inchapter-10 section no.10.4.2.1. on page no.376point no. b.

8. Qualitative & Quantitative analysis of hazardous waste streamsgeneration from the manufacturing process (Product wise). Explorethe possibility to reuse such waste streams within premises as rawmaterials for other products or to convert it into valuable productsinstead of selling outside. Sound management of such waste

No such waste streamswill be reused as rawmaterials withinpremises.



Sr.No.


streams as per the rule HW Rules 2016 as amended from time totime. Feasibility report for utilization shall be incorporated in EIAreport.

9. PP shall furnish status of all the applicable rules, acts, regulation,clearances in a tabular form.

Details covered inchapter-1 Table 1.6 onpage no. 14.

10. Address spent solvents as hazardous waste management and itsdisposal in hazardous waste matrix.

There will be nogeneration of any spentsolvents. Solvents suchas Toluene, Cyclohexane,Methanol, Chloroform,MDC, Pyridine, andDMF will be used andrecovered. It will recyclewithin premises in sameprocess. Unit willperform solvent recoverymore than 95%. Therewill be only 5%generation of residue &loss. Residue generationwill be less than 5% andwill go for co-processingfacility of NandesariEnvironment Control Ltd(NECL).

11. Leak detection and repairing Programme (LDAR) for all thevolatile organic solvent proposed for use in-house with detailedchemical properties including vapour pressure. LDAR shallendeavor prevention of losses of solvents to the best minimumextent.

Details covered inchapter-7, in section no.7.8.1 from page no. 295to 297.

12. Safety precautions including flame proof electric fittings to betaken to avoid fire hazard during unloading, storage, transportation,handling and processing of solvents.

Details covered inchapter-7, section 7.4 &7.5 from page no 254 to273.

13. Segregation of waste water streams based on characteristics and itsproper management keeping in view direction under section 18(1)(b) of the water (Presentation and control OF Pollution) act, 1974issued by CPCB dated 31/03/2016 regarding compliance of CETP

Segregation of wastewater streams is given inchapter-2, section no.2.6.1.1 on page no, 140.Compliance of CETPkeeping in view directionunder section 18(1) (b) ofthe water (Presentationand control OF Pollution)act, 1974 is attached asAnnexure-V.

14. MOU for final disposal of above mentioned solutions which aregoing to be generated as Hazardous waste as per HWR-2016, (1)

MOU for Sodiumbromide & Hydrobromic



Sr.No.


Sodium bromide, (2) Hydrobromic acid, (3) Spent nitric acid and(4) spent catalyst at the time of appraisal of Environmentalclearance.

acid is attached asAnnexure-VI.MOU for spent Nitricacid is attached asAnnexure-VII. MOU forspent catalyst is attachedas Annexure-VIII.

TABLE: 1.9TOR GIVEN BY SEAC, GANDHINAGAR

Sr.No.

Terms of Reference Section no. Covered Under

1. A tabular chart with index for point-wisecompliance of below mentioned TORs.

Details are covered in Chapter-1.

2. Executive summary of the project – giving aprima facie idea of the objectives of theproposal, use of Resources, justification, etc. Inaddition, it should provide a compilation of EIAreport, including EMP and the Post-projectmonitoring plan in brief.

Details are covered under Chapter-11from page no 388 to 398.

3. Justification for selecting the proposed productand unit size.

Details are covered under section no.1.3.1 in Chapter-1 on page no. 6.

4. Land requirement for the project including itsbreak up for various purposes, its availabilityand Optimization.

Details of Land are covered undersection no.2.5.1 of Chapter-2 frompage no. 126 to 127.

5. Land possession documents. Copy of NA ordershowing permission to use the project land forindustrial purpose. If located in GIDC, copy ofplot holding certificate obtained from GIDCAuthority.

Copy of plot holding certificate isattached as an Annexure-II.

6. Location of the project site and nearest habitatswith distances from the project site to bedemarcated on Toposheet (1: 50000 scale).

Toposheet is attached as an Annexure-IX.

7. Topography details of the project area. Details covered in chapter-3 sectionno 3.1.1 on page no 169.

8. Geological features and geo-hydrological statusof the study area.

Details are covered under section no.3.7.2 of Chapter-3 from page no.193.

9. In case of project located outside notified area:Legal Undertaking stating that unit is

This is existing unit located in GIDCNandesari. Hence undertaking is not



Sr.No.


complying the three conditions [i.e. waterconsumption less than 25 M3/day; Fuelconsumption less than 25 TPD; and not coveredin the category of MAH units as per theManagement, Storage, Import of HazardousChemical Rules (MSIHC Rules), 1989] as perthe amendment to EIA Notification, 2006 videSO 1599 (E) dated 25/06/2014.

applicable.

10. Present land use pattern of the study area shallbe given based on satellite imagery.

Details are covered under section no.3.7of Chapter-3 from page no 189 to192.

11. Layout plan of the factory premises clearlydemarcating various units within the plant.Provision of separate entry & exit and adequatemargin all round the periphery for unobstructedeasy movement of the emergency vehicle / firetenders without reversing back. Mark the samein the plant layout.

Plant layout is attached as anAnnexure-III.

12. Technical details of the plant/s along withdetails on best available technologies (BAT),proposed technology and reasons for selectingthe same.

Details are covered under sectionno.2.4.1of Chapter-2 on page 60.

13. Product spectrum (Proposed products alongwith production Capacity) and processes.

Details of products are given in tableno.1.1 in Chapter-1 on page no. 2.Details of process are covered undersection no.2.4.2 of Chapter-2 frompage no 60 to 125.

14. Chemical name of each proposed product to bemanufactured. Details on end use of eachproduct. (Provide CAS number of all theproducts & raw materials. In case of Dyes, CInumber).

Details are covered under table 1.1 ofChapter-1 from page no 2 to 5.

15. Details on raw materials, source and storagewithin the premises.

Details of raw materials source isgiven in chapter-2, table no. 2.8 onpage no 58 to 59.

16. Details of complete manufacturing process /operations of each product along with chemicalreactions, process flow diagram describing eachunit processes and unit operations along withmaterial balance, consumption of raw materialsetc.

Details of process are covered undersection no.2.4.2 of Chapter-2 frompage no 60 to 125.

17. Details on strategy for the implementation ofcleaner production activities.

Details are covered under section no.10.4.2. (J) Of Chapter-10 on page no371.

18. Assessment of source of the water supply withadequacy of the same to meet with therequirements for the project. Permissionobtained from the concern authority for supply

Water will be supplied by Nandesariwater & Utilities Ltd. Waterpermission letter is attached as anAnnexure-X.



Sr.No.


of raw water.19. Undertaking stating that no bore well shall be

dug within the premises (If project is locatedwithin the Industrial estate).

Undertaking is attached as anAnnexure-XI.

20. Details on water balance including quantity ofeffluent generated, recycled & reused. Detailsof methods to be adopted for the waterconservation.

Details are covered under section no.2.5.2 of Chapter-2 from page no 127to 130.Water conservation program iscovered under section no.10.4.2. (N)of Chapter-10 from page no 377 to378.

21. Effort to minimize effluent discharge and tomaintain quality of receiving water body.

Details covered in chapter-10, sectionno 10.4.2. (B).2 on page no. 363.

22. Explore the possibilities for Zero LiquidDischarge (ZLD) or Efforts to minimizeeffluent discharge and to maintain quality ofreceiving water body.

Due to high COD of treated effluentZLD is not practically implementable.The unit will send final treatedeffluent to CETP of NandesariIndustrial Association (NIA).Thequality of effluent will be maintainedas per inlet norms of CETP.

23. Segregation of waste streams, characterizationand quality with specific treatment and disposalof each stream including action plan formaximum recycle of treated waste water andminimum discharge for effluent

Details of waste stream are shown insection no. 2.6.1.1 in Chapter-2 onpage no. 139.

Details of characterization, quality andtreatment are given in section no.10.4.2. (B).1 in Chapter-10 from pageno 357-360.

24. Capacity of ETP in KL/day. Details of ETPincluding dimensions of each unit along withschematic flow diagram. Inlet, transitional andtreated effluent qualities with specific efficiencyof each treatment unit in reduction in respect ofall concerned/regulated environmentalparameters. Inlet effluent quality should bebased on worst case scenario consideringproduction of most polluting products that canbe manufactured in the plant concurrently.

ETP is designed for 78 KLD. Detailsof ETP are covered under sectionno.2.6.1.2 in chapter-2 from page no140-145.Worst case scenario is covered undertable 2.17 of Chapter-2 on page no135-138.

25. In case of discharge into GIDC drainage /Pipeline:1. Copy of permission letter with quantity

(KL/day) from the concern authority ofdrainage network /pipeline withconfirmation for spare capacity available totake additional effluent.

2. Characteristics of the combined effluentand treated water to be sent to Commonpipeline with reference to the

Discharge by tanker to CETP.



Sr.No.


MoEFCC/CPCB/GPCB discharge norms.3. Provision for continuous monitoring

system for waste water discharge.26. In case of waste water sent to Common

Facilities (CF) like CETP, MEE, Spray Dryeretc.a. Details of Common facilities including (1)

Total capacity of the CF (2) Copy of CC&Aof the CF. (3) Actual load at present(Qualitative and Quantitative – KL per day)(4) Booked quantity & Spare capacity of CF(5) Copies of XGN generated Inspectionreports with analysis reports of thewater/Air/Hazardous samples collected byGPCB (Last 2 year). Copies of instructionsissued by GPCB in last 2 year and pointwise compliance thereof. (6) Copies ofShow- cause notices, closure notices etc.served by the GPCB and its compliance(6)Recommendations and suggestions of thelast two Environment Audit reports ofCETP and its compliance report. (7)Common Facility Up gradation scheme, ifany.

b. Status compliance to the 18(1) (b) directionissued by the CPCB with respect tocompliance & CEPI area action plan alongwith relevant supportive document.

c. Give status of compliance of Environmentalnorms of existing Common Infrastructurei.e. CETP, MEE & Spray Dryer (Whicheveris applicable) in which you are a member.

d. Submit adequacy of Common infrastructurei.e. CETP, MEE & Spray Dryer foradditional load (Whichever is applicable)along with writtenconfirmation/membership certificatementioning the same (Total consentedquantity, total quantity booked so far,quantity booked for the unit, spare quantityavailable).

Details of CETP are attached as anAnnexure-V.

27. In case of Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) :1. Action plan for ‘Zero’ discharge of effluent

shall be included. Notarized undertaking forassuring that underground drainageconnection will not be taken in the unit.

2. Economical and technical viability of theeffluent treatment system to achieve Zero

Not Applicable.ZLD is not practically implementable.Quality of effluent will meet inletnorms of receiving body (CETP).



Sr.No.


Liquid Discharge (ZLD).3. Certification of adequacy of proposed ZLD

scheme through credible institutes ofNational repute.

4. To estimate & monitor ground water quality& its contamination status, piezometer wells,one on up gradient of the groundwater flowand other three on the down gradient side ofthe ground water flow of the proposedproject at different depth based on availableground water depth shall be established andall the parameters mentioned in IS 10:500for potable water standard shall bemonitored.

28. In case of in-house MEE for waste watertreatment: Capacity of MEE in KL/hr.Technical details of MEE including evaporationcapacity, steam required for evaporation,adequacy of the proposed boiler to supply steamfor evaporation in addition to the steam requiredfor the process etc. Techno economical viabilityof the evaporation system. Control measuresproposed for the evaporation system in order toavoid/reduce gaseous emission/VOC fromevaporation of industrial effluent containingsolvents & other chemicals.

Not applicable

29. Technical details of ATFD/Crystallizer/Dryer,RO/NF system etc. (If any).

Not Applicable.

30. Details of the treatability and feasibility ofwastewater to be disposed off means of spraydryer and its impact on environment andHuman Health.

Not Applicable.

31. Undertaking stating that a separate electricmeter will be provided for the waste watertreatment system viz.ETP, RO, MEE, Spraydryer etc. (Whichever is applicable)

Undertaking is attached as anAnnexure-XI.

32. Economical and technical viability of theeffluent treatment system.

Details are covered under section no.10.4.2 (B).3 of Chapter-10, on page no361.

33. Plans for management, collection and disposalof waste streams to be generated from spillage,leakages, vessel washing, used containerwashing etc. Measures proposed for preventingeffluent discharge during unforeseencircumstances.

All the waste streams will be collectedseparately and sent to ETP fortreatment. It will not be allow in stormwater drain. Detailed decontaminationis given under section no. 10.4.2. (B).6of Chapter-10 on page no.363.

34. Action plan for reuse of waste streams likeSpent acids, Poly Aluminium Chloride etc.within premises to convert into valuable

No such waste streams.



Sr.No.


products instead of sending outside to actualend-users.

35. Adequacy of the proposed EMS with respect tothe pollution load envisaged in terms of Air,Water and hazardous waste.

Details are covered in section no. 2.15of Chapter-2 on page no. 164.

36. One season Site-specific micro-meteorologicaldata using temperature, relative humidity,hourly wind speed and direction and rainfallshould be incorporated.

Details are covered under table no. 3.2of Chapter-3 on page no. 169.

37. Anticipated environmental impacts due to theproposed project/production may be evaluatedfor significance and based on correspondinglikely impacts VECs (Valued EnvironmentalComponents) may be identified. Baselinestudies may be conducted within the study areafor all the concerned/identified VECs and likelyimpacts will have to be assessed for theirmagnitude in order to identify mitigationmeasures.

Details of impact are covered undersection no. 4.2 of Chapter-4 from pageno 213 to 233.

38. One complete season base line ambient airquality data (except monsoon season) to begiven along with the dates of monitoring. Theparameters to be covered shall be in accordancewith the revised National Ambient Air QualityStandards (NAAQS) as well as project specificparameters like NH3, HCl, Cl2, HBr, VOC etc.Locations of the monitoring stations should beso decided so as to take into consideration thepre-dominant downwind direction, populationzone and sensitive receptors. There should be atleast one monitoring station in the upwinddirection. There should be at least onemonitoring station in the predominantdownwind direction at a location wheremaximum ground level concentration is likelyto occur.

Details are covered under sectionno.3.3 of Chapter-3 from page no 172to 177.

Monitoring dates are attached as anAnnexure-XX.

39. Modeling indicating the likely impact onambient air quality due to proposed activities.The details of model used and input parametersused for modeling should be provided. The airquality contours may be shown on location mapclearly indicating the location of sensitivereceptors, if any, and the habitation. The windrose showing pre-dominant wind directionshould also be indicated on the map. Impact dueto vehicular movement shall also be includedinto the prediction using suitable model. Resultsof Air dispersion modeling should be

Details are covered under section no.no 4.2.2 of Chapter-4 from page no214 to 227.



Sr.No.


superimposed on satellite Image / geographicalarea map.

40. Base line status of the noise environment,impact of noise on present environment due tothe project and proposed measures for noisereduction including engineering controls.

Details are covered under section no.3.5 of Chapter-3 from page no 185 to189.Details are covered under section no.no 10.4.2 (C) of Chapter-10 from pageno.

41. Specific details ofA. Process gas emission from each unit process

with its quantification.B. Air pollution Control Measures (APCM)

proposed for process gas emission.Adequacy of the air pollution controlmeasures (APCM) for process gas emissionmeasures to achieve the GPCB norms.

C. Details of the utilities required.

D. Type and quantity (MT/hr & MT/Day) offuel to be used for each utility.

E. Flue gas emission rate emission from eachutility.

F. Air Pollution Control Measures (APCM)proposed to each of the utility along with itsadequacy

G. List the project specific sources of fugitiveemission along with its quantification andproposed measures to control it.

H. Details on tail gas treatment.(If any)

A. Details are covered under table2.21 of Chapter-2 on page no147.

B. Details are covered under table2.21 on page no. 147 and figure2.6 & 2.6 of Chapter-2 from pageno

C. Details of utilities are coveredunder table no. 2.5.4 of Chapter-2on page no 131.

D. Details of fuel quantity arecovered under section no. 2.5.3 ofChapter-2 on page no 131.

E. Details are covered under table2.20 of Chapter-2 on page no 146.

F. Details are covered under table2.20 of Chapter-2 on page no 146.

G. Details are covered under table no.10.3 of Chapter-10 on page no356.

H. No such treatment.42. Provision of CEMS (Continuous Emission

Monitoring System)Undertaking is attached as anAnnexure-XI.

43. Action plan for odour control to be submitted. Details are covered under section no.10.4.2. (L) of Chapter-10 from pageno 374 to 375.

44. Management plan for solid/hazardous wasteincluding storage, handling, utilization and safedisposal as per the Hazardous and Other Wastes(Management and Transboundary Movement)Rules 2016. CPCB guidelines in respect ofspecific treatment, such as solar evaporation,incineration, etc., need to be followed.

Details are covered under section no.10.4.2. (D).2 of Chapter-10 from pageno 364 to 365.

45. How the manual handling of the hazardouswastes will be minimized? Methodology ofdecontamination and disposal of discarded

Details are covered under section no.10.4.2. (D).3 of Chapter-10 from pageno 365-366.



Sr.No.


containers and its record keeping.46. Management of by-products which fall under

the purview of the Hazardous and Other Wastes(Management and Transboundary Movement)Rules 2016 as per the rules and necessarypermissions from the concern authority.

Not Applicable.

47. Membership of Common EnvironmentalInfrastructure like TSDF, Common IncinerationFacility (CHWIF), MEE, Spray dryer etc.

Membership of Common TSDF isattached as an Annexure-XII.

48. Name and quantity of each type of solvents tobe used for proposed production. Details of in-house solvent recovery system including massbalance, solvent loss, recovery efficiency (%recovery), feasibility of reusing the recoveredsolvents etc. for each type of solvent.

Details of solvent storage andrecovery efficiency are given in table2.2 & 2.3 of Chapter-2 on page no 41& 42.

Details of solvent recovery system arecovered under section no. no 10.4.2.(K) of Chapter-10 from page no 371 to373.

49. Appropriate monitoring network has to bedesigned and proposed, to assess the possibleresidual impact son VECs.

Details are covered under section no.6.3 of Chapter-6 from page no 237.

50. A detailed EMP including the protection andmitigation measures for impact on humanhealth and environment as well as detailedmonitoring plan and environmentalmanagement cell proposed for implementationand monitoring of EMP. The EMP should alsoinclude the concept of waste-minimization,recycle/reuse/recover techniques, energyconservation, and natural resource conservation.Total capital cost and recurring cost/annumearmarked for environment pollution controlmeasures.

Details are covered under Chapter-10section 10.3 from page no 351 to 387.

51. Details of in-house monitoring capabilities andthe recognized agencies if proposed forconducting monitoring.

Details are covered under section no.6.4 of Chapter-6 from page no.

52. Permission from PESO, Nagpur for storage ofsolvents, other toxic chemicals, if any.

PESO licence is attached asAnnexure-XIII.

53. Occupational health impacts on the workers andmitigation measures proposed to avoid thehuman health hazards along with the personalprotective equipment to be provided. Provisionof industrial hygienist and monitoring of theoccupational injury to workers as well as impacton the workers. Plan for periodic medicalcheckup of the workers exposed. Details ofwork place ambient air quality monitoring planas per Gujarat Factories Rules.

Details are covered under section no.7.7 & 7.8 of Chapter-7 from page no285 to 294.



Sr.No.


54. Details on volatile organic compounds (VOCs)from the plant operations and occupationalsafety and health protection measures. Proposalfor Leak Detection and Repair (LDAR)program as per the CPCB guidelines.


Details are covered under section no.7.8.1 of Chapter-7 from page no. 395to 297.

55. Risk assessment including prediction of theworst-case scenario and maximum credibleaccident scenarios should be carried out. Theworst-case scenario should take into account themaximum inventory of storage at site at anypoint of time. The risk contours should beplotted on the plant layout map clearly showingwhich of the facilities would be affected in caseof an accident taking place. Based on the same,proposed safeguard measures including On-Site/ Off-Site Emergency Plan should be provided.

Details are covered under section no.7.12 to 7.19 of Chapter-7 from pageno 302 to 321.

On-site/off-site emergency plan arecovered under section no. 7.20 ofChapter-7 from page no 322 to 337.

56. MSDS of all the products and raw materials. MSDS are attached as soft copy57. Details of hazardous characteristics and toxicity

of raw materials and products to be handled andthe control measures proposed to ensure safetyand avoid the human health impacts. This shallinclude the details of Antidotes also.

Characteristics and toxicity of rawmaterials and products are covered inannexure – XI.Antidotes are covered under table 7.8,of Chapter-7 on page no 274 to 284.

58. Details of quantity of each hazardous chemical(including solvents) to be stored, Material ofConstruction (MoC) of major hazardouschemical storage tanks, dyke details, thresholdstorage quantity as per schedules of theManufacture, Storage & Import of HazardousChemicals Rules of major hazardous chemicals,size of the biggest storage tank to be providedfor each raw material & product etc. How themanual handling of the hazardous chemicalswill be minimized?


59. Details of the separate isolated storage area forflammable chemicals. Details of flame proofelectrical fittings, DCP extinguishers and othersafety measures proposed. Detailed fire controlplan for flammable substances and processesshowing hydrant pipeline network, provision ofDG Sets, fire pumps, jockey pump, toxic gasdetectors etc.

Details are covered under section no.7.9 of Chapter-7 on page no 298.

60. Submit checklist in the form of Do’s & Don’tsof preventive maintenance, strengthening ofHSE, manufacturing utility staff for safetyrelated measures.

Details are covered under section no.7.10 of Chapter-7 from page no 298 to299.

61. Specify safety precaution to be taken forChemical storage, process, and handling &

Details are covered under section no.7.5 of Chapter-7 from page no 262 to



Sr.No.


transportation hazard. 273.62. Details on workers training before engaging

work, periodical, in-house, outside etc.Safety Training provided to allworkers as per Section 111 A of theFactories Act.

63. Details on various SOP to be prepared. Details are covered under section no.7.21 of Chapter-7 on page no 346.

64. Details on safety audit to be carried out andtheir compliance status.

Safety Audit conducted on 10.02.2018and compliance report is attached asAnnexure-XIV.

65. Specific safety measures to be taken for generalPublic living in the vicinity.

Safety Manual prepared as per rule41(B) & 41(C) and distributed to allthe nearby employees.

66. Details on hazardous identification i.e. HAZOP,HAZAN, Fault tree analysis, Event treeanalysis, Checklist, Audit etc. to be adopted forthe safety operation of the plant.

Details are covered under section no.7.5.5 of Chapter-7 from page no 274.

67. Detection and monitoring if VOC’s / gases. Details are covered under table 6.2 ofChapter-6 from page no 239 to 242.

68. Detailed five year greenbelt developmentprogram including annual budget, planningschedule, species, width of plantations, numberof trees to be planted, area under green beltdevelopment [with map],budgetary outlay etc.along with commitment of the management tocarry out the tree plantation activities outsidethe premises at appropriate places in the nearbyareas and elsewhere.

Details are covered under section no.10.4.2. (F) of Chapter-10 from pageno 368 to 369.

69. Action plan for the greenbelt development –species, width of plantations, planningschedule, etc., in accordance to CPCBpublished guidelines

Details are covered under section no.10.4.2. (F) of Chapter-10 from pageno 368 to 369.

70. Detailed socio-economic development measuresincluding community welfare program mostuseful in the project area for the overallimprovement of the environment. Submit adetailed plan for social corporateresponsibilities, with appropriate budgetaryprovisions for the next five years and activitiesproposed to be carried out; specific to thecurrent demographic status of the area.

Details are covered under Chapter-8from page no.

71. (a) Does the company have a well laid downEnvironment Policy approved by its Board ofDirectors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIAreport.(b). Does the Environment Policy prescribe forstandard operating process / procedures to bringinto focus any infringement / deviation /violation of the environmental or forest norms /

Environment and quality policy isattached as an Annexure-XV.

Details are covered under section no.10.3 of Chapter-10 from page no 351to 353.



Sr.No.


conditions ? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.72. What is the hierarchical system or

administrative order of the company to dealwith the environmental issues and for ensuringcompliance with the EC conditions. Details ofthis system may be given.


73. Does the company have a system of reportingof non compliances / violations ofenvironmental norms to the Board of Directorsof the company and / or shareholders orstakeholders at large? This reportingmechanism should be detailed in the EIAReport.


74. Phase wise project implementation schedulewith bar chart and time frame, in terms of sitedevelopment, infrastructure provision, EMSimplementation etc.


75. Certificate of accreditation issued by theNABET, QCI to the environmental consultantshould be incorporated in the EIA Report.

High court stay order is attached as anAnnexure-XVI.

76. An undertaking by the Project Proponent on theownership of the EIA report as per theMoEF&CC OM dated 05/10/2011 and anundertaking by the Consultant regarding theprescribed TORs have been complied with andthe data submitted is factually correct as per theMoEF&CC OM dated 04/08/2009.

Under taking by project proponent isattached as an Annexure-XI.

Under taking by consultant is attachedas an Annexure-XVII.

77. All documents to be properly referenced withindex and continuous page numbering.

Noted and complied

78. Where data are presented in the Reportespecially in Tables, the period in which thedata were collected and the sources should beindicated.

Noted and complied

79. Project Proponent shall enclose all the analysis/testing report of water, air, soil, noise etc. usingthe MoEF& CC/NABL accredited laboratories.All the original analysis/testing reports shouldbe available during appraisal of the Project.

Nil

80. In case of Expansion of the projecta. Need for the proposed expansion should be

justified in detail.b. Adequacy of existing EMS (Environment

Management System).c. Explore the possibility to achieve Zero

Liquid Discharge (ZLD) for existing as wellas proposed activity.

d. Records of any legal breach ofEnvironmental laws i.e. details of show-

a. Details are covered under sectionno. 2.2 of Chapter-2 on page no32.

b. Details of are given in section no.2.15 of chapter-2 on page no 164to 165.

c. Not applicable



Sr.No.


cause notices, closure notices etc. served bythe GPCB to the existing unit in last fiveyear and compliance of its point wisecompliance report.

e. Copies of Environmental Clearancesobtained for the existing plant, its point wisecompliance report.

f. Environmental audit reports for last 3 yearsand compliance of itsrecommendations/Suggestions.

g. Copy of Consent to Operate (CC&A)obtained along with point wise compliancestatus of all the conditions stipulatedtherein.

h. Compliance of MoEFCC circulars vide No:J-11011/618/2010-IAII (I) dated 30/05/2012and J-11013/41/2006-IA-II(I) dated20/10/2009.

i. Copies of XGN generated Inspection reportswith analysis reports of thewater/Air/Hazardous samples collected byGPCB (Last 2 year). Copies of instructionsissued by GPCB in last 2 year and pointwise compliance thereof.

d. Details of Show cause notices,closure etc and their reply aregiven in table no. 10.17 ofchapter-10 on page no 381.

e. Not Applicable

f. Not Applicable

g. Copy of CCA and compliance areattached as an Annexure-I.

h. Not Applicable

i. Nil

81. In case of project is located in Ankleshwar-Panoli, Vatva -Narol & Vapi GIDC.(A) Compliance of MOEFCC’s OM no. J-11013/5/2010-IA.II (I) dated 25/11/2016regarding lifting of moratorium on theconsideration of projects for environmentalclearance.(B) Compliance of direction under section 18(1) (b) of the Water (Prevention and Control ofPollution)act, 1974 issued by CPCB dated31/03/2016 regarding compliance of CETP.a) Action initiated by GPCB, if any, againstproposed unit regarding non-compliance ofprescribed standards under the variousenvironmental laws.b) Performance of CETP with respect to currenthydraulic load& prescribed standards with NoObjection Certificate of CETP regardingincorporation of the proposed unit foracceptance of waste water.c) Performance of TSDF site with respect tocurrent load& prescribed standards with NoObjection Certificate of TSDF site regardingincorporation of the proposed unit for

Proposed expansion will be carried outin GIDC Nandesari.



Sr.No.


acceptance of hazardous waste to the commoninfrastructure.d) Copies of quarterly action report taken forthe above points submitted to the CPCB.e) Report of GPCB which have conductedmonitoring as per the said direction by CPCBdated31/03/2016.


M/S. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD.,ANKLESHWAR 32

CHAPTER -2

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT

M/s. Chemtech Intermediates Pvt. Ltd is already engaged in manufacturing of organic

chemicals at plot C1-128/13, 14, 15, and 16 GIDC Estate, Nandesari, Dist. Vadodara,

Gujarat. The Unit is having valid Consolidated Consent & Authorization (CC&A) from

Gujarat Pollution Control Board vides CC&A order no.: AWH-85623 with validity up to

31/12/2021 for manufacturing of organic chemicals. CCA Copy of the same is attached as

Annexure-I. Now, unit has purchased new two adjoining plots for proposed expansion. The

expansion will be carried out at existing plot & new adjoining plots located in GIDC. Plot

allotment letter from GIDC is attached as Annexure-II.

As per the EIA Notification, September 2006, the project falls under category 5(f) of the

schedule.

2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT

Demand & supply gap is huge for the export market since products are generic in nature.

Inventors of generic products stop manufacturing & they prefer to import from Indian market.

Demand for organic chemicals is increasing during last three years. The products are highly

influenced by the market demand. Introduction of newer molecules with better performance

and less side effects are introduced from time to time and hence it is essential for the project

proponent to put up a multi-product facility so that the changing demand is met and can have

a positive impact over lives globally.

The personal care and cosmetic ingredients market is rising fast as per the current market

scenario, as customer are getting conscious about how they look and their aesthetics and is

driving this industry towards boom.

In-house expertise in product development and R & D ensures a quick turnaround time in

areas such as:

Project / product identification

Literature evaluation / patent study

API process development

Formulation development

Stability studies for client requirements

The complete environmental assessment has been done considering the worst case scenario

and to ensure minimal impact on environment.



2.3 PRODUCTS AND RAW MATERIAL DETAILS

2.3.1 DETAILS OF PRODUCTS


The unit has existing production quantity is 90 MT/Month of synthetic organic chemicals.

Total production quantity after expansion becomes 1080 MT/Month. The details of product

are given in Table no.1.1.

2.3.2 DETAILS OF RAW MATERIAL

The raw materials will be stored in a secured area. The solvents will be stored on ground

floor separately from other raw materials. The list of name of raw materials for each

representative product is provided in Table no. 2.1. Details of solvents used are given in

Table no. 2.2 and details of solvents to be used and recovered are given in Table no. 2.3.

TABLE: 2.1LIST OF RAW MATERIALS CONSUMPTION

SR.NO.

NAME OFPRODUCT

CAPACITY

NAME OFRAWMATERIAL

CASNO.

Raw materialconsumptionquantity in T/T

Raw materialConsumptionQuantity inMT/Month

GROUP (A) NITRILES1 Phenyl

Acetonitrile(Benzylcyanide)

200 Benzyl chloride 100-44-7 1.14 228Sodium Cyanide 143-33-9 0.45 89TEA 121-44-8 0.01 2SodiumBicarbonate

144-55-8 0.01 2

TOTAL 1.61 3212 4-Methoxy

PhenylAcetonitrile (4-methoxyBenzylcyanide)

200 p-anisyl alcohol 105-13-5 1.05 210Hydrochloric acid 7647-01-

00.80 160

Sodium Cyanide 143-33-9 0.40 80TBAB 1643-19-

20.02 4

SodiumBicarbonate

144-55-8 0.02 4

Toluene 108-88-3 0.06 12TOTAL 2.35 470

3 2-ChloroPhenylacetonitrile

200 2-Chloro Benzylchloride

611-19-8 1.10 220

Sodium Cyanide 143-33-9 0.31 62TEA 121-44-8 0.01 2SodiumBicarbonate

144-55-8 0.01 2

TOTAL 1.43 2864 4-Chloro

Phenylacetonitrile

200 4-Chloro Benzylchloride

104-83-6 1.10 220

Sodium Cyanide 143-33-9 0.31 62TEA 121-44-8 0.01 2Sodium 144-55-8 0.01 2



BicarbonateTOTAL 1.43 286

5 2-4- DichloroPhenylacetonitrile

200 2-4-Chloro Benzylchloride

94-99-5 1.10 220

Sodium Cyanide 143-33-9 0.32 64TEA 121-44-8 0.01 2SodiumBicarbonate

144-55-8 0.01 2

TOTAL 1.44 288GROUP (B) ACID1 Phenyl acetic

Acid200 Phenyl

acetonitrile140-29-4 0.88 176

Sulfuric acid 7664-93-9 0.38 76TOTAL 1.26 252

2 4-MethoxyPhenyl aceticAcid

200 4-MethoxyPhenylacetonitrile

104-47-2 0.95 190

48% Aq. NaOH 1310-73-2 0.57 114Sulfuric acid 7664-93-9 0.32 64Carbon 7440-44-0 0.02 4Aq. HCl (28%) 7647-01-0 0.87 174TOTAL 2.73 546

3 2- ChlorophenylAcetic Acid


873-32-5 0.94 188

48% Aq. NaOH 1310-73-2 0.65 130Aq. HCl (28%) 7647-01-0 1.00 200Sulfuric acid 7664-93-9 0.32 64Carbon 7440-44-0 0.02 4TOTAL 2.93 586

4 4- Chlorophenyl aceticAcid


623-03-0 0.94 188

48% Aq. NaOH 7647-01-0 0.65 130Aq. HCl (28%) 7647-01-0 1.00 200Carbon 7440-44-0 0.02 4Sulfuric acid 7664-93-9 0.32 64TOTAL 2.93 586

5 2-4 –Dichlorophenyl aceticAcid

200 2,4-DichloroPhenylacetonitrile

6574-98-7 0.94 188


6 3-4Dimethoxyphenyl aceticAcid

200 3,4-DimethoxyPhenylacetonitrile

93-17-4 1.15 230

48% Aq. NaOH 1310-73-2 0.57 114Sulfuric acid 7664-93-9 0.32 64Carbon 7440-44-0 0.02 4



Aq. HCl (28%) 7647-01-0 0.87 174TOTAL 2.93 586

7 3-4-DiethoxyPhenyl aceticAcid

200 3,4-Diethoxyphenylacetonitrile

27472-21-5 1.04 208


8 2-5-Dimethylphenyl aceticAcid

200 2,5-Dimethylphenylacetonitrile

16213-85-7 0.94 188

48% Aq. NaOH 1310-73-2 0.54 108Sulfuric acid 7664-93-9 0.32 64Carbon 7440-44-0 0.02 4Aq. HCl (30 %) 7647-01-0 0.82 164TOTAL 2.64 528

9 Alpha-Napthylacetic Acid

200 Alpha -napthylacetonitrile

132-75-2 0.95 190

NAOH 1310-73-2 0.24 48HydrochloricAcid (36 %)

7647-01-0 0.73 146

Sulfuric Acid 7664-93-9 0.28 56Carbon 7440-44-0 0.02 4TOTAL 2.22 444

GROUP (C) CYANOACETIC ACID & ITS DERIVETIVES1 Methyl

cyanoacetate100 Methyl Chloro

acetate96-34-4 1.18 118

SodiumCyanide

143-33-9 0.50 50

TOTAL 1.68 1682 Ethyl

cyanoacetate100 Ethyl Chloro

acetate105-39-5 1.20 120

SodiumCyanide

143-33-9 0.50 50

TOTAL 1.70 1703 Cyano

acetamide100 Methyl Cyano

acetate105-34-0 1.26 126

LiquorAmmonia(25%)

1336-21-6 1.00 100

TOTAL 2.26 2264 Octacrylene 100 Cyclo hexane

Fresh110-82-7 0.10 10

Cyano aceticAcid

372-09-8 0.25 25

2-EthylHexanol

104-76-7 0.39 39

Catalyst PTSA 6192-52-5 0.01 1Benzophenone 119-61-9 0.53 53Catalyst Amine 110-89-4 0.01 1



TOTAL 1.29 1295 N-N-

Diethylaminocyanoaceatmide

100 Toluene 108-88-3 0.18 18Chloro acetylChloride

79-04-9 0.86 86

Diethyl amine 109-89-7 0.58 58SodiumCarbonate

497-19-8 0.68 68

Sodium Hypochloride

7681-52-9 0.05 5

SodiumCyanide

143-33-9 0.40 40

TOTAL 2.75 275Group ( D) AMINES

1 Phenylethyamine

50 Benzyl cyanide 104-29-4 1.07 53.5Methanol fresh 67-56-1 0.20 10Raney Nickel 7440-02-0 0.01 0.3Ammonia 7664-41-7 0.00 0.15Hydrogen Gas 1333-74-0 0.01 0.55TOTAL 1.29 64.5

2 4 - MethoxyPhenylethylamine

50 p-Methoxyphenylacetonitrile

104-47-2 1.05 52.5

Methanol fresh 67-56-1 0.20 10Raney Nickel 7440-02-0 0.00 0.2Ammonia 7664-41-7 0.01 0.25Hydrogen Gas 1333-74-0 0.04 1.75TOTAL 1.29 64.7

3 2 – CycalohexenylEthylamine

50 cyanoaceticAcid

372-09-8 1.00 50

Cycalohexanone

108-94-1 0.81 40.5

Toluene Fresh 108-88-3 0.18 9ammoniumAcetate

631-61-8 0.11 5.5

Ammonia 7664-41-7 0.06 3Raneiy nickle 7440-02-0 0.08 3.75Hydrogen Gas 1333-74-0 0.04 1.75TOTAL 2.27 113.5

4 3 - 4DimethoxyPhenylethlamine

50 3-4 –Dimethoxy phenylacetonitrile

93-17-4 1.09 54.5

Methanol fresh 67-56-1 0.20 10Raney Nickel 7440-02-0 0.00 0.2Ammonia loss 7664-41-7 0.01 0.25Hydrogen Gas 1333-74-0 0.04 1.75TOTAL 1.33 66.7

5 3 - 4DiethoxyPhenylethlamine

50 3-4 -Diethoxyphenylacetonitrile

27472-21-5 1.05 52.5

Methanol fresh 67-56-1 0.20 10Raney Nickel 7440-02-0 0.00 0.2Ammonia Fresh 7664-41-7 0.01 0.5



Hydrogen Gas 1333-74-0 0.04 1.75TOTAL 1.30 64.95

6 2 - ChloroPhenylethlamine

50 2-Chlorobenzyl cyanide

609-66-5 1.05 52.5

Methanol fresh 67-56-1 0.19 9.5Raney Nickel 7440-02-0 0.01 0.25Ammonia 7664-41-7 0.01 0.5Hydrogen Gas 1333-74-0 0.04 1.75TOTAL 1.29 64.5

7 4 - ChloroPhenylethylamine

50 4-Chlorobenzyl cyanide

609-66-5 1.05 52.5

Methanol fresh 67-56-1 0.19 9.5Raney Nickel 7440-02-0 0.01 0.25Ammonia 7664-41-7 0.01 0.5Hydrogen Gas 1333-74-0 0.04 1.75TOTAL 1.29 64.5

8 1- [ - Amino- 1 - [4 -Methoxyphenyl)Ethyl} –CyclohenxanolBase/HCL]

50 1-[ Cyano-4-(methoxyphenyl )-methyl ]cyclohexanol

93413-76-4 1.10 55

MethanolFresh

67-56-1 0.18 9

Ammonia 7664-41-7 0.04 2Raneiy Nickle 7440-02-0 0.10 5Hydrogen 1333-74-0 0.02 1TOTAL 1.44 72

GROUP ( E ) ESTER1 Isobutyl

phenyl acetate25 Iso Butyl

Alcohol78-83-1 0.44 11

phenyl AceticAcid

103-82-2 0.73 18.25

PTSA 6192-52-5 0.00 0.1TOTAL 1.17 29.35

2 Ethyl phenylacetate

25 Ethyl alcohol 64-17-5 0.32 8phenyl AceticAcid

103-82-2 0.85 21.25

PTSA 6192-52-5 0.00 0.1TOTAL 1.17 29.35

3 Phenyl Ethylphenyl acetate

25 Phenyl EthylAlcohol

60-12-8 0.52 13

Phenyl AceticAcid

103-82-2 0.59 14.75

Toluene 108-88-3 0.14 3.5SodiumBicarbonate

144-55-8 0.05 1.25

PTSA 6192-52-5 0.01 0.325TOTAL 1.31 32.825

Group F1 3-4-

DimethoxyPhenylAcetonitrile

25 FreshChloroform

67-66-3 0.28 7

Veratrol 91-16-7 0.95 23.75Paraformaldehy 30525-89-4 0.22 5.5



deHydrochloricAcid (36 %)

7647-01-0 0.80 20

TBAB 1643-19-2 0.06 1.5SodiumCyanide

143-33-9 0.40 10

SodiumBicarbonate

144-55-8 0.05 1.25

TOTAL 2.76 692 3-4 Diethoxy

Phenylacetonitrile

25 Chloroform 67-66-3 0.28 71,2-DiethoxyBenzene

135-01-3 1.00 25

Paraformaldehyde

30525-89-4 0.22 5.5

HydrochloricAcid (36 %)

7647-01-0 0.80 20

SodiumCyanide

143-33-9 0.40 10

SodiumBicarbonate

144-55-8 0.05 1.25

Catalyst TBAB 1643-19-2 0.06 1.5TOTAL 2.81 70.25

3 2-5- DimethylPhenylAcetonitrile

25 p-Xylene 106-42-3 0.40 10TBAB 1643-19-2 0.06 1.5Paraformaldehyde

30525-89-4 0.22 5.5

HydrochloricAcid(36 %)

7647-01-0 0.80 20

SodiumBicarbonate

144-55-8 0.05 1.25

PotasiumCyanide

143-33-9 0.53 13.25

TOTAL 2.06 51.54 Alpha –

NapthylAcetonitrile

25 Napthalene 1146-65-2 1.00 25Catalyst TBAB 1643-19-2 0.05 1.25Paraformaldehyde

30525-89-4 0.25 6.25

HydrochloricAcid (36 %)

7647-01-0 0.60 15

SodiumBicarbonate

144-55-8 0.20 5

SodiumCyanide

143-33-9 0.40 10

TOTAL 2.50 62.5Group (G) MIS PRODUCTS

1 2-3 Dichlorobenzoycyanide

15 Fresh Toluene 108-88-3 0.15 2.252-3 -DiChloroBenzoylchloride

77668-42-9 1.25 18.75

CuprousCyanide

544-92-3 0.63 9.375

TBAB 1643-19-2 0.03 0.45Hexane 110-54-3 0.20 3



TOTAL 2.26 33.8251---2

cuprouscyanide

10 CuprousChloride

7758-89-6 0.76 7.55

Sodium Cyanide 143-33-9 0.36 3.6TOTAL 1.12 11.15

2 2(cynoamino)-1-(2,3-dichlorophenyl)methylidenelguanidine

5 2-3 Dichlorobenzoylcyanide

2905-60-4 0.47 2.35

Sulfuric Acid 7664-93-9 0.17 0.85AminogunidineBicarbonate

2582-30-11.28 6.4

Ammonia 7664-41-7 0.43 2.15TOTAL 2.35 11.75

3 3-Carbamonylmethyl - 5 -Methylhexanoic Acid

25 Isoveraldehyde 590-86-3 0.60 15Cyanoacetamide 107-91-5 1.18 29.5Dilute H2SO4 7664-93-9 1.88 47SodiumHydroxide lye(48%)

1310-73-2 0.49 12.25

Urea 57-13-6 0.45 11.25Carbon 7440-44-0 0.05 1.25HydrochloricAcid

0.77 19.125

TOTAL 5.42 135.3754 3-4 -

Dihydroxy - 5-Nitrobenzaldehyde

5 Vaniline 121-33-5 1.08 5.4MDC 75-09-2 0.18 0.9Nitric Acid 7697-37-2 0.45 2.25ALCL3 7446-70-0 0.40 2Pyridine 110-86-1 0.02 0.1TOTAL 2.13 10.65

5 3-4 -Dihydroxy -Benzaladehyde

5 Vaniline 121-33-5 1.21 6.05MDC 75-09-2 0.25 1.225ALCL3 7446-70-0 0.40 2Pyridine 110-86-1 0.02 0.1TOTAL 1.88 9.375

6 2- Chloro - 5NitrobenzoicAcid

10 O-ChlorobenzoicAcid

118-91-2 1.00 10

Nitric Acid(100%)

7697-37-2 2.50 25

Caustic lye 1310-73-2 0.10 1TOTAL 3.60 36

7 1-[ Cyano-4-(methoxyphenyl )-methyl ]cyclohexanol

5 Cyclohexanone 108-94-1 0.55 2.754- MethoxyPhenylcetonitrile

104-47-2 0.66 3.3

Sodiumhydroxide

1310-73-2 0.18 0.9

Toluene 108-88-3 0.15 0.75TOTAL 1.54 7.7

8 4-Bromophenyl aceticAcid

1 4-BromoToluene

106-38-7 0.83 0.83

Carbon 7440-44-0 0.02 0.02Aq. HCl (28%) 7647-01-0 0.68 0.6848% Aq. NaOH 1310-73-2 0.45 0.45



Sulfuric acid 7664-93-9 0.28 0.28AIBN Catalyst 78-67-1 0.01 0.01Bromine 7726-95-6 1.00 1SodiumThiosulfate

7772-98-7 0.02 0.02

Sodium Cyanide 143-33-9 0.27 0.27TOTAL 3.56 3.56

9 4-CyanoBenzoic Acid

1 Fresh DMF 68-12-2 0.10 0.0954-ChloroBenzoic Acid

74-11-3 1.08 1.075

Sodium Cyanide 143-33-9 0.34 0.336Potassium Iodide 7681-11-0 0.11 0.114SodiumHypochloride

7681-52-9 0.05 0.05

TOTAL 1.67 1.6710 Diphenyl

Acetonitrile1 Diphenyl methyl

bromide776-74-9 1.37 1.37

TEA 121-44-8 0.01 0.01SodiumBicarbonate

144-55-8 0.01 0.01

Sodium Cyanide 143-33-9 0.21 0.21Toluene 108-88-3 0.03 0.03TOTAL 1.63 1.63

*Unit shall not be manufacturing more than fifteen products at a time.*This is a worst case scenario. If these products are manufactured only those raw materialswill be stored at site.

2.3.2.1 MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR SOLVENTS WITH DETAILS OF STORAGE,HANDLING AND RE-USE:

For storage of the solvents, storage drums are provided. The storage drums area installed

within flammable liquid storage yard.

At Storage drums area following measures are taken to minimize the vapour loss.1. FLP (Flameproof) type light fittings will be provided.2. Proper ventilation will be available in Drum storage area.3. Proper label and identification board /stickers will be provided in the storage area.4. Conductive drum pallets are provided.5. Drum handling trolley / stackers/fork lift are used for drum handling.6. Separate dispensing room with local exhaust and static earthing provision will beavailable.7. Materials are stored as per its compatibility study and separate area will be

available for flammable, corrosive and toxic chemical drums storage.8. Smoking and other spark, flame generating item are banned from the Gate.9. NFPA (National Fire Protection Association) labels are provided on drums forhazard identification of the chemicals.10. Exhaust will be provided at ground level in drum storage area.11.Drum loading unloading procedures are prepared and implemented.



TABLE: 2.2

DETAILS OF SOLVENTS TO BE STORED FOR PROJECT

Sr.No.

Name of solvents Quantity to bestored at projectsite in MT

EachCapacity

MOC

1. Toluene 0.2 5 KL Drum-HDPE2. Cyclohexane 0.2 2 KL Drum-HDPE3. Chloroform 0.3 5 KL Drum-HDPE4 Methylene Dichloride 0.2 2 KL Drum-HDPE5 Dimethyl Formamide 0.2 2 KL Drum-HDPE6 Methanol 0.2 5 KL Drum-HDPE7 Pyridine 0.2 2 KL Drum-HDPE

Note - Solvents will be procured on need based. At a time not more than fifteen products willbe manufactured in the premise.

Solvents will be store in a separate space specified with all safety measures. Proper earthing

is provided in all electrical equipment whenever spent solvent handling is done. Also Flange

guards are provided in piping. Storage handling & transport of spent solvent is done through

dedicated storage tanks, fix piping’s, pumps having mechanical seal type to prevent leakages.

Solvent used and recovered quantity is show in below table.



TABLE: 2.3DETAILS OF SOLVENTS TO BE USED AND RECOVERED

Sr.No.

Name of Product ProductioninMT/Month

Solvent Name TotalQuantity ofsolvent inMT/ Month

Quantity ofrecycledsolvent inMT/Month

Quantity offresh solvent inMT/Month

%recovery

A-2 4-Methoxy Phenyl acetonitrile 200 Toluene 300 288 12 96C-4 Octocrylene 100 Cyclohexane 240 230 10 95.83C-5 N-N- Di ethyl amino cyano

acetamide100 Toluene 400 382 18 95.5

D-1 Phenyl ethyl amine 50 Methanol 200 181 19 95D-2 4 - Methoxy Phenyl ethyl amine 50 Methanol 200 190 10 95D-3 2 – Cyclohexenyl Ethyl amine 50 Toluene 250 241 9 96.4D-4 3 ,4 Di methoxy Phenyl ethyl amine 50 Methanol 200 190 10 95D-5 3,4-Di ethoxy Phenyl ethyl amine 50 Methanol 200 190 10 95D-6 2-Chloro Phenyl ethyl amine 50 Methanol 200 190.5 9.5 95.25D-7 4 chloro phenyl ethyl amine 50 Methanol 200 190.5 9.5 95.25D-8 1-[2- Amino - 1 -[4- Methoxy

Phenyl] Ethyl – Cyclohenxanol]50 Methanol 200 191 9 95.5

E-3 Phenyl ethyl phenyl acetate 25 Toluene 71 67.5 3.5 95.07F-1 3,4-Di methoxy Phenyl aceto

nitrile25 Chloroform 164.5 157.5 7 95.74

F-2 3-4- Di ethoxy Phenyl acetonitile 25 Chloroform 165 158 7 95.75G-1 2-3 Di chloro benzoyl cyanide 15 Toluene 65.25 63 2.25 96.55G-4 3-4 – Di hydroxy - 5 – Nitro

benzaldehyde5 mdc 19.5 18.6 0.9 95.385 Pyridine 3 2.9 0.1 96.66

G-5 3-4 – Di hydroxy - Benzaldehyde 5 MDC 27.5 26.27 1.22 95.545 Pyridine 3 2.9 0.1 96.66

G-7 1- [Cyano - 4 (Methoxy phenyl)- 5 Toluene 14.5 13.75 0.75 94.82



Methyl] CyclohexanolG-9 4-Cyano Benzoic Acid 1 DMF 2.147 2.055 0.092 95.71G-10 Di phenyl Acetonitrile 1 Toluene 1.2 1.17 0.03 97.5



2.3.2.2 RAW MATERIAL STORAGE AND HANDLING

The details of storage and handling of product and raw material are given in below table.

TABLE: 2.4DETAILS OF STORAGE OF PRODUCT AND RAW MATERIALS

DETAILS OF PRODUCT STORAGESr.No.

Name of product StorageMode

Capacity (kg)each bags /drum

MOC

GROUP (A) NITRILES1 Phenyl Acetonitrile (Benzyl

cyanide)Drum 200 HDPEDrum 25 Fibre

2 4-Methoxy PhenylAcetonitrile(4-Methoxy Benzyl cyanide)

Drum 200 HDPE

3 2-Chloro Phenyl Acetonitrile Drum 200 HDPE4 4-Chlorophenyl Acetonitrile Drum 200 HDPE5 2-4- Di chloro phenyl

acetonitrileDrum 200 HDPE

GROUP (B) ACID1 Phenyl Acetic Acid Drum 25 Fibre2 4 – Methoxy Phenyl acetic

AcidDrum 25 Fibre

3 2- Chloro phenyl acetic Acid Drum 25 Fibre4 4- Chloro phenyl acetic Acid Drum 25 Fibre5 2-4 – Di chloro phenyl acetic

AcidDrum 25 Fibre

6 3-4 Di methoxy phenylacetic Acid

Drum 25 Fibre

7 3-4- Di ethoxy Phenyl aceticAcid

Drum 25 Fibre

8 2-5- Dimethyl phenyl aceticAcid

Drum 25 Fibre

9 Apha- Napthyl acetic Acid Drum 25 FibreGROUP (C) CYANOACETIC ACID DERIVATIVES1 Methyl cyano acetate Drum 200 HDPE2 Ethyl cyano acetate Drum 200 HDPE3 Cyano acetamide Bags 25 Fibre4 Octocrylene Drum 200 HDPE5 N-N-Di ethyl amino cyano

acetamideDrum 200 HDPE

GROUP (D) AMINES1 Phenyl ethyl amine Drum 200 HDPE2 4 – Methoxy Phenyl ethyl

amineDrum 200 HDPE

3 2- CycalohexenylEthylamine

Drum 200 HDPE

4 3-4 Di methoxy Phenylethylamine

Drum 200 HDPE



5 3-4 Di ethoxy Phenylethylamine

Drum 200 HDPE

6 2- Chloro Phenyl ethylamine Drum 200 HDPE7 4- Chloro Phenyl ethylamine Drum 200 HDPE8 1- [ 2 –Amino – 1 1 [4 –

methoxy phenyl EthylCyclohexanol

Drum 50 HDPE

GROUP (E) ESTER1 Isobutyl Phenyl acetate Drum 200 HDPE2 Ethyl phenyl acetate Drum 200 HDPE3 Phenyl Ethyl phenyl acetate Drum 200 HDPEGROUP (F)1 3-4-Dimethoxy Phenyl

AcetonitrileDrum 25 Fibre

2 3-4 Di ethoxy Phenylacetonitrile

Drum 25 Fibre

3 2-5- Dimethyl PhenylAcetonitrile

Drum 25 Fibre

4 Alpha – Napthyl Acetonitrile Drum 25 FibreGROUP (G) Miscellaneous Products1 2 -3 Di chloro Benzoyl

cyanideDrum 25 Fibre

1B Cuprous cyanide Drum 25 Fibre2 2-(cyno amino)-1-(2,3-

dichlorophenyl)methylidene] guanidine

Drum 25 Fibre

3 3-Carbamoylmethyl-5-Methyl hexanoic Acid

Drum 25 HDPE

4 3-4-Dihydroxy-5– Nitrobenzaldehyde

Drum 25 Fibre

5 3-4-Dihydroxy-benzaldehyde Drum 25 Fibre6 2- Chloro -5 – Nitro benzoic

AcidBags 25 HDPE

7 1- [ 2 –Cyano – 1- [4 –methoxy phenyl EthylCyclohexanol DesVenalaflaxine Base

Drum 25 Fibre

8 4-Bromo Phenyl Acetic Acid Drum 25 Fibre9 4- Cyano benzoic Acid Drum 25 Fibre10 Di phenyl Acetonitrile Drum 25 Fibre11 R&D Products Drum 25 Fibre12 Ammonium Sulphate /

Ammonium Sulphate LiquorDrum 25 Fibre

CO Product1 Methanol Drum 200 HDPE

TABLE: 2.5DETAILS OF RAW MATERIAL STORAGESr.No.

Name of RawMaterial

CASNumber

StorageMode

Capacity(MT) each

MaximumCapacity in

MOC



bags/drum/Tank

MT(MT)

1 Benzylchloride 100-44-7HDPETank

25 25HDPETank

2SodiumCyanide

143-33-9 Drum 0.05 25 MS drum

3 Triethyl amine 121-44-8 Drum 0.2 1 Drum

4SodiumBicarbonate

144-55-8 Bag 0.05 1 Bags

5 p-anisylalcohol 105-13-5 Drum 0.25 5 Drum

6Hydrochloricacid

7647-01-0

HDPETank

10 10HDPETank

7Tetra Butylammoniumbromide

1643-19-2

Drum 0.05 1 Fiber drum

82-ChloroBenzylchloride

611-19-8 Drum 0.25 2 Drum

94-ChloroBenzylchloride

104-83-6 Drum 0.25 2 Drum

102-4-ChloroBenzylchloride

94-99-5 Drum 0.25 2 Drum

11Phenylacetonitrile

140-29-4 Drum 0.2 5 Drum

12 Sulfuric acid7664-93-9

Tank 20 20 M.S. tank

134-MethoxyPhenylacetonitrile

104-47-2 Drum 0.2 5 Drum

14 Carbon7440-44-0

Bag 0.02 0.2 Bags

152-ChloroPhenylacetonitrile

873-32-5 Drum 0.2 5 Drum

164-ChloroPhenylacetonitrile

623-03-0 Drum 0.2 5 Drum

172,4-DichloroPhenylacetonitrile

6574-98-7

Drum 0.2 5 Drum

183,4-DimethoxyPhenylacetonitrile

93-17-4 Drum 0.025 1 Fiber drum

19 Aq. HCl (28%)7647-01-0

Tank 10 10 HDPE tank

203,4-Diethoxyphenylacetonirile

27472-21-5


212,5-Dimethylphenylacetonirile

16213-85-7


22 Alpha -napthyl 132-75-2 Drum 0.05 0.5 Fiber drum



acetonitrile

23 NAOH1310-73-2

Bag 0.05 2 Bags

24HydrochloricAcid (36 %)

7647-01-0

Tank 10 10 HDPE tank

25MethylChloroacetate

96-34-4 Drum 0.2 1 Drum

26EthylChloroacetate

105-39-5 Drum 0.2 1 Drum

27MethylCyanoaceate

105-34-0 Drum 0.05 1 HDPE

28LiqourAmmonia(25%)

1336-21-6

carboy 0.05 0.5 Carboys

29CyanoaceticAcid

372-09-8 Drum 0.2 1 Drum

30 2-Ethyl hexanol 104-76-7 Drum 0.2 1 Drum

31Catalyst ParaTolueneSulfonic Acid

6192-52-5

Drum 0.025 0.2 Fiber drum

32 Benzophenone 119-61-9 Drum 0.2 1 Drum

33Chloro acetylchloride

79-04-9 Drum 0.2 1 Drum

34 Diethylamine 109-89-7 Drum 0.2 1 Drum

35SodiumCarbonate

497-19-8 Bag 0.05 2 Bags

36SodiumHypochloride

7681-52-9

Carboy 0.06 2 Carboys

37 Raney Nickel7440-02-0

Drum 0.01 0.2 Drum

38 Hydrogen Gas1333-74-0

Cylinder 0.0065 0.015 Cylinder

39cycalohexanone

108-94-1 Drum 0.2 2 Drum

40ammoniumAcetate

631-61-8 Bag 0.05 0.2 Bags

41

1-[ Cyano-4-(methoxyphenyl)-methyl ]cyclohexanol

93413-76-4

Drum 0.025 2 Drum

42Iso ButylAlcohol

78-83-1 Drum 0.225 2 Drum

43Phenyl EthylAlcohol

60-12-8 Drum 0.2 2 Drum

44 Veratrol 91-16-7 Drum 0.02 2 Drum

45Paraformaldehyde

30525-89-4

Bag 0.05 1 Bags

461,2-DiethoxyBenzene

135-01-3 Drum 0.02 2 Drum

47 p-Xylene 106-42-3 Tank 10 10 HDPE tank48 Potasium 143-33-9 Drum 0.05 1 Drum



Cyanide

49 Napthalene1146-65-2

Bag 0.05 2 Bags

502-3 -DiChloroBenzoylchloride

2905-60-4

Drum 0.2 4 Drum

51Cuprouschloride

7758-89-6

Bag 0.05 1 Bags

52 Hexane 110-54-3 Drum 0.2 2 Drum

532-3 Dichlorobenzoylcyanide

2905-60-4

Drum 0.025 2 Drum

54AminogunidineBicarbonate

2582-30-1

Drum 0.025 1 Drum

55 Isoveraldehyde 590-86-3 Drum 0.2 2 Drum

56Cyanoacetamide

107-91-5 Bag 0.025 4 Bags

57SodiumHydroxide lye(48%)

1310-73-2

Tank 10 10 Ms tank

58 Urea 57-13-6 Bag 0.05 2 Bags59 Vaniline 121-33-5 Drum 0.05 2 Drum

60 Nitric Acid7697-37-2

Tank 5 5 HDPE tank

61 AlCl37446-70-0

Bag 0.025 1 Bags

62O-Chlorobenzoic Acid

118-91-2 Bag 0.025 2 Bags

63Nitric Acid(100%)

7697-37-2

Tank 5 5 Tank

644-BromoToluene

106-38-7 Drum 0.2 2 Drum

65 Bromine7726-95-6

bottle 0.003 0.2 Bottle

66SodiumThiosulfate

7772-98-7

Bag 0.05 0.5 Bags

674-ChloroBenzoic Acid

74-11-3 Bag 0.025 0.5 Bags

68PotassiumIodide

7681-11-0

Drum 0.05 0.2 Drum

69Diphenylmethyl bromide

776-74-9 Drum 0.2 2 Drum

*Unit will not be manufacture more than fifteen products at a time.*This is a worst case scenario. If these products are manufactured only those raw materialswill be stored at site.



2.3.2.3 INSTALLATION OF CYANIDE GAS EMISSION SENSOR IN PRODUCTION PLANTAREA.

Cyanide streamline are kept separate. For safety point of view, separate dissolution reactor throughpump-line addition tank is provided. We have provided personal protective safety suit and three antidotekit to three shifts. Our team is working under safety guidelines of production in-charge and maintainingregister as per PESO system. Photographs of dissolving tank, safety suit & antidote kits are as givenbelow.IMAGE: 2.1CYANIDE GAS EMISSION SENSOR



Physical & Chemical Property / Characteristics of Product & Raw Materials:The Characteristics of Product & Raw materials is given in below Table.TABLE: 2.6

CHARACTERISTICS OF PRODUCTS

Sr.No.

Name of ProductsPhysical

State

M.P B.P F.P LEL TLV LD50mg/kgSp.

Gravity

VapourDensity(air =1)

0C 0C 0C UELppm

ormg/m3 LC50mg/l (water=1)%

GROUP (A) NITRILE1.

G.APhenyl Acetonitrile

(Benzylcyanide) liquid - 231-233 102 - - 1.08 -2. 4-Methoxy Phenyl

Acetonitrile (4-methoxyBenzylcyanide) liquid 8 286-287 117 - - - 1.08 -

3.2-Chloro

Phenylacetonitrile liquid 21-24 240-242 110 - - - 1.015 -4.

4-ChloroPhenylacetonitrile liquid 25-28 265-267 134 - - - - -

5.2-4- Dichloro

Phenylacetonitrile Solid 58-60 176 - - - 470 - -GROUP (B)ACID

6.G.B

Phenylacetic Acid solid 76-77 265 132 - - 2 1.081 -



7.4-Methoxy Phenylacetic

Acid Solid 85-88 - - - - - - -8.

2- Chlorophenyl AceticAcid Solid

92 - 95° - - - 0.01 - - -

9.4- Chlorophenylacetic

Acid Solid102 -105

294.1±15.0 - - - - 1.27 -

10.2-4 –Dichloro phenylacetic

Acid Solid129-131 - - - - - - -

11.3-4 Dimethoxy phenyl

acetic Acid Solid 96-98 - - - - - - -12.

3-4- Diethoxy PhenylaceticAcid Solid 96-98 293.08 - - - - 1.2166 -

13.2-5- Dimethyl phenylacetic

Acid Solid128-130 - - - - - - -

14.

alpha napthyl acetic acid Solid 135 - >110 - - - - -15.

Methylcyanoacetate liquid -225 200.5 >110 - - - - 1.1216.

Ethylcyanoacetate liquid -22 290 230 - 0.03 >2000 1.689 1.317.

Cyanoacetamide solid119-121 351.2 - - - - 1.163 -



18.

Octacrylene liquid 14 218 119 - - - - -19. N-N-

Diethylaminocyanoaceatmide liquid 7.5 224-226 95 - - - - -

20.

Phenylethyamine liquid -65 187 70 - - - 0.94 -21.

4 - MethoxyPhenylethylamine liquid

110-117 138-140 110 -- 500 1.031 -

22.2 - Cycalohexenyl

Ethylamine liquid 357 53-54 - - - 1250 0.898 -23.

3 - 4 DimethoxyPhenylethlamine liquid 188

- -130 °C - 165 1.074 -

24.3 - 4 Diethoxy

Phenylethlamine liquid120-122 188 - - 0.1 >3000 - 9.35

25.

2 - Chloro Phenylethlamine liquid >300 120 109 - - 6160 - 1.10626.

4 - ChloroPhenylethylamine liquid

107-109 - - - - >1000 - -

27. 1- [ - Amino - 1 - [4 -Methoxy phenyl) Ethyl} -Cyclohenxanol Base/HCL] Solid

172-180 - - - - 300 - -



28.

Isobutyl Phenyl Acetate Solid 180 247 - - - - - -29.

Ethylcyanoacetate solid147-148 209 - - - - - -

30.Phenyl Ethyl phenyl

acetate Solid 28 324 212 - - 260 1.08 -31.

3-4-Dimethoxy PhenylAcetonitrile Solid 62-63 171-178 113 - - - - -

32.3-4 Diethoxy

Phenylacetonitrile liquid 62-63 - - - - - - -33.

2-5- Dimethyl PhenylAcetonitrile liquid 23.8 233.5 102 - - - - -

34.Alpha – Napthyl

Acetonitrile Solid 33-35 191-194 113 - - - - -35.

2-3Dichlorobenzoycyanide Solid 59-63 309 141 - - - - -

36.

cuprous cyanide Solid 474 - - - - - 2.92 -

37. 2(cynoamino)-1-(2,3-dichlorophenyl)

methylidenelguanidine Solid165-170 - - - - 1600 - -



38.3- Carbamonylmethyl - 5 -

Methylhexanoic Acid Solid106-108 - - - - - - -

39.3-4 - Dihydroxy - 5 -Nitrobenzaldehyde Solid 147 - - - - 2000 - -

40.3-4 - Dihydroxy -Benzaladehyde Solid

150-157 - - - - 825 - -

41.2- Chloro - 5 Nitrobenzoic

Acid Solid 166.5 - 100 - 100 673 - -42. 1-[ Cyano-4-

(methoxyphenyl )-methyl ]cyclohexanol liquid -68 91 - - - - 1.142 -

43.4-Bromo phenyl acetic

Acid Solid104-106 64-65 9.7 - - 196 - -

44.

4-Cyano Benzoic Acid Solid217-222 267.22 - - - - 1.3067 -

45 Diphenyl Acetonitrile Solid 71-72 181 23-37.8 - - - - -

46Ammonium

Suiphate/AmmoniumSulphate Liquor Solid >280 - - - - >3000 1.77 -

47 Methanol liquid -97.8 64.7 11-Dec - 6000 5628 0.79 -



TABLE: 2.7

CHARACTERISTICS OF RAW MATERIALS

Sr. No. Name of Raw materialPhysical

State

M.P B.P F.P LEL/UEL TLV LD50mg/kgSp.

GravityVapourDensity(air =1)0C 0C 0C %

ppmormg/m3 LC50mg/l (water=1)

1 Benzylchloride liquid -39 179 67 - - - 1.1 4.4

2 Sodium Cyanide Solid 563.7 1496 - - - - 1.59 -

3 Triethyl amine liquid -8.3 -89.5 7 8 15 460 0.73 3.48

4Sodium Bicarbonate

Solid>300 851 - - - - 2.159 -

5 p-anisylalcohol liquid 23 - 25.5 259 146 - - - 1.113 -

6 Hydrochloric acid liquid -46.2 83 - - 8 900 1.1-1.19 1.267

7Tetra Butyl ammonium

bromideSolid

- 103 2.4 8 300 2743 0.78 2.558 Toluene liquid -95 110.6 4.4 1.3-7.0 100 636 0.87 3.29 2-Chloro Benzylchloride liquid -13 213 - 214 82 - - 1140 1.27 5.5

10 4-Chloro Benzylchloride liquid 29.5 232 - - - 50 1.27-1.28 -

11 2-4-Chloro Benzylchloride liquid -2.6 248 107 - - - 1.406 -

12 Phenylacetonitrile Solid -24 231-233 102 - - 270 1.015 -

13 Methyene Dichloride liquid 39.7 NA 12 19 50 1600 1.32 2.93

14 4-Methoxy Phenylacetonitrile liquid 8 286 - 287 117 - - 100-215 1.08 -15 Sodium Hydroxide Solid 1388 - - - 2 NA 2.13 NA16 Acetone liquid -94.3 56.2 <-20 12.8 5800 0.792 2



17 2-Chloro Phenylacetonitrile Solid 21-24 240-242 >110 - - 50 1.015 -18 4-Chloro Phenylacetonitrile Liquid 25-28 265-267 134 - - - 1.19 -19 2,4-Dichloro Phenylacetonitrile Solid 58-60 176 - - - 470 1.427 -

203,4-Dimethoxy

Phenylacetonitrileliquid

62-65 - - - - - - -21 Aq. HCl (28%) liquid 18-37 332 1388 - - NA 0.88 0.622 3,4-Diethoxy phenylacetonirile Solid 3550 NA NA NA NA NA 1.8 NA23 Isopropyl Alcohol liquid -88.5 82 11.7 2.3-12.7 - 5000 0.78 2.0725 Alpha -napthyl acetonitrile liquid 10.31 337 - - 15 2140 1.84 3.426 Methanol Liquid -97.8 64.7 11-12 - 6000 5628 0.79 -27 Methyl Chloroacetate liquid -26 143 2.2 400 5620 0.9 1.14528 Ethyl Chloroacetate liquid -225 200.5 >110 - - - 1.12 3.4129 Methyl Cyanoaceate Liquid 6.47 80.7-81 -20 1.6-8.4 100 12705 0.774 2.930 Liqour Ammonia (25%) Solid 69-70 108 107 - - 1500 - -31 Cyclohexane Fresh solid 38 104 32 - - 2480 1.45 -32 Cyanoacetic Acid Solid 49 305 >230 - - - 1.11 4.2133 Methylene Chloride liquid -97 40 - 14-22 50 985 1.32 2.9334 Catalyst Amine liquid 22 106 100 0.05 NA 220 1.42 3.936 sodium hypochloride Liquid 18.3 8.3 NA NA NA NA 1.173 -37 N N dimethylformamide liquid -7.5 122-154 58 2.2-15.2 30 1.5 0.949 2.5138 Hydrobromic acid liquid 11 126-128 - - 2 65.04 1.18 2.839 Ammonia liquid 8 286-287 117 1.2794 - - 1.08 -41 Bromine liquid -7.2 59 NA NA 0.1 - 3.11 5.5142 Para formaldehyde solid 120-170 - 71 70-73 NA 800 1.46 -43 cyanoacetic Acid Solid 113 - 136 - - 386 1.17 -45 Sodium Bicarbonate solid 79-82 218 80 5.9 10 1800 1.145 -46 Cuprous chloride solid 423 1490 - - - 140 4.14 -



48 Dil. Sulphuric acid liquid - 315-338 - - 1 2140 1.83 -49 Carbon Solid 81-83 285 147 - - - 1.056 -52 Methylene Dichloride liquid 95 39 -4 13-223 205 - 1.33 2.9353 Aluminium Chloride solid 192 180 - - - 380 2.44 -54 MDC liquid 42 115 20 1.8-12.4 15 891 0.982 2.7355 3,4-Diethoxy Phenylacetonitrile liquid 62-65 - NA NA NA 1029 NA -56 2,5-dimethyl phenyl acetinitrile liquid 23.8 233.5 102 - - - 1.0214 -57 Sulfuric acid liquid 48.3 100 - - - - 1.667 -58 Fresh DMF solid 681 1330 - - 0.01 2779 - -59 alpha-napthyl acetonitrile solid 33-35 191-194 382 - - - 1.11 -60 2-ethyl hexanol liquid 76 180-186 81 0.88-9.7 - 3.37 388 -61 Hydrogen gas gas -259.2 -252.9 - 40-75 NA NA NA 0.08962 2 chloro benzyl cyanide liquid 24 233-234 102 - - 270 - 4.6963 4chloro benzyl cyanide Solid 25-28 265-267 134 - - - - -

641- [cyano-4-(methoxy phenyl)-

methyl]cyclohexanol solid-68 202 80 - - - 1.142 -

65 ethyl alcohol liquid 114.1 78 14 - - 1340 - -

66phynel ethyl alcohol

liquid-16.6 424.76 >200.0 - - -

1.02 at 25°C 1.02

67 fresh chloroform liquid -63 60.5 -61.5 c NA NA NA 1250 1.489 1.4868 veratrol solid 22-23 206-207 87 - - 700 1.048 -69 1-2 diethoxy benzene solid 219 - - - - - - -70 p-xylene liquid 13 137-138 27 1.1-7 100 4550 - -71 Potassium cyanide solid 634 1625 - - 5 6 1.52 -72 o- chloro benzoic acid solid 140 287 238 - - - 1.571 -73 4 -chloro benzoic acid solid 241 276 238 - - - 1.54 -74 Di-Methyl Formamide liquid -61 153 58 2.2-15.2 - >3200 0.94 2.5



2.3.3 TRANSPORTATION OF RAW MATERIALS AND FINISHED PRODUCTS

The raw materials and finished goods will be transported through tankers and trucks. There is

well developed road structure in GIDC, Nandesari. No additional road infrastructure will be

required for transportation. The raw material source will be standard manufacturer or

supplier. Indicative list along with mode of transportation is included in below table.

TABLE: 2.8DETAILS OF RAW MATERIAL SOURCE AND METHOD OF TRANSPORTATION

Sr. No. Name of Raw Material Name of Source Mode ofTransportation

1 Benzylchloride Panorma Aromatics By Road

2 Sodium Cyanide Habei/Hindustan Cyanide By Road

3 Triethyl amine Amines & Plasticisers By Road

4 Sodium Bicarbonate Unique Enterprise By Road

5 p-anisylalcohol Atul Ltd. By Road

6 Hydrochloric acid GACL By Road

7Tetra Butyl ammoniumbromide

Tatva Chintan Pharma chem By Road

8 Toluene Imported By Road

9 2-Chloro Benzylchloride Imported By Road

10 4-Chloro Benzylchloride Imported By Road

11 2-4-Chloro Benzylchloride Imported By Road

12 Phenylacetonitrile Sabri/Chem tech By Road

13 Methylene dichloride GACL By Road

144-MethoxyPhenylacetonitrile

Sabri/Chem tech By Road

15 Sodium Hydroxide GACL By Road

16 Acetone GNFC By Road

17 2-Chloro Phenylacetonitrile Imported/Chemtech By Road

18 4-Chloro Phenylacetonitrile Imported/Chemtech By Road

192,4-DichloroPhenylacetonitrile

Imported/Chemtech By Road

203,4-DimethoxyPhenylacetonitrile

PAB Oragnics/Chemtech By Road

21 Aq. HCl (28%) GACL By Road

223,4-Diethoxyphenylacetonirile

Chemtech By Road

23 Isopbutyl Alcohol (IBA) Deepak Nitrite By Road

24 Alpha -napthyl acetonitrile Sabri/Chem tech By Road

25 Methanol GNFC By Road

26 Methyl Chloroacetate Supra Combine By Road

27 Ethyl Chloroacetate Supra Combine By Road



28 Methyl Cyanoaceate Imported By Road

29 Liqour Ammonia (25%) Surat / Mysor Ammoina By Road

30 Cyclohexane Fresh GSFC By Road

31 Cyanoacetic Acid Imported By Road

32 2-Ethyl Hexanol Imported By Road

33 Meyhylene Chloride GACL By Road

34 Catalyst Amine Amines & Plasticisers By Road

36 sodium hypochloride GACL By Road

37 N N dimethylformamide Imported By Road

38 Hydrobromic acid Dwarkesh/Fulk International By Road

41 Bromine Dwarkesh/Fulk International By Road

42 Para formaldehyde Simaline Chemicals By Road

45 Sodium Bicarbonate Unique Enterprise By Road

46 Cuprous chloride Ratna Nico chem By Road

49 Carbon Anand Carbon By Road

53 Vaniline Rohdia By Road

562,5-dimethyl phenylacetonitrile

Chemtech By Road

57 Sulfuric acid Panoli intermediates By Road

59 alpha-napthyl acetonitrile Sabri/Chem tech By Road

61 Hydrogen gas Inox By Road

62 2 chloro benzyl cyanide Chemtech/Imported By Road

63 4chloro benzyl cyanide Chemtech/Imported By Road

641- [cyano-4-(methoxyphenyl)-methyl]cyclohexanol

Interpharmachem By Road

65 Ethyl alcohol Andhra Sugars By Road

66 Phenyl ethyl alcohol Kedac Chemicals By Road

67 Chloroform GACL By Road

68 veratrol Camline Ltd. By Road

69 1-2 diethoxy benzene Solvey Speciality Chemicals By Road

70 p-xylene Reliance Ltd. By Road

71 Potassium cyanide Imported By Road

73 o- chloro benzoic acid Chemcrux/Imported By Road

74 4 -chloro benzoic acid Chemcrux/Imported By Road

*Unit shall not be manufacturing more than fifteen products at a time.*This is a worst case scenario. If these products are manufactured only those raw materials

will be stored at site.



2.4 PROCESS DESCRIPTION

2.4.1 BEST AVAILABLE TEHCNOLOGY SELECATION

The unit will adopt latest and best technology available so far in the market. Moreover, the

unit is very conscious about the product quality and equally about the environmental

protection and resource conservation; and hence they put their efforts for replacing/upgrading

their plant and machineries from time to time with the best available technology. The unit’s

processes are efficient and are tailor made to reduce the effluent as well as are based on green

chemistry wherever possible. Sustainable Competitive Advantage in the bulk Drug industry

can be attained mainly by way of continuous product & process innovations. The atom

economy will be achieved. The average percentage of yield obtained will be more than 98%.

Only Stoichiometric amount of raw materials will be used. The process control steps will be

introduced to check the full conversion of main raw materials.

2.4.2 PRODUCT MANUFACTURING PROCESS

Details of manufacturing process & Chemical Reaction & Material balance:

Group: A

1. Phenyl Acetonitrile :

Process Description:

The Benzyl chloride and Sodium Cyanide are taken into reactor and reacted in presence ofwater. Then reacted mass is separated from aqueous layer & wash with water. The crudeproduct distilled to get pure product phenyl Acetonitrile.

Chemical Reaction:

CH2Cl

+ NaCNSODIUM CYANIDE

M.W.49

CH2CN

+ NaClSODIUM CHLORIDE M.W58.5

BENZYL CHLORIDE M.W. 126.5

PHENYL ACETONITRILE M.W. 117



Material Balance:

2. 4- Methoxy Phenyl acetonitrile :


p- anisyl alcohol reacted with concentrated hydrochloric Acid in glass lined reactor give p –anisyl chloride. The product extracted with toluene and Toluene layer cyanated by sodiumcyanide solution using phase transfer catalyst gives 4–Methoxy Phenyl Acetonitrile. Thetoluene layer separated washed with water. The toluene distilled and reused in next batch.The final product distilled under vacuum gives pure product.

Chemical Reaction:

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Benzylchloride 114 Reaction Mass 105DM Water 140 Efluent 195.5Sodium Cyanide 44.5TEA 1Sodium Carbonate 1Total 300.5 Total 300.5

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 105 Reaction Mass 105DM Water 50 Effluent 50Total 155 Total 155

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Product Crude 105 Product Pure 100

Distillation Residue 5

Total 105 Total 105

Phenyl Acetonitrile

Input Output

GLR Reactor

Distillation

SS Reactor



Material Balance:



3. 2–Chloro Phenylacetonitrile

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Fresh Toluene 15 Reaction Mass 254Recovered Toluene 135 Efluent 814-Methyoxy benzylalcohol

105

Hydrochloric Acid(36 %)

80

Total 335 Total 335

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 254 Reaction Mass 254DM Water 50 Effluent 52Sodium Bicarbonate 2Total 306 Total 306

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 254 Reaction Mass 254Sodium Cyanide 40 Effluent 122DM Water 80Catalyst TBAB 2Total 376 Total 376


Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 254 Toluene Recovered 135

Product Crude 104Vapor Loss 15

Total 254 Total 254



Total 104 Total 104

SS Reactor

SS Reactor

Distillation

HighVaccumDistillation

4-METHOXY PHENYLACETONITRILE

Input Output

GLR Reactor

GLR Reactor




2-chloro benzyl chloride is reacted with sodium cyanide in presence of water make crude 2-chloro Benzyl Cyanide. The crude product separated from aqueous layer & washed withwater. The pure product obtained by high vacuum distillation.

Chemical Reaction:

CH2Cl

Cl

2-CHLORO BENZYL CHLORIDE M.W.161

+

CH2CN

Cl

2-CHLORO PHENYLACETONITRILE M.W.151.5

+NaCl

SODIUM CHLORIDE M.W58.5

NaCNSODIUM CYANIDE

M.W.49

Material Balance:

4. 4- Chlorophenyl Acetonitrile:

Process description:

4-chloro benzyl chloride is reacted with sodium cyanide in presence of water make crude 4-chloro Benzyl Cyanide. The crude product separated from aqueous layer & washed withwater. The pure product obtained by high vacuum distillation.

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)2-ChloroBenzylchloride

110Reaction Mass(Organic Layer)

104

DM Water 100 Efluent 139Sodium Cyanide 31TEA 1Sodium Carbonate 1Total 243 Total 243




Total 104 Total 104

2-CHLORO PHENYLACETONITRILE

Input Output

GLR Reactor

High vaccumDistillation

GLR Reactor



Chemical Reaction:

CH2Cl

Cl

+

4-CHLORO BENZYL CHLORIDE M.W.161

Cl

CH2CN

4-CHLORO PHENYLACETONITRILE M.W.151.593

+ NaClSODIUM CHLORIDE M.W58.5

NaCNSODIUM CYANIDE

M.W.49

Material Balance:

5. 2-4 –Dichloro Phenyl acetonitrile :


2-4 Di chloro Benzyl Chloride is reacted with sodium cyanide in presence of water givescrude 2-4 Di chloro Benzyl Cyanide. The crude product separated from aqueous layer &washed with water. The crude product distilled under vacuum gives pure product.

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)4-ChloroBenzylchloride

110 Reaction Mass 104

DM Water 100 Effluent 139Sodium Cyanide 31TEA 1Sodium Carbonate 1Total 243 Total 243




Total 104 Total 104


4-CHLORO PHENYLACETONITRILE

Input Output

GLR Reactor

GLR Reactor



Chemical Reaction:

CH2Cl

Cl

2,4-DICHLORO BENZYL CHLORIDE M.W. 195

+ NaCNSODIUM CYANIDE M.W.49

CH2CN

Cl

2,4-DICHLORO PHENYLACETONITRILE M.W.186

+ NaClSODIUM CHLORIDE M.W.58.5

CI CI

Material Balance:

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)2,4-ChloroBenzylchloride

110 Reaction Mass (Organic Layer)104

DM Water 100 Effluent 140Sodium Cyanide 32TEA 1Sodium Carbonate 1TOTAL 244 TOTAL 244

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 104 Reaction Mass 104DM Water 100 Effluent 100TOTAL 204 TOTAL 204



TOTAL 104 TOTAL 104

2,4-DICHLORO PHENYLACETONITRILE

Input Output

GLR Reactor


GLR Reactor



GROUP ( B ) ACIDS

1. Phenylacetic Acid :


The pure Phenyl aceto nitrile is reacted with sulphuric Acid in presence of water to makephenyl acetic Acid. The crude product layer separated and distilled to get pure phenyl AceticAcid. Flaking is done with the flaker to get phenyl Acetic Acid chips.

Chemical Reaction:

CH2CN

+H2SO4

SULFURIC ACID M.W 98

BENZYL CYANIDE M.W. 117

CH2COOH

+ (NH4)2SO4Ammonium Sulfate

M.W. 132

PHENYL ACETIC ACID M.W. 136

Material Balance:

2. 4- Methoxy phenyl acetic acid :

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Phenylacetonitrile 88 Reaction Mass 102Sulfuric acid 38 Ammonium Sulfate 124D.M.Water 110 Solution (40%)

Vapor loss 10Total 236 Total 236

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 102 Crude Product 102DM Water 270 Effluent 270Total 372 Total 372

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Crude Product 102 Product 100

Residue 2Total 102 Total 102


& Flacking

Phenylacetic Acid

Input Output

SS Reactor

SS Reactor




4- Methoxy Phenyl acetonitrile hydrolysed by sodium hydroxide in water under reflex gives,solution of sodium salt and 4-Methoxy Phenyl acetic Acid. (The Ammonia gas evolvedscrubbed in water and dilute solution which we make adjustment of pH of sulphuric acid usedin phenyl acetic acid. Finally we make ammonium sulphate Crystals and sale. ) The sodiumsalt and product salt solution treated with carbon filtered and Acidify in glass Lined reactorgives 4-Methoxy phenyl acetic Acid. The solid material centrifugal and dry. The motherliquor goes to ETP plant.

Chemical Reaction:

OCH3

CH2CNCH2COONa

NaoHSodium Hydroxide M.W. 40

Water

+

CH2COONa

+ HClHYDROCHLORIC ACID

M.W.36.5

Water

CH2COOH

4-METHOXY PHENYL ACETONITRILE M.W.147

4-METHOXY PHENYLACETIC ACIDSODIUM SALT M.W.188

4-METHOXY PHENYLACETIC ACID M.W.166

+ NH3Ammonia M.W.17

NaCLSODIUM CHLORIDE M.W59.5+

OCH3

OCH3 OCH3

4-METHOXY PHENYLACETIC ACIDSODIUM SALT M.W.188

Material Balance:



3. 2-Chlorophenyl Acetic Acid:

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)4-MethoxyPhenylacetonitrile 95 Reaction Mass 227

48% Aq. NaOH 57Ammonium SulfateSolution 40 %

105

DM Water 85Sulfuric acid(SCRUBBER) 32Water For Scrubber 63Total 332 Total 332

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 227 Wet Product 124Carbon 2 Carbon 3Aq. HCl (28%) 87 Effluent 249DM Water 60Total 376 Total 376

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Wet Product 124 Product 100

Drying Loss 24

Total 124 Total 124

Dryer

4 - Methoxy Phenyl acetic Acid

Input Output

SSR Reactor

Sparkler filter&GLR Reactor

centrifuge




2- Chloro phenyl Acetonitrile hydrolysed by sodium hydroxide in water under reflux givessolution of sodium salt of 2 – chloro phenyl acetic Acid.

The sodium salt of product solution treated with carbon filtered and treated with acid in glasslined reactor gives 2 – chloro phenyl acetic Acid. The solid product centrifugal and dry. Themother liquor goes to ETP plant.

The ammonia gas evolved during reaction scrubbed in to water dilute ammonium solution.

Chemical Reaction:

CH2CN

Cl

+ NaoHSodium Hydroxide M.W. 40

Water

CH2COONa

Cl

CH2COONa

Cl


M.W.36.5

Water

CH2COOH

Cl

2-CHLORO BENZYL CYANIDE M.W.151.593

2-CHLORO PHENYLACETIC ACIDSODIUM SALT M.W.192.5


2-CHLORO PHENYLACETIC ACID M.W. 170.5

+ NH3Ammonia M.W.17

NaCLSODIUM CHLORIDE M.W 58.5+

Material Balance:



4. 4- Chloro phenyl acetic Acid:

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)2-Chlorophenylacetonitrile 94 Reaction Mass 238


100

DM Water 87Sulfuric acid(Scrubber) 32Water For Scrubber 60Total 338 Total 338



Drying Loss 16

Total 116 Total 116

Dryer

2 - Chlorophenyl acetic Acid

Input Output

SSR Reactor

Sparkler Filter&Centrifuge




4 Chloro phenyl Acetonitrile hydrolysed by sodium hydroxide in water under reflux givessolution of sodium salt of 4–Chloro phenyl acetic Acid.

The sodium salt product solution treated with carbon filtered and acidify in glass lined reactorgives 4 –Chloro phenyl acetic Acid. The solid product centrifuge and dry. The mother liquorgoes to ETP plant.The ammonia gas evolved during reaction scrubbed into water dilute ammonium solution.

Chemical Reaction:

Cl

CH2CN

Cl

CH2COONa


Water

+

Cl

CH2COONa


M.W.36.5

Water

Cl

CH2COOH

4-CHLORO BENZYL CYANIDE M.W.151.593



4-CHLORO PHENYLACETIC ACID M.W.170.5

+ NH3Ammonia M.W.17

NaCLSODIUM CHLORIDE M.W58.5+

Material balance:



5. 2-4 – Dichlorophenyl acetic Acid:

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)4-Chlorophenylacetonitrile 94 Reaction Mass 238


100

DM Water 87Sulfuric acid (Scrubber) 32Water For Scrubber 60Total 338 Total 338



Drying Loss 16Total 116 Total 116

DRYER

4 - Chlorophenyl acetic Acid

Input Output

SSR Reactor

SparklerFilterGLR Reactor

centrifuge




2-4 Di chloro phenyl acetonitrile hydrolysed by sodium hydroxide in water under reflux givessolution of sodium salt of 2-4 –Di chloro phenyl acetic Acid.

The sodium salt of product treated with carbon, filtered and treated with acid in glass linedreactor gives 2-4 –di chloro phenyl acetic acid. The solid product centrifuge and dry.Themother liquor goes to ETP.

The ammonia gas evolved during reaction scrubbed in to water dilute ammonium solution.

Chemical Reaction:

CH2CN

Cl

CI

+WaterNaoH

Sodium Hydroxide M.W. 40

CH2COONa

Cl

CI

+ NH3Ammonia M.W.17

2,4-DICHLORO BENZYL CYANIDE M.W.186

2.4-DICHLORO PHENYLACETIC ACIDSODIUM SALT M.W. 227

CH2COONa

Cl

CI2.4-DICHLORO PHENYLACETIC ACIDSODIUM SALT M.W. 227


M.W.36.5

Water

CH2COOH

Cl

CI

+

2.4-DICHLORO PHENYLACETIC ACID M.W.205

NaCLSODIUM CHLORIDE M.W58.5

Material balance:



6. 3,4 Di methoxy phenyl acetic Acid:


3, 4-dimethoxyphenylacetonitrile hydrolysed by sodium hydroxide in water under refluxgives solution of sodium salt of 3-4 – Di methoxy phenyl acetic Acid.

The sodium salt product solution treated with carbon, filtered and acidify in glass linedreactor gives 3-4 Di methoxy phenyl acetic Acid. The solid product centrifuge and dry. Themother liquor goes to ETP plant. The ammonia gas evolved during reaction scrubbed in towater dilute ammonium solution.

Chemical Reaction:

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)2,4-DichloroPhenylacetonitrile 94 Reaction Mass 238


100




Drying Loss 15

Total 115 Total 115

2 - 4 Dichloro phenylacetic Acid

Input Output

SS Reactor

Dryer

Sparkler filterGLR ReactorCentrifuge



+

OCH3

OCH3

CH2CN


Water NH3Ammonia M.W.17

OCH3

OCH3

CH2COONa

+

OCH3

OCH3

CH2COONa

+WaterHCl

HYDROCHLORIC ACID M.W.36.5

OCH3

OCH3

CH2COOH

+ NaCL

SODIUM CHLORIDE M.W, 58.5

3,4-DIMETHOXY PHENYLACETONITRILE M.W. 177

3,4-DIMETHOXY PHENYLACETIC ACIDSODIUM SLAT M.W. 218

3,4-DIMETHOXY PHENYLACETIC ACID M.W. 196

3,4-DIMETHOXY PHENYLACETIC ACIDSODIUM SLAT M.W. 218



Material balance:

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)3,4-Dimethoxyphenylacetonirile 115 Reaction Mass 249


100


Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 249 Wet Product 118Carbon 2 Carbon 3Aq. HCl (28%) 87 Effluent 267DM Water 50 Total 388Total 388


Drying Loss 18

Total 118 Total 118

Dryer

3 - 4 Dimethoxy Phenyl acetic Acid

Input Output

Sparkler FilterGLR ReactorCentrifuge

SS Reactor



7. 3,4-Diethoxy phenyl acetic Acid:


3-4 di ethoxy phenyl aceto nitrile hydrolysed by sodium hydroxide in water under refax givessolution of sodium salt of 3-4 – Di ethoxy phenyl acetic Acid.

The sodium salt of product solution treated with carbon, filtered and acidify in glass linedreactor gives 3-4 Di methoxy phenyl acetic Acid. The solid product centrifuge and dry. Themother liquor goes to ETP plant.

The ammonia gas evolved in hydrolysed stage scrubbed in dilute sulphuric Acid givesammonium sulphate solution.

Chemical Reaction:

+

OC2H5

OC2H5

CH2CN


Water NH3Ammonia M.W.17

OC2H5

OC2H5

CH2COONa

+

OC2H5

OC2H5

CH2COONa

+WaterHCl

HYDROCHLORIC ACID M.W.36.5

OC2H5

OC2H5

CH2COOH

+ NaCL

SODIUM CHLORIDE M.W.58.5

3,4-DIETHOXY PHENYLACETONITRILE M.W. 205

3,4-DIETHOXY PHENYLACETIC ACIDSODIUM SLAT M.W. 246

3,4-DIETHOXY PHENYLACETIC ACID M.W. 224

3,4-DIETHOXY PHENYLACETIC ACIDSODIUM SLAT M.W. 246



Material balance:

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)3,4-Diethoxyphenylacetonirile 104 Reaction Mass 238


100





Dryer

3 - 4 Diethoxy Phenylacetic Acid

Input Output

SS Reactor




8. 2,5–Dimethyl Phenyl acetic Acid:


2, 5-dimethylphenylacetonitrile hydrolysed by sodium hydroxide in water under refax givessolution of sodium salt of 2,5-dimethylphenylacetic acid.

The sodium salt product solution treated with carbon, filtered and acidify in glass linedreactor gives 2, 5-dimethylphenylacetic acid. The solid product centrifuge and dry. Themother liquor goes to ETP plant.


Chemical Reaction:

CH2CN

+WaterNaoH

Sodium Hydroxide M.W. 40

CH2COONa

+ NH3Ammonia M.W.17

2,5-DMETHYL BENZYL CYANIDE M.W.145

2.5-DIMETHYL PHENYLACETIC ACIDSODIUM SALT M.W. 186

2.5-DIMETHYL PHENYLACETIC ACIDSODIUM SALT M.W.


M.W.36.5

Water

+

2.5-DIMETHYL PHENYLACETIC ACID M.W.164

NaCLSODIUM CHLORIDE M.W58.5

CH3

CH3

CH3

CH3

CH2COONa

CH3

CH3

CH2COOH

CH3

CH3



Material Balance:

9. Alpha - Naphthyl Acetic Acid:


Alpha- napthyl acetonitrile hydrolysed by sodium hydroxide solution under reflux givesodium salt and alpha – napthyl acetic acid solution salt.

Sodium salt solution treated with carbon, filtered and product isolated by acidification,centrifuge and dry.


ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)2,5-Dimethyl phenylacetonirile 94 Reaction Mass 225


100


Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 225 Wet Product 116Carbon 2 Carbon 3Aq. HCl (30 %) 82 Effluent 240DM Water 50Total 359 Total 359



Dryer

2 -5-Dimethyl Phenylacetic Acid

Input Output

SS Reactor




Chemical Reaction:

CH2CN

1-CHLOROMETHYL NAPHTHALENE M.W.167


CH2COONa

1- NAPHTHALENE ACETIC ACID SODIUM SALT M.W. 208

Water

+ + NH3Ammonia M.W.17

CH2COONa

+

1- NAPHTHALENE ACETIC ACID SODIUM SALT M.W. 208

HClHYDROCHLORIC ACID

M.W.36.5

CH2COOH

1- NAPHTHALENE ACETIC ACID M.W. 174

+Water NaCL

SODIUM CHLORIDE M.W58.5

Material balance:

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)

Alpha -napthyl acetonitrile 95 Reaction Mass 210

48% AQ. NAOH 24Ammonium SulfateSolution 40 %

93

D.M. WATER 100Sulfuric Acid (Scrubber) 28Water For Scrubber 56Total 303 Total 303

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 210 Reaction Mass 229DM Water 20 carbon 3 Carbon 2Total 232 Total 232

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 229 wet product 108Hydrochloric Acid (36 %) 73 Effluent 224DM Water 30Total 332 Total 332

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS) wet product 108 product 100DM Water Drying Loss 8Total 108 Total 108

GLR Reactor

DRYER

Alpha - Naphthyl acetic Acid

Input Output

SS Reactor

Sparkler Filter



Group (C) CYANOACETIC AICD DERIVATIVES

1. Methyl Cyano acetate :

Process Description: -

Methyl Chloro acetate reacted with Sodium Cynamide solution in water along with phaseTransfer catalyst gives methyl Cyano acetate. Product layer separated & distilled to give thepure product.

Chemical Reaction:

CLCH2COOCH3 + NaCN = CNCH2COOCH3 + NaCl

M.W.108.5 M.W. 49 M.W.99 M.W.58.5

Material balance:

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Methyl Chloroacetate 118 Reaction Mass 104Sodium Cyanide 50 Effuent 224DM Water 160

Total 328 Total 328

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 104 Reaction Mass 104Water 50 Effluent 50

Total 154 Total 154

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 104 Product 100

Residue 4

Total 104 Total 104

Distillation

Input Output

METHYLCYANOACETATE

SSR Reactor

SSR Reactor



2 Ethyl cyano acetate:


Ethyl cyano acetate reacted with sodium cyanide in water as media along with phase transfercatalyst gives crude product crude product layer separated from aq. Layer and washed withwater. The crude product distilled to give pure product.

Chemical Reaction:

CLCH2COOC2H5 +NaCN = CLCH2COOC2H5 + NaCL

M.W.122.5 M.W. 49 M.W.113 M.W.58.5

Material Balance:

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)MethylChloroacetate

120 Reaction Mass 109

Sodium Cyanide 50 Effluent 221DM Water 160

Total 330 Total 330

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 109 Reaction Mass 108Water 50 Effluent 51

Total Total 159

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Product Crude 108 Product 100

Residue 8

Total 108 Total 108

Distillation

ETHYLCYANOACETATE

Input Output

SSR Reactor

SSR Reactor



3. Cyano acetamide:


Methyl cyano acetate reacted with 25 % ammonia solution gives cyano acetamide.Centrifuge the product and wash the cake with chilled methanol dry the product.Collect the mother liquor for methanol recovery.

Chemical Reaction:-

CNCH2COOCH3 + NH3 = CNCH2CONH2 + CH3OH

M.W.99 M.W. 17 M.W. 84 M.W.32

Material balance:


Methyl cyanoacetate 126 Wet Product 110

Liqour Ammonia (25%) 100 Methanol 40D.M.Water 50 Effluent 126

Total 276 Total 276


Drying Loss 10

Total 110 Total 110

Input Output

SSR ReactorCentrifuge

CYANOACETAMIDE

Dryer



1. Octorylene:-


In 1st step ester formed by the condensation of a Cyanoacetic acid with 2-ethylhexanol inpresence of PTSA as catalyst, which is worked up & fractionally distilled to get pure 2-Ehtyhexyl cyanoacetate (2-EHCA). In 2nd step 2-Ethylhexyl cyanoacetate (2-EHCA),Benzophenone (BP), ammonium acetate,acetic acid and Cyclohexane are mixed. The mixtureis heated under stirring to reflux temperature andwater is distilled out azeotropically. Thereaction mass is cooled and worked up. Crude product is fractionally distilled to get pureOctacrylene.

Chemical Reaction:-



Material balance:

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Cyclohexane Fresh 20 Reaction Mass 291Cyclohexane Recovered 220 Water Distilled 5.5Cyanoacetic Acid 25 Vapor Loss 8.52-Ethyl Hexanol 39Catalyst PTSA 1Total 305 Total 305

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 291 Crude Product 108Benzophenone 53 Cylcohexane Recovered 220Catalyst Amine(Piperidine)

1 Vapor Loss 11.5

Water Distilled 5.5

Total 345 Total 345


Residue 8

Total 108 Total 108

SS Reactor

Distillation

OCTACRYLENE

GLR Reactor



2. N-N Di ethyl amino cyano acetoamide:


Chloro acetyl chloride reacted first with Di ethyl amine in presence of sodium carbonate intoluene as solvent gives di ethyl amino chloro acetamide intermediates product. Intermediatesproduct reacted with sodium cyanide in water and phase transfer catalyst gives N-N-DiethylCyano acetamide. The solvent toluene distilled & reused. Finally product purified by highvaccune distillation.

Chemical Reaction:-

CLCH2COCL + HN(C2H5)2 + NaHCO3 = CLCH2CON(C2H5)2 + NaCL + CO2 +H2O

M.W.113 M.W. 73 M.W.84 M.W.149.5 M.W.58.5 M.W.44M.W.18

CLCH2CON(C2H5)2 + NaCN = CNCH2CON(C2H5)2 + NaCL

M.W.149.5 M.W. 49 M.W.140 M.W.58.5



Material balance:

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Fresh Toluene 30 Reaction Mass 513Recovered Toluene 370 vapour loss 8 chloroacetylChloride 86 effulent 136 Diethylamine 58 Carbon Dioxide 35Sodium Carbonate 68DM WATER 80Total 692 Total 692

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 513 Reaction Mass 495DM Water 103 Effluent 160hypo 5 vapour loss 6Sodium Cyanide 40Total 661 Total 661

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 495 Product Pure 109

Toluene 370Vapour loss 16

Total 495 Total 495


Residue 9

Total 109 Total 109

High VaccumDistillation

N-N- DIETHYLAMINOCYANOACETAMIDE

Input Output

GLR Reactor

SS Reactor

Distillation



Group (D) AMINES

1. Phenyl ethyl amine


Benzyl cyanide is treated with hydrogen under pressure in presence of Raney Nickle ascatalyst in methanol as solvent gives Phenyl ethyl amine. The catalyst is filtered and solventdistilled get crude product. The crude Phenyl Ethyl amine distilled to give pure Phenylethylamine.

Chemical Reaction:-

CH2CN

+

PHENYL ACETONITRILE M.W. 117

H2HydrogenM.W. 2

METHANOL

Raney Nickle

CH2CH2NH2

PHENYETHYLAMINE M.W. 121

Material balance:

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Benzyl Cyanide 107 Reaction Mass 488.4Methanol fresh 38 Raney Nickel recocered 0.6Methanol Recoverd 362 vapour loss 20Raney Nickel 0.6Ammonia 0.3Hydrogen Gas 1.1

Total 509 Total 509

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 488.4 Crude product 108.4

Methanol Recoverd 362Vapour loss 18

Total 488.4 Total 488.4

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Crude product 108.4 Product Pure 100

Distillation Residue 8.4



PHENYLETHYAMINE

Input Output

SSHydrogenator

PressureReactor

Distillation GLRReactor



2. 4-Methoxy Phenyl ethyl amine:-


Benzyl cyanide is treated with hydrogen under pressure in presence of Raney Nickle ascatalyst in methanol as solvent gives Phenyl ethyl amine. The catalyst is filtered and solventdistilled get crude product. The crude Phenyl Ethyl amine distilled to give pure Phenyl ethylamine.

Chemical Reaction:-

+

OCH3

CH2CN

4-METHOXY PHENYLACETONITRILE M.W. 147

H2HydrogenM.W. 2

METHANOL

OCH3

CH2CH2NH2

4-METHOXY PHENYETHYLAMINE M.W. 151

Raney Nickle

Material balance:

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS) p-Methoxyphenylacetonitrile

105 Reaction Mass 487Methanol fresh 40 Raneiy Nickel recocered 0.4Methanol Recoverd 360 vapour loss 22Raneiy Nickel 0.4 Ammonia Recovered 22Ammonia 0.5AmmoniaRecovered

22

Hydrogen Gas 3.5


Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 487 Crude product 109

Methanol Recoverd 360vapour loss 18

Total 487 Total 487

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 109 Product Pure 100


Total 109 Total 109

4 - METHOXY PHENYLETHYLAMINE


Input Output

SSHydrogenator

PressureReactor

Distillation



3. 2 – Cyclohexenyl Ethylamine :-


p-Methoxyphenylacetic Acid is reacted Thionyl Chloride and this intermediate further reactorwith 2- ( 1 – cyclohexenyl) ethylamine and reacted mass crystallized in solvent to obtainrequired product.

Chemical Reaction



Material balance:

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS) cyanoacetic Acid (70%) 100 CO2 39 cycalohexanone 81 Toluene layer 359 Toluene Fresh 12 Water Distilled to ETP 44 Toluene Recovred 238 Ammonium Acetate 11Total 442 Total 442

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Toluene layer 359 Toluene Recovered 238DM WATER 100 Vapour loss 12

Crude 106.5Effluent 102.5

Total 459 Total 459

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Crude 106.5 Stage : 1 100

Residue 6.5Total 106.5 Total 106.5

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS) stage 01 100 Raneiy Nickle 7.5 Raneiy nickle 7.5 Reaction mass 189.5 Ammonia Gas 6 DM WATER 80 Hydrogen Gas 3.5Total 197 Total 197

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS) Reaction mass 189.5 Reaction mass 358 Toluene Fresh 6 Effluent 81.5 Toluene Recovred 244


Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS) Reaction mass 358 Toluene Recovered 244

vapour loss 6crude 108

Total 358 Total 358

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS) Reaction mass 108 product 100

Residue 8Total 108 Total 108

High VaccumeDistillation


SSHydrogenrator

PressureReactor

SS Reactor

Distillation

Input Output

GLR Reactor

Distillation

2 - CYCLOHEXENYL ETHYLAMINE



4. 3,4- Di methoxy Phenyl amine:-


3,4-Dimethoxy Phenyl aceto nitrile reduces by hydrogen in presence of catalyst Ammonia inMethanol. 3,4-Diethoxy phenyl ethyl amine is isolated by filtration & high vacuumDistillation and recovered catalyst & solvent recycled.

Chemical Reaction:-

+

OCH3

OCH3

CH2CN


H2HydrogenM.W. 2

METHANOL

OCH3

OCH3

CH2CH2NH2

3,4-DIMETHOXY PHENYETHYLAMINE M.W. 181

Raney Nickle

Material balance:

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS) 3-4 -Dimethoxyphenylacetonitrile

109 Reaction Mass 490.8

Methanol fresh 40 Raney Nickel recocered 0.6Methanol Recoverd 360 vapour loss 22Raney Nickel 0.4 Ammonia Recovered 22Ammonia loss 0.5AmmoniaRecovered

22

Hydrogen Gas 3.5





Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 112.8 Product Pure 100




Input Output

SSHydrogenrator

PressureReactor

3 ,4 DIMETHOXY PHENYLETHYLAMINE

Distillation



5. 3-4 Di ethoxy Phenyl ethyl amine:-


3, 4-Di ethoxy Phenyl acetonitrile reduces by hydrogen in presence of catalyst Ammonia inMethanol. 3,4-Diethoxy phenyl ethylamine is isolated by filtration & high vacuumDistillation and recovered catalyst & solvent recycled.

Chemical Reaction:-

+

CH2CN

H2HydrogenM.W. 2

METHANOL

CH2CH2NH2

3,4-DIETHOXY PHENYETHYLAMINE M.W. 209

Raney Nickle


OC2H5

OC2H5

OC2H5

OC2H5

Material balance:


3-4 -Diethoxyphenylacetonitrile


Methanol fresh 40 Raney Nickel recocered 0.6Methanol Recoverd 360 vapour loss 22Raney Nickel 0.4 Ammonia Recovered 22Ammonia fresh 1 Ammonia Loss 1AmmoniaRecovered

22

Hydrogen Gas 3.5









Input Output

SSHydrogenrator

Pressurereactor

3,4-DIETHOXY PHENYLETHYLAMINE

Distillation



6. 2-Chloro phenylethylamine :-


2 Chloro benzyl Cyanide is reacted under pressure with hydrogen in autoclave in presence ofRaney nickel catalyst to produce 2 Chloro phenyl ethyl amine. Crude product distilled givepure product.

Chemical Reaction:

Material Balance:

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)O-Chlorobenzylcyanide


Methanol fresh 40 Raney Nickel recocered 0.6Methanol Recoverd 360 vapour loss 22Raneiy Nickel 0.5Ammonia 1Hydrogen Gas 3.5

Total 510 Total 510



Total 487.4 487.4

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)

Crude Product 109.4 Crude product 100

Residue 9.4

Total 109.4 109.4


Input Output

SSHydrogenrator

PressureReactor

2-CHLORO PHENYLETHYLAMINE

Distillation



7. 4 – Chloro Phenyl ethyl amine:-

Process description:-

4-Chlorobenzyl Cyanide is reacted under pressure with hydrogen in autoclave in presence ofRaney nickel catalyst to produce 4-Chlorophenylethyl amine. Crude product distilled givepure product.

Chemical Reaction:

Material Balance:

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS) 4-Chloro PhenylAcetonitrile


Methanol Fresh 40 Raneiy Nickel recocered 0.6Methanol Recoverd 360 Vapour loss 22Raney Nickel 0.5Ammonia 1Hydrogen Gas 3.5

Total 510 Total 510








Input Output

SSHydrogenrator

PressureReactor

4 chloro phenyl ethyl amine

Distillation



8. 1–[ 2–Amino–1–[4–Methoxyphenyl]–Cyclohexanol

Process Description:-

1- [ Cyano – 4 – (methoxy phenyl ) – methyl ] cyanohexanol ishydrogenerated in ammonicalmethanol with RaneiyNickle catalyst gives produce. Methanol distilled and recycled. TheCrude product purified by high vaccume distillation gives pure product 1–[ 2–Amino–1–[4–Methoxyphenyl]–Cyclohexanol.

Chemical Reaction:

Material Balance:

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS) VF - 01 110 Reaction Mass 496 Methanol Fresh 30 vapour loss 20Methanol Recoverd 370 Raneiy Nickle 10 NH3 4Raneiy Nickle 10Hydrogen 2Total 526 Total 526

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 496 Methanol Recoved 370

Crude product 116vapour loss 10

Total 496 Total 496

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS) Crude product 116 product 100

Residue 12vapour loss 4

Total 116 Total 116


Input Output

1-[2- AMINO - 1 -[4- METHOXY PHENYL] ETHYL - CYCLOHENXANOL]

SSHydrogenrator

PressureReactor

Distillation



Group (E) Ester Group:

1. Isobutyl phenylacetate:

Isobutylalcohol & PAA (Phenyl acetic acid) reacted in preseure of PTSA (p-toluenesulfonic

acid). To remove water from reaction mass. Finally excers Isobutyl alcohol distilled & reusedfinally product distilled under vaccume.

Chemical Reaction:

Material Balance:

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS) Iso Butyl Alcohol 44 Reaction Mass 107 Phenyl Acetic Acid 73 Effluent 10.4 PTSA Catalyst 0.4


Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 107 Crude product 106DM Water 40 Effluent 41

Total 147 Total 147

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Crude product 106 Product 100

Residue 6

Total 106 Total 106

Distillation

ISOBUTYLPHENYLACETATE

Input Output

SS Reactor

SS Reactor



2. Ethyl phenylacetate:

Ethylalcohol & PAA reacted in preseure of PTSA (p-toluene sulfonic acid). To remove waterfrom reaction mass. Finally excess ethyl alcohol distilled & reused. Finally product distilledunder vaccume.

Chemical Reaction:

CH2COOH

+ C2H5OH

CH2COOC2H5

+ H2O

Material Balance:

3. Phenyl ethylphenylacetate:

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS) Ethyl alcohol 32 Reaction Mass 107 Phenyl Acetic Acid 85 Effluent 10.4 PTSA Catalyst 0.4


Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 107 Crude product 106DM Water 40 Effluent 41

Total 147 Total 147

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Crude product 106 Product 100

Residue 6

Total 106 Total 106

Distillation

ETHYLPHENYL ACETATE

Input Output

SS Reactor

SS Reactor



Process Description:-

Phenylethylalcohol & phenyl acetic acid reacted in toluene media using PTSA. To removewater azeotropically gives product. The toluene distilled & reused. Finally product distilledunder vaccume.

Chemical Reaction:

Material Balance:

Group F

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Phenyl Ethyl Alcohol 52 Reaction Mass 388 Phenyl Acetic Acid 59 Effluent 8.3 Toluene 14 Toluene recovered 270 PTSA 1.3Total 396.3 Total 396.3

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 388 Reaction Mass 104DM Water 100 Effluent 105Sodium Bicarbonate 5 Toluene recovered 270

Vapour loss 14Total 493 Total 493


Residue 4

Total 104 Total 104

Input Output

PHENYLETHYLPHENYLACETATE

SS Reactor

SS Reactor

SS Rector



1. 3,4–Di methoxy Phenyl acetonitrile:


1,2-Dimethoxy Benzene taken in chloroform and treated with para-formaldehyde andhydrochloric acid gives 3-4 Di methoxy Benzyl chloride. The water acid layer separated fromorganic layer. Organic layer washed with water and treated with sodium cyanide in waterusing phase transfer catalyst give 3-4 Di methoxy Benzyl cyanide.

The chloroform distilled and reused obtained crude product. The Crude product purified byhigh vacuum distilled gives pure product.

Chemical Reaction:

+ HCHOFORMALDEHYDE

M.W.30+ H20

WATER M.W 18+

HClHYDROCHLORIC ACID M.W.36.5

CH2Cl

3,4-DIMETHOXY BENZYL CHLORIDE M.W. 186.5

+

CH2Cl

NaCNSODIUM CYANIDE

M.W.49


OCH3

OCH3

VERATROL M.W.138

OCH3

OCH3

OCH3

OCH3

3,4-DIMETHOXY BENZYL CHLORIDE M.W.186.5

CHLOROFORM

CH2CN

OCH3OCH3

DM WATER + NaClSODIUM CHLORIDE M.W, 58.5

Material Balance:



2. 3-4-Diethoxy Phenyl acetonitrile:

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Fresh Chloroform 40 Reaction Mass 755Recovered Chloroform 620 effluent to ETP 94Veratrol 95 Vapor Loss 8Paraformaldehyde 22Hydrochloric Acid (36 %) 80Total 857 Total 857

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 755 Reaction Mass 747DM Water 150 Effuent 155Sodium Bicarbonate 5 Vapor Loss 8

Total 910 Total 910

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 747 Reaction Mass 752Sodium Cyanide 40 Effluent 136DM Water 100 Vapor Loss 5Catalyst TBAB 6

Total 893 Total 893

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 752 Reaction Mass 730DM Water 150 Effluent 155

Vapor Loss 7

Total 902 Total 892

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 730 Chloroform Recovered 620


Total 730 Total 740



Total 108 Total 108


SS Reactor

SS Reactor

Distillation

Input Output

GLR Reactor

GLR Reactor

3,4-DIMETHOXY PHENYLACETONITRILE




1,2-Diethoxy Benzene taken in chloroform and treated with para-formaldehyde andhydrochloric acid gives 3-4 Di ethoxy Benzyl chloride. The water acid layer separated fromorganic layer. Organic layer washed with water and treated with sodium cyanide in waterusing phase transfer catalyst give 3-4 Di ethoxy Benzyl cyanide. The chloroform distilled andreused obtained crude product. The Crude product purified by high vacuum distilled givespure product.

Chemical Reaction:

+ HCHOFORMALDEHYDE

M.W.30+ H20

WATER M.W.18+


M.W.36.5

CH2Cl

3,4-DIETHOXY BENZYLCHLORIDE M.W. 214.5

+

CH2Cl

NaCNSODIUM CYANIDE

M.W.49

OC2H5

OC2H5

1,2-DIETHOXY BENZENE M.W.166

OCH25

OC2H5

CHLOROFORM

DM WATER + NaClSODIUM CHLORIDE M.W. 58.5

OC2H5

OC2H5

OC2H5

OC2H5

CH2CN

3,4-DIETHOXY BENZYLCHLORIDE M.W. 214.5


Material Balance:



3. 2-5– Dimethyl Phenyl acetonitrile:

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Fresh Chloroform 40 Reaction Mass 760Recovered Chloroform 620 effluent to ETP 941,2-Diethoxy Benzene 100 Vapor loss 8Paraformaldehyde 22

Hydrochloric Acid (36 %) 80

Total 862 Total 862

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 760 Reaction Mass 752DM Water 150 Effuent 155Sodium Bicarbonate 5 Vapor Loss 8Total 915 Total 915

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 752 Reaction Mass 747Sodium Cyanide 40 Effluent 146DM Water 100 Vapor Loss 5Catalyst TBAB 6

Total 898 Total 898


Vapor Loss 7Total 897 Total 897

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 740 Chloroform Recovered 620


Total 740 Total 740


Product Crude 108 Product Pure 100


Total 108 Total 108

SS Reactor

Distillation


SS Reactor

Input Output

GLR Reactor

GLR Reactor

3-4- Diethoxy Phenylacetonitile




p- Xylene reacted with Para-formaldehyde in presence of Hydrochloric acid gives 2-5 –Dimethyl benzyl chloride. The water acid layer separated from organic layer. Organic layerseparated from acid layer. Organic layer reacted with sodium cyanide in water using phasetransfer catalyst gives 2- 5- Dimethyl phenyl acetonitrile. The solvent p-Xylene remove andfinal product distilled under vacuum gives pure product.

Chemical Reaction:

CH3

CH3

+ HCHOFORMALDEHYDE

M.W.30

p-XYLENE M.W.106

+ H20WATER

M.W. 18+ HCl

HYDROCHLORIC ACID

M.W.36.5

Cl

CH3

CH32,5-DIMETHYL BENZYL CHLORIDE M.W. 154

+Cl

CH3

CH3

NaCNSODIUM CYANIDE

M.W.49

CH3

CH3

2,5-DIMETHYL BENZYL CHLORIDE M.W. 154

2,5-DIMETHYL PHENYLACETONITRILE M.W. 145

CH2CN

+

Material Balance:



4. Alpha – Napthyl Acetonitrile:

2-5- Dimethyl Phenylacetonitrile

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Fresh p-Xylene 102 Reaction Mass 698Recovered p-Xylene 588 effluent to ETP 94Paraformaldehyde 22Hydrochloric Acid(36 %)

80

Total 792 Total 792


Reaction Mass 698 Reaction Mass 698

DM Water 150 Effuent 155Sodium Bicarbonate 5Total 853 Total 853

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 698 Reaction Mass 708potasium Cyanide 53 Effluent 169DM Water 120Catalyst TBAB 6Total 877 Total 877


808 808

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 708 p-Xylene Recovered 588


Total 708 Total 708



Distillation Residue 8Total 108 Total 108

SS Reactor

SS Reactor

Distillation


Input Output

GLR Reactor

GLR Reactor




Refined naphthalene and paraformaldelyde is reacted with hydrochloric Acid produce Alpha–Chloro methyl napthalene.

The Chloro methyl napthalene reacted with sodium cyanide in water gives alpha- Napthylacetonitrile. The crude product separated from water & purified by high vacuum distillation.

Chemical Reaction:

NAPHTHALENEM.W.128

+ CH2O +

FORMALDEHYDE M.W.30


M.W.36.5

CH2Cl


CH2Cl

NaCN SODIUM CYANIDE M.W.49

+

CH2CN


1-NAPHTHYL ACETONITRILE M.W.167

NaClSODIUM CHLORIDE M.W. 58.5+



Material Balance:

ALPHA NAPHTHYL ACETONITRILE

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Napthalene 100 Reaction Mass 131RecoveredNapthalene

20 effluent to ETP 74

Paraformaldehyde 25Hydrochloric Acid(36 %)

60

TOTAL 205 TOTAL 205

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 131 Reaction Mass 131DM Water 200 Effuent 220Sodium Bicarbonate 20TOTAL 351 TOTAL 351

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 131 Reaction Mass (Organic Layer)125Sodium Cyanide 40 Effluent 171DM Water 120Catalyst TBAB 5TOTAL 296 TOTAL 296

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 125 Reaction Mass (Organic Layer)125DM Water 50 Effluent 50TOTAL 175 TOTAL 175

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 125 Napthalene Recovered 20

Product 100Distillation Residue 5

TOTAL 125 TOTAL 125

SS Reactor

SS Reactor

Distillation

Input Output

GLR Reactor

GLR Reactor



Group (G) MIS PRODUCTS

1. 2,3-Di Chloro Benzoyl Cyanide:


In a clean and dry reactor charged Toluene and cuprous cyanide and reflux to remove watercontent if any. Cooled to room temperature then 2, 3 Di Chloro Benzoyl Chloride and Tetrabutyl Ammonium bromide is added and heated to the reflux temperature.

Maintain at temperature for several hrs. After completion of reaction, cool the reaction massto room temperature. Filtered the solid cuprous chloride and the filtrate containing product istaken for distillation assembly. Distilled all Toluene under vacuum completely. Then Distillout product under high vacuum. The product is purified using hexane. Product was filtered,suck dry.

Cuprous cyanide Recovery Process:

Cuprous chloride reacted with sodium cyanide in presence of water gives cuprous cyanide.The product filtered and washed with water.

Chemical Reaction:










Chemical Reaction:










Chemical Reaction:



Cuprous Cyanide Recovery:

CUCL + NaCN = CUCL + NACL

M.W. 89 M.W.49 M.W. 98.5 M.W. 58.5

Material Balance:

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Fresh Toluene 15 Reaction Mass 550Recovered Toluene 420 Sodium Chloride 75.5 2-3 -DiChloroBenzoycyanide

125

Cuprous Cyanide 62.5TBAB 3Total 625.5 Total 625.5

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 550 Product crude 115

Toluene recoverd 420Vapor loss 15

Total 550 Total 550

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS) Product crude 115 Product (Semi Pure) 105

Residue 10

Total 115 Total 115


Product Crude 105 Wet Product 105

Hexane fresh 20 Haxane Recovered 190Hexane (Recovered) 190 vapour Loss 20Total 315 Total 315


Wet Product 105 Product 100

drying loss 5

Total 105 Total 105

Slurry Washed& Filteration

Dryer

2-3 DICHLOROBENZOYLCYANIDE

Input Output


SSR Reactor &Nutch Filter

Distillation



2. (2,3-dichlorophenyl)-2-(guanidine) acetonitrile


In a reactor prepare a 70% Sulphuric acid solution v/v by diluting with water stir well, nowcharge amino guanidine bicarbonate slowly and in portion, during this time lots of frothingoccur stir well to get clear solution. Now add solid 2,3 Di Chloro Benzoyl cyanide slowly.The suspension is stirred at 40-45�C for several hrs. After completion of reaction sulphatesalt product is filtered washed well with D.M. Water to removed excess of Sulphuric acidsucked well & proceed further. Transfer above wet cake into another reactor add D.M. Waterstart stirring to get homogeneous mass. Now, carefully bring pH 7-7.5 with the help of liquorammonia or caustic soda, stirred well to get uniform pH filtered the mass, sucked dry well.Dry the product.

Chemical Reaction:

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS) Cuprous Chloride 75.5 cuprous Cyanide 73

Drying loss 2.5


Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS) cuprous Cyanide 73 wet product 72D.m.water 120 Effulent 157Sodium Cyanide 36Total 229 Total 229

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS) cuprous Cyanide 72 Product 65

Drying Loss 7

Total 72 Total 72

Dryer

CUPROUS CYANIDE

Input Output

Dryer

SS Reactor &centifuge



Material Balance

3. (±)-3-(Carbamoyl methyl)-5-methylhexanoic Acid:


In the clean dry reactor, charge 2-Cyanoacetamide followed by D. M. Water and addIsoValeraldehyde and stir till completion of reaction. Add Sulphuric acid, heat the reactionmass to reflux. Cool, Extract with toluene and separate Toluene layer. Distill out Toluene toget 3-Isobutylglutaric acid. In the clean dry reactor charge 3-Isobutylglutaric acid followedby Ammonium Carbamide, heat the reaction mass and stir. Add D.M. Water and filter thesolid product. In a clean dry reactor charge wet product followed by D.M. Water, Causticsoda lye & Activated carbon and heat. Filter the reaction mass and collect the filtrate. Add

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)2-3 Dichlorobenzoylcyanide

47 Wet Cake 180

Sulfuric Acid (Scrubber) 17amonium sulphate 40% solution

58

Water for Scrubber 34

DM Water 126 To ETP 114 Amino GuinidineBicarbonate

128

Total 352 Total 352

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS) Wet Cake 180 Wet Cake 180DM Water 100 Effluent 100

Total 280 Total 280

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS) Wet Cake 180 Wet Cake 160 Ammoniya Liqour 43 Effluent 201DM Water 138

Total 361 Total 361


Wet Cake 160 Wet Cake 125

DM Water 80 Effluent 115

Total 240 Total 240

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Product 125 Product Pure 100

Drying loss 25Total 125 Total 125

SS Reactor &Centrifuge

Dryer

2-(CYNOAMINO)-1-(2,3-DICHLOROPHENYL) METHYLIDENE] GUANIDINE

Input Output

GLR Reactor

GLR Reactor

SS Reactor



Hydrochloric acid in to the filtrate and stir. Cool and filter the reaction mass to get wetproduct. Dry the product to get (±)-3-(Carbamoyl methyl)-5-methyl Hexanoic acid.

Chemical Reaction:



Material Balance:

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS) Isoveraldevoe 60 OIL 128 Cyanoacetomide 118 Ammonium sulphate solution 520 D.M.Water 360 Loss in Air 30 H2SO4 140Total 678 Total 678

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)OIL 128 Wet Cacke 115 Urea 45 Effuent 289H2SO4 48 Ammonium Sulphate solution 52 D.M.Water 235Total 456 Total 456

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS) Wet Cake 115 Reaction Mass (Organic Layer) 361.5Sodium Hydroxidelye (48%)

49 carbon 7.5

DM Water 200 Carbon 5Total 369 Total 369

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 361.5 Wet Product 115 Hydrochloric Acid 76.5 Effluent 373DM Water 50Total 488 Total 488

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS) Wet Product 115 Product Pure 100

DRYING LOSS 15

Total 115 Total 115

GLR Reactor &Centrifuge

Drayer

3- CARBAMOYLMETHYL - 5 - METHYLHEXANOIC ACID

Input Output

GLR Reactor

SS Reactor

SS Reactor &Sparkler Filter



4. 3,4-Dihydroxy–5–NitroBenzaldehydeProcess Description:

Vaniline reacted with nitric Acid in MDC as solvent gives 4-Hydroxy- 3- methoxy-5- Nitrobenzaldebyde. The 4-Hydroxy- 3- methoxy-5- Nitro benzaldebyde.byAlluminium Chloride inpresence of pyridine catalyst gives 3-4-Dihydroxy-5-Nitrobenzaldelyde crude product.

The crude product purified by methanol solvent gives pure product.

Chemical Reaction:

CHO

OCH3

OH

+

OH

CHO

VANALINE M.W.152

4-HYDROXY-3-METHOXY-5-NITROBENZALDEHYDE M.W.177

MDCHNO3NitricacidM.W. 63

NO2OCH3

OH

CHO

NO2OCH3

ALCL3ALUMINIUM CHLORIDE M.W.133.34

PYRIDINE

MDC

OH

CHO

NO2OH

3,4--DIHYDROXY-5-NITRO BENZALDEHYDE M.W.163

OH

CHO

NO2OH

MEOH

OH

CHO

NO2OH

3,4--DIHYDROXY-5-NITRO BENZALDEHYDE (PURE) M.W.163



Material Balance:

5. 3,4-DihydroxyBenzaldehydeProcess Description:

Vaniline reacted with nitric Acid in MDC as solvent gives 4-Hydroxy- 3- methoxy-benzaldebyde. The 4-Hydroxy- 3- methoxy-benzaldebyde.byAlluminium Chloride inpresence of pyridine catalyst gives 3-4-Dihydroxy-benzaldelyde crude product. The crudeproduct purified by methanol solvent gives pure product.

Chemical Reaction

CHO

OCH3

OH

+

OH

OH

CHO

VANALINE M.W.152.15

ALCL3ALUMINIUM CHLORIDE M.W.133.34

3,4-DIHYDROXY BENZALDEHYDE M.W.138.12

PYRIDINE + CH3OHMETHANOL M.W.32MDC

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Vaniline 108 Stage-1 120MDC fresh 40 MDC Recover 360MDC Recover 360 Vapour loss 40Nitric Acid (70%) 45 Effulant 33Total 553 Total 553

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS) Stage-1 120 Crude product 105Alluminum Chloride 40 Effuent 255 Pyridine 5 pyridine Recover 55DM WATER 200 Vapour loss 5 Pyridine Recoverd 55

Total 420 Total 420

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS) Wet product 105 Product 100

Residue 5

Total 105 Total 105

3-4 - DIHYDROXY - 5 - NITROBENZALDEHYDE

GLR Reactor

GLR Reactor

Dryer

Input Output



Material Balance:

6. 2 – Chloro-5- Nitro benzoic AcidProcess Description:

Charge nitric Acid 100 % 2000 kg and OCBA 1000 KG IN SS Reactor and start pumpcaustic solution for circulation and start blower and water circulation start heating temp 60 cto 65 c. for 8 hrs and then cool it to 40 c Add water 2000 kg and start stirring for 2 hrs. Andfilter it in nutch filter and collect wet cake and wash with water. Mother liquor will use innext batch and wet cake dry and packing in 50 kg. bags.

Chemical Reaction:

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)vaniline 121 Crude Product 106 Alluminium Chloride 40 MDC Recover 270MDC FRESH 30 vapour loss 40MDC Revoverd 270 Effluant 250 Pyridine(F) 5 Pyridine Recovered 55 Pyridine Recovered 55 D.M. Water 200Total 721 Total 721

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Crude 106 Crude product 105MDC Fresh 12.5 MDC Recover 237.5MDC Recovered 237.5 Residue 1

Vapour loss 12.5

Total 356 Total 356


wet product 105 product 100

Vapour loss 5

Total 105 Total 105

SS Reactor

Input Output

3-4 - DIHYDROXY - BENZALDEHYDE

GLR Reactor

SSR Reactor



Material Balance:

7. 1-[ Cyano-4-(methoxy phenyl )-methyl ] cyclohexanol.


Cyanohexanone& 4 – methoxy phenyl acetonitrile reacted in alkaline medium in water givescrude product. Product centrifuge and washed with water and purified by recyclatization fromtoluene gives pure product.

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)vaniline 121 Crude Product 106 Alluminium Chloride 40 MDC Recover 270MDC FRESH 30 vapour loss 40MDC Revoverd 270 Effluant 250 Pyridine(F) 5 Pyridine Recovered 55 Pyridine Recovered 55 D.M. Water 200Total 721 Total 721

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Crude 106 Crude product 105MDC Fresh 12.5 MDC Recover 237.5MDC Recovered 237.5 Residue 1

Vapour loss 12.5

Total 356 Total 356


wet product 105 product 100

Vapour loss 5

Total 105 Total 105

SS Reactor

Input Output

3-4 - DIHYDROXY - BENZALDEHYDE

GLR Reactor

SSR Reactor



Chemical Reaction

Material Balance:

8. 4 – Bromo Phenyl Acetic Acid:


4-bromo toluene reacted with bromine in water media give 4-bromo benzyl bromide. 4-Bromo benzyl bromide is reacted with sodium cyanide to make 4 – Bromo benzyl cyanide. 4-Bromo benzyl cyanide is then hydrolyzed with caustic to make 4 – Bromo phenyl aceticAcid.

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS) Cyanohexanoal 55 Wet Product 118 4- Methoxyphenylaceto nitrile

66 Effluent 221

Sodium hydroxiide 18D.M . WATER 200Total 339 Total 339

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS) Wet Product 118 Wet Product 116DM Water 150 Effluent 152

Total 268 Total 268

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS) Wet Product 116 Wet Product 108 Toluene fresh 15 Effluent 16 Toluene Recovered 275 Toluene Recovered 275

vapour loss 7Total 406 Total 406

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS) Wet Product 108 Product 100

loss on drying 8Total 108 Total 108

Input Output

Dryer

1- [CYANO - 4 (METHOXYPHENYL)- METHYL] CYCLOHEXANOL

SS Reactor

SS &Centrifuge




Chemical Reaction:

Material Balance:



ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)4-Bromo Toluene Fresh 83 Reaction Mass 2664-Bromo Toluene Recovered 132 HBR (48%) 155AIBN Catalyst 1Bromine 100Water for scrubber 105

Total 421 Total 421

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 266 Reaction Mass 261DM Water 25 Effluent 32Sodium Thiosulfate 2Total 293 Total 293

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 261 Reaction Mass 254Sodium Cyanide 27 Effluent 84DM Water 50

Total 338 Total 338


Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 254 Reaction Mass 122

4-Bromo Toluene Recovered 132

Total 254 Total 254

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 122 Reaction Mass 17848% Aq. NaOH 45 Ammonium Sulfate 37DM Water 20Sulfuric acid 28

215 215

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 178 Wet Product 105Carbon 2 Carbon 3Aq. HCl (28%) 68 Effluent 160DM Water 20Total 268 268


Drying Loss 5

Total 105 Total 105

4-BROMO PHENYL ACETIC ACID

Input Output

GLR Reactor

GLR Reactor

Drayer

SS Reactor

SS Reactor

Distillation

SS Reactor

Sparkler filterGLR ReactorCentrifuge



9. 4 – Cyano Benzoic Acid:

To the stirred solution of 4- Chloro benzoic acid in DMF was added catalytically amount ofpotassium iodine and sodium cyanide under reflux for completion of reaction. Recover theDMF and add water. Filter the product, wash with water. Purified product from withcyclohexane centrifuge and cylo hexane recover from the filtrate.

Chemical Reaction:

Material Balance:

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Fresh DMF 21.5 Reaction Mass 152.5Recovered DMF 193.5 DMF Recovered 193.54-Chloro benzoic Acid 107.5 Vapor loss 21.5Sodium Cyanide 33.6Potassium Iodide 11.4


Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 152.5 Wet Product 112.5DM Water 100 Effluent 145Hypo 5Total 257.5 Total 257.5


Wet Product 112.5 Product 100

Drying Loss 12.5


4-CYANO BENZOIC ACID

Input Output

SS Reactor

Drayer

SS ReactorCentrifuge



10. Di phenyl Acetonitrile:


Di phenyl methyl bromide reacted with sodium cyanide in presence of Toluene and waterusing phase transfer catalyst gives crude Di phenyl Acetonitrile.

The solvent toluene distilled and reused, crude product purified by vacuum distillation.

Chemical Reaction:

CH-Br +

DI PHENYL METHYL BROMIDE M.W.247.13

NaCN SODIUM CYANIDE M.W.49

TOLUENE

WATERCH-CN

DI PHENYL ACETO NITRILE M.W.193.25

NaBRSodium Bromide M.W. 103

+

Material Balance:

Diphenyl Acetonitrile

ReactorCompound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Fresh Toulene 3 Reaction Mass 280

Recovered Toulene 117

Sodium Cyanide 21TEA 1Sodium Bicarbonate 1Benzhydryl Bromide 137

Total 280 Total 280

Compound Qty (KGS) Compound Qty (KGS)Reaction Mass 280 Reaction Mass 224DM Water 100 Sodium Bromide 156

Total 380 Total 380



DM Water 20 Effulent 21Total 244 Total 244



Toluene Recover 117vapour Loss 3

Total 223 Total 223



Distillation Residue 3Total 103 Total 103

SS ReactorDistillation

SS ReactorDistillation


Input Output

GLR Reactor

GLR Reactor



11. Ammonium sulphate crystals

Material Balance:


Ammonium Sulphate solution (40%) 400AmmoniumSulphatecrystal

160

Loss in Air 20water for reuse 220

Total 400 Total 400




2.5 RESOURCE REQUIREMENT

2.5.1 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES (LAND)

The unit is located at Plot No. C1-128/13/14/15/16, GIDC Estate, Nandesari, Dist-Vadodara-391340. The GIDC plot allotment document is attached as Annexure-II. The total plot area ofthe unit is 3096.85 Sq. m. Inside green belt area will be 681.21 Sq. m. is approximately 22 %of total plant area. Unit will provide greenbelt of 774.21 Sq. meter outside the premises isapproximately (25 %). The letter for the same is attached as Annexure-XVIII. The existingplant area is 1480 sq. m. and unit has proposed additional plant area for expansion 1616.85sq. m., separate entry & exit and adequate margin all-round the periphery for unobstructedeasy movement of the emergency vehicle / fire tenders without reversing back is also takencare.

ADEQUACY OF THE PROPOSED AREA

A. To address proportionate availability of space for production plant.

Unit has purchased new two adjoining plots nos. 128/13 & 16 for proposedexpansion.

Plot No. 128/13 have 876.85 sq. m of land and plot No. 128/16 have 740 sq. m ofland.

The total production capacity will be 1080 MT/month. Products will be manufacturedon campaign basis and at a time not more than 15 products will be manufactured. Rawmaterials will only be purchased as per requirement of the production campaigns. Theproduction area is divided into two blocks-plant building 1 and plant building 2, withground floor plus 2 floors of construction. Reactors installed on 1st, and 2nd floor ofboth blocks.

8-10 reactors on each floor of plant building-1 and plant building 2, reactor size willbe 10 KL and 1 batch time will be 20 hrs. The area provided for production area-1will be 162.01 m2 on ground floor. Plant building -1 having 2 floors of construction,the area provided for production area-2 will be 76.81 m2 on ground floor hence therequired space for production is sufficient.

As the total floor area available will be adequate for installation of productionequipment.

B. To address proportionate availability of storage area for raw materials, finished

goods, utilities and goods carrier movement within premises.

Storage area for Raw material and finished goods will be in multi-tier racks; as aresult less floor area is occupied to store more raw materials with safe handlingstorage systems. Raw material will be stored on pallets to facilitate ease of handlingand goods movement. Unit has proposed plant-1 of 83.1 m2 & plant-3 of 607.23 m2

area on ground floor and 2 more floors for storage of raw material and products. So,required space for proposed raw materials & product storage is sufficient.



Utility

Unit has 1 Nos. of boiler (2 TPH), 1 Nos. of Thermo pack and D.G. Set (300 KVA)and also 1 Nos. of boiler (5TPH) 2 Nos. of Thermo pack (10 Lac Kcal) as proposedutility and for that unit will provide total 160.26 sq. m. area. This area is sufficient.

Goods Carrier Movement

Unit has proposed 5 to 8 m vide road and two gates for easily Goods CarrierMovement.

Common infrastructure:

Unit will discharge effluent to CETP, Nandesari. And Membership certificate forwastewater discharge to NIA is attached as Annexure-V.

Plant Layout is attached as Annexure-III.

This is sufficient to store all the raw materials required for the proposed expansion.Additionally, space is provided at the site for the day-storage of raw materials. The Details ofbreakup of plot area are covered under following table.

TABLE: 2.9LAND USE BREAK UP OF TOTAL PLOT AREA

Sr.No.

Particular Land Area (sq.m.) Land Area in %

1 Admin Building 218.79 7.072 Ware House Area 138.81 4.483 Plant I & II 1568.5 50.654 Engineering & Utility Block 135.26 4.375 Drum Solvent Storage Area* 130.72 4.226 ETP Area 39.43 1.277 Hazardous Waste Storage

Area38.27

1.248 Green Belt Area** 681.21 22.009 Open Area 145.51 4.70

Total 3096.5 100.00

* Solvent storage area will be kept on the ground floor only.

** Unit will develop additional 25% greenbelt area outside the factory premises. The NIA

(Nandesari Industrial Association) has allotted the land and the copy of the letter is attached

as Annexure-XVIII.

2.5.2 WATER REQUIREMENT

As per consent



The source of water is GIDC Nandesari. In the existing scenario, as per CCA AWH-85623,

unit is using 52.5 KLD fresh water for industrial and domestic purpose.

Proposed scenario

For proposed expansion, the unit has proposed additional 68 KLD of water consumption. The

total water consumption after expansion will be 120.5 KLD (113.17 Fresh+ 7.33 recycle from

ammonium sulphate recovery plant). Water permission letter from Nandesari water & utilities

is attached as an Annexure-VI.

The unit will use total water of 120.5 KL/Day (113.17 Fresh+ 7.33 recycle from ammonium

sulphate recovery plant) after proposed expansion. Stream wise bifurcation of water

consumption is covered in below table.

TABLE: 2.10DETAILS OF WATER CONSUMPTION

ExistingKLD

Proposed(Additional)KLD

Total afterExpansionKLD

Remarks

(A)Domestic 3 5 8(B) Gardening 1.5 5 6.5(C) Industrial

Process 39.5 24.5 64

(56.67 Fresh+7.33 recyclefromammoniumsulphaterecoveryplant)

Washing 1.5 3.5 5Boiler 2 13 15Cooling 5 15 20

Others NIL 2 2Scrubberwater

Industrial Total48 58 106

(98.67 Fresh+ 7.33 recyclefromammoniumsulphaterecoveryplant)

Grand Total(A+B+C)

52.5 68 120.5

(113.17Fresh+ 7.33recycle fromammoniumsulphaterecoveryplant)



1) Total water requirement for the project: 120.5 KLD

2) Quantity to be recycled: 7.33 KLD

3) Total fresh water requirement: 113.17 KLD



FIGURE: 2.2EXISTING WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM IN KLD

TOTAL WATER52.5 KLD

PROCESS39.5 KLD

WASHING

1.5 KLD

BOILER5 KLD

COOLING2 KLD

DOMESTIC3 KLD

EFFLUENT36 KLD

SEPTIC TANK2 KLD

TO ETP38 KLD

To CETP38 KLD

GARDENING1.5 KLD

1 KLD

BOILERBLOW DOWN

0.5 KLD



FIGURE: 2.3

PROPOSED WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM IN KLD

PROCESS64 KLD (56.67Fresh + 7.33

Recycle)

COOLING20 KLD

BOILER15 KLD

SCRUBBER2 KLD

14 KLDDue to

chemicalreactionand rawmaterial

use

BLOWDOWN1.5 KLD

WASHING5 KLD

TO ETP78.17 KLD

CETP78.17 KLD

Loss19 KLD

Loss13.5 KLD

BLOWDOWN1 KLD

EFFLUENT76 KLD (68.67 to

ETP + 7.33recycle toprocess

WATER REQUIRMENT120.5 KLD

(113.17 KLD FRESH + 7.33 RECYCLES)

Domestic8 KLD

Soak pit/Septic tank

6 KLD

Loss in Air2 KLD

Effluent generation fromDomestic - 6 KLD

Gardening6.5 KLD



2.5.3 ENERGY REQUIREMENT

The energy requirement in terms of power and fuel for proposed unit is shown in below table.

TABLE: 2.11

FUEL & ENERGY REQUIREMENT

Sr.No.

Fuel Existing quantity Proposed Total

1. Fire wood (forexisting boiler)

1.5 MT/day -1.5 00 MT/Day

2. Bio Coal/coal(for new boiler)

2.5 MT/Day 8.5 MT/Day 12.5MT/Day

3. Bio coal/coal(for new TFH)

1.5 MT/Day

4. LDO/Diesel (fornew D.G. Set)

50 Lit/Hr 50 Lit/Hr 100 Lit/Hr

5. Connected load 100 KVA 300 KVA 400 KVA*Coal will be used during monsoon where availability of bio coal is less.MOU for coal is attached as Annexure-2.5.3.1 DETAILS OF ENERGY DISTRIBUTION/UTILISATION

Details of energy distribution are covered in below table.

TABLE: 2.12

ENERGY DISTRIBUTION

Sr. No. Name ofEquipment

ExistingConnectedEnergy inKVA

ProposedConnectedEnergy inKVA

Total ConnectedEnergy in KVA

1 Centrifuge 10 30 402 Machine 5 20 253 Other 5 20 254 Pump 3 10 135 Reactors 40 135 175

6Scrubber &Boilers

12 25 37

7 Utility 10 25 358 Vacuum Pump 15 35 50Total 100 300 400

2.5.4 UTILITIES

For the proposed project the utilities to be installed will be Cooling tower, Boiler, Scrubber

and chiller etc. Details of utilities services required for the proposed project are given in

following table.

TABLE: 2.13

DETAILS OF UTILITIES (Existing)



Sr.No.

Utilities Type Capacity Quantity

1 Cooling Tower Induced Draft cross flow 100 TR 22 Boiler Fire Tube Package boiler

Bio Coal/coal/ligniteBaby Boiler100 Kg/Hr

1

Boiler (2 TPH) Fire Tube Package boilerBio Coal/coal/lignite

2 ton/hr. 1

3 Thermopack Oil heating systemThermal heating

6 Lac Kcal 1

4 Chilling Plant Screw compressor 40 TR 15 Air Compressor Non lubricated

Reciprocating compressor75 CFM 2

6 Pumps Centrifugal Ranging from 50 to200 M3/Hr

25

7 Motors 3 Phase IP65/TEFC/NLFP Ranging from 3 KW to50 KW

30

8 Storage tanks Atmospheric 5 KL to 20 KL 10

DETAILS OF UTILITIES (Proposed)Sr.No.

Utilities Type Capacity Quantity

1 Cooling Tower Induced Draft cross flow 200 TR 1Induced Draft cross flow 100 TR 1

2 Boiler Fire Tube Package boilerBio Coal/coal/lignite

5 Ton/Hr 1

3 Thermopack Oil heating system Thermalheating

10 Lac Kcal 2

4 Chilling plant Screw compressor 80 TR 15 Chilled Brine

PlantScrew compressor 250 TR 1

6 Air Compressor Non lubricatedReciprocating compressor

200 CFM 2

7 Pumps Centrifugal Ranging from 50 to200 M3/Hr

40

8 Motors 3 Phase IP65/TEFC/NLFP Ranging from 3 Kw to50 KW

40

9 Storage tanks Atmospheric 5 KL to 20 KL 1210 Boiler feed water

treatment plantIon Exchange 300 KLD 1

2.5.5 MANPOWER

The manpower required for the project as well as during the construction/ commissioning

activities will be employed from the local area. The man power requirement is shown in

table.

TABLE: 2.14

MAN POWER REQUIREMENT

Phase of Type of No of Workers Total



project LabourDuringconstruction

Contractual 25 25

Existing Proposed

Duringoperations

Managerial 2 2 4Supervisor 4 10 14Clerical 2 2 4Un-Skilled 30 45 75

2.5.6 EQUIPMENTS/ MACHINERIES

The list of equipments/ machineries likely to be installed at the proposed site is given in

below table.

TABLE: 2.15

DETAILS OF EQUIPMENT AND MACHINERIES

Sr.No.

Name of theEquipment

Capacityin KL/m2 MOC

ExistingQuantity inPlant-01 Nos.

AdditionalQuantity inPlant-02 Nos.

TOTALQuantity inNos.

1 Reactor 5.0 KL SS 3 6 92 Reactor 6.3 KL GLR 3 6 93 Reactor 10 KL SS 2 4 64 Reactor 3 KL GLR 1 2 35 Reactor 4 KL SS 0 1 16 Reactor 6.0 KL SS 1 1 2

TOTAL 10 20 30

7DistillationUnit

10.0 KL SS 0 1 1

8DistillationUnit

8.0 KL SS 1 1 2

9DistillationUnit

5.0 KL SS 2 3 5

10DistillationUnit

4.0 KL SS 1 0 1

TOTAL 4 5 9

2.6 POLLUTION POTENTIAL SCENARIO

The details of pollution generation in terms of effluent generation, sewage generation, flue

gas emission, process emission and hazardous waste generation are covered in this section.

2.6.1 EFFLUENT AND SEWAGE GENERATION

As per consentAs per consent, the industrial effluent generation is 38 KLD and sewage generation is 2 KLD.

Existing effluent is treated in ETP having primary treatment followed by hydro cavitation.

Treated water is sent to CETP.



Proposed scenario

Due to proposed expansion, additional total industrial effluent generation will be 47.5 KLD.

Hence, after expansion total industrial effluent generation will be 85.5 KLD (38 KLD

existing + 47.5 KLD proposed). Due to proposed expansion, additional sewage generation

will be 4 KLD. Hence, after expansion sewage generation will be 6 KLD. Existing and

proposed effluent will be treated in unit’s own proposed ETP consisting of hydrodynamic

cavitation treatment and then sent to CETP. Membership certificate for wastewater discharge

to NIA is attached as an Annexure-V.

The details of waste water generation and qualitative and quantitative analysis of each waste

stream are given in following Table no.2.13 and Table no. 2.14. The proposed water balance

diagram is shown in Figure no. 2.2.

TABLE: 2.16DETAILS OF WASTE WATER GENERATION

CategoryExistingKLD

Proposed(Additional)KLD

Total afterExpansionKLD

Remarks

(A)Domestic 2 4 6(B) Industrial

Process 36 40 767.33 KLD reusein process

Washing 1.5 3.5 5Boiler 0.5 1.0 1.5

Cooling NIL 1.0 1.0

Others NIL 2 2Scrubbersolutions

Total Industrialwaste water

38 47.5 85.57.33 KLD reusein process



TABLE: 2.17PRODUCT WISE POLLUTION LOAD BASED ON WORST CASE SCENARIO

Sr. No. Name of product TotalCapacityinMT/Month

Effluentgeneration

ANALYSIS OF IMPORTANAT PARMETERS

KL/DAY pH COD INmg/L

COD inKg/day

BOD inmg/L

BODKg/day

TDS inmg/L

TDS inKg/day

GROUP (A) NITRILES1.00 Phenyl Acetonitrile

(Benzyl cyanide)200either/or

16.37 7.50 2200.00 36.01 850.00 13.91 1500.00 24.55

2.00 4-Methoxy PhenylAcetonitrile

20.33 7.50 2000.00 40.67 1020.00 20.74 1400.00 28.47

3.00 2-Chloro PhenylAcetonitrile

15.93 7.50 2400.00 38.24 780.00 12.43 1450.00 23.10

4.00 4-ChlorophenylAcetonitrile

15.93 7.50 2100.00 33.46 840.00 13.38 1450.00 23.10

5.00 2-4- Di chlorophenyl acetonitrile

16.00 7.50 2200.00 35.20 980.00 15.68 1500.00 24.00

TOTAL 200.00 20.33GROUP (B) ACID1.00 Phenyl Acetic Acid 200.00 18.00 2.00 1800.00 32.40 750.00 18.00 1200.00 216.002.00 4 – Methoxy

Phenyl acetic AcidEither/Or 16.60 2.00 1800.00 29.88 920.00 16.60 1200.00 199.20

3.00 2- Chloro phenylacetic Acid

18.07 2.00 1800.00 32.52 1120.00 18.07 1200.00 216.80

4.00 4- Chloro phenylacetic Acid

18.07 2.00 1800.00 32.52 980.00 18.07 1200.00 216.80

5.00 2-4 – Di chlorophenyl acetic Acid

18.13 2.00 1800.00 32.64 870.00 18.13 1200.00 217.60



6.00 3-4 Di methoxyphenyl acetic Acid

17.80 2.00 1800.00 32.04 795.00 17.80 1200.00 213.60

7.00 3-4- Di ethoxyPhenyl acetic Acid

17.07 2.00 1800.00 30.72 790.00 17.07 1200.00 204.80

8.00 2-5- Dimethylphenyl acetic Acid

16.00 2.00 1800.00 28.80 870.00 16.00 1200.00 192.00

9.00 Apha- Napthylacetic Acid

14.93 2.00 1800.00 26.88 1029.00 14.93 1200.00 179.20

TOTAL 200.00 18.13GROUP (C) CYANOACETIC ACID DERIVATIVES1.00 Methyl cyano

acetate100.00 9.13 7.80 2400.00 219.20 1200.00 10.96 1500.00 20.02

2.00 Ethyl cyano acetate Either/Or 9.07 7.80 2400.00 217.60 1050.00 9.52 1500.00 19.733.00 Cyano acetamide 4.20 7.50 2200.00 92.40 980.00 4.12 800.00 3.884.00 Octocrylene 0.37 7.00 1900.00 6.97 770.00 0.28 1000.00 0.035.00 N-N-Di ethyl

amino cyanoacetamide

9.87 7.50 2300.00 226.93 1020.00 10.06 1500.00 22.39

TOTAL 100.00 9.87GROUP (D) AMINES1.00 2- Cycalohexenyl

Ethylamine3.80 7.00 2450.00 93.10 880.00 3.34 1400.00 53.20

TOTAL 50.00 3.80GROUP (E) ESTER1.00 Isobutyl Phenyl

acetate25.00 0.43 6.50 2300.00 9.85 560.00 0.24 800.00 9.85

2.00 Ethyl phenylacetate

Either/Or 0.43 6.50 2300.00 9.85 430.00 0.18 800.00 9.85

3.00 Phenyl Ethylphenyl acetate

0.94 6.50 2300.00 21.72 510.00 0.48 800.00 21.72

TOTAL 25.00 0.94



GROUP (F)1.00 3-4-Dimethoxy

Phenyl Acetonitrile25.00 4.50 6.00 2150.00 96.75 970.00 4.37 1400.00 63.00

2.00 3-4 Di ethoxyPhenyl acetonitrile

Either/Or 4.54 6.00 2150.00 97.65 940.00 4.27 1400.00 63.58

3.00 2-5- DimethylPhenyl Acetonitrile

4.32 6.00 2150.00 92.81 1020.00 4.40 1400.00 60.43

4.00 Alpha – NapthylAcetonitrile

4.29 6.00 2150.00 92.27 870.00 3.73 1400.00 60.08

TOTAL 25.00 4.54 1400.00GROUP (G) Miscellaneous Products1B Cuprous cynide 10.00 0.79 7.20 800.00 6.28 210.00 0.16 2200.00 17.272.00 2-(cyno amino)-1-

(2,3-dichlorophenyl)methylidene]guanidine

5.00 0.88 2.00 2370.00 20.94 2100.00 1.86 1200.00 10.60

3.00 3-Carbamoylmethyl-5- Methyl hexanoicAcid

25.00 5.52 2.00 2240.00 123.57 1250.00 6.90 1800.00 99.30

4.00 3-4-Dihydroxy-5–Nitro benzaldehyde

5.00 0.48 2.00 1980.00 9.50 1800.00 0.86 1200.00 5.76

5.00 3-4-Dihydroxy-benzaldehyde

5.00 0.42 2.00 2040.00 8.50 1680.00 0.70 1200.00 5.00

6.00 2- Chloro -5 –Nitro benzoic Acid

10.00 1.65 2.00 1850.00 30.53 1020.00 1.68 1350.00 22.28

7.00 1- [ 2 –Cyano – 1-[4 –methoxyphenyl EthylCyclohexanol Des

5.00 0.65 6.00 2050.00 13.29 965.00 0.63 1400.00 9.08



Venalaflaxine Base8.00 4-Bromo Phenyl

Acetic Acid5.00 0.10 2.00 2000.00 2.01 870.00 0.09 1250.00 1.25

9.00 4- Cyano benzoicAcid

1.00 0.05 7.40 2200.00 1.06 890.00 0.04 1250.00 0.60

10.00 Di phenylAcetonitrile

1.00 0.01 7.50 2100.00 0.15 1040.00 0.01 1400.00 0.10



2.6.1.1 SEGREGATION OF EFFLUENT STREAM:

Effluent is mainly generated from process, boiler blow down, cooling tower blow down and

washing of reactors and floors etc. 7.33 KLD effluent will be reuse in ammonium sulphate

recovery plant. 78.17 KLD effluent will be treated in ETP with Hydrodynamic cavitation

treatment and then send to CETP of Nandesari Industrial Association (NIA).

TABLE: 2.18

DETAILS OF WASTE WATER GENERATION WITH QUALITATIVE AND

QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS OF EACH WASTE STREAM BASED ON WORST

CASE SCENARIO

Sr. No. Water Generation Quantityin KL/Day

Parameter Quality Effluent load inKg/day*

1 Boiler blow down 1.5 pH 6.5-8.5 ---TSS 100-120 mg/L 0.18TDS 1200-1500

mg/L2.25

COD 150-200 mg/L 0.32 Cooling Tower blow

down1 pH 6.5-8.5 ---

TSS 50-100 mg/L 0.1TDS 1000-1200

mg/L1.2

COD 100-150 mg/L 0.153 Process + Washing 24 pH 6-8 ---

COD (mg/l) 1000-2500 60BOD (mg/l) 300-800 19.2TDS (mg/l) 800-2000 48AmmonicalNitrogen(mg/l)

30-50 1.2

TSS (mg/l) 150-200 4.84 Cyanide containing

stream52 pH 7-9 --

COD (mg/l) 2500-3000 156BOD (mg/l) 200-500 26TDS (mg/l) 1000-1500 78AmmonicalNitrogen(mg/l)

30-50 2.6

TSS (mg/l) 180-220 11.44Cyanide (ppm) 20-40 2.08

Reuse/Recycle details (KLD)

[Source of reuse & application area]



Source of waste

water for reuse with

quantity in KLD

Application area

with quantity in

KLD

Remarks regarding feasibility

to reuse i.e. w/w characteristics

(COD, BOD, TDS etc.)

7.33 KLD fromammonium sulphaterecovery plant

7.33 KLD will bereuse for sameprocess inammonium sulphaterecovery plant

pH: 6.5-7.5TDS: 100-200 mg/lCOD:25-50 mg/lBOD:10-20 mg/l

2.6.1.2: PROPOSED EFFLUENT TRETMENT PLANTFIGURE: 2.4ETP FLOW DIAGRAM

DETAILS OF DIFFERENT ETP UNITS

EXISTING PROPOSEDSr.No.

Name of Unit NoofUnit

Capacity No ofUnit

Capacity

1 Collection Cum EqualizationTank

1 50 KL 2 70 KL

2 Filter Press 2 36 “ x 36 “ x30 nos. plats

2 54 “ x 54 “ x30 nos. plats

3 Holding Tank (Final Collection) 1 17.5KL 1 50 KL4 Neutralization 1 6 KL 1 40 KL5 Hydro cavitation tank 1 50 KL 1 50 KL

Filter Press

ETP sludgeto TSDF site

Filter Press

ETP sludgeto TSDF site

CollectionTank

Flocculationtank

PrimarySettling Tank

HydrodynamicCavitation Tank Final Tank

Effluent toCETP



EFFLUENT QUALITY BEFORE TREATMENT & AFTER TREATMENT IN ETPSr.No.

Category of WasteWater

BeforeTreatment

Final TreatedEffluent

CETP Inlet Norms

1. pH 6 to 8 6.5 to 7.5 6.5 to 8.02. COD (mg/l) 1000-2500 1200-1500 <15003. BOD (mg/l) 500-2000 400-500 <5004. TDS (mg/l) 800-2000 5000-8000 No TDS Limit5. Ammonical Nitrogen

(mg/l)30-50 <50 <50

6. TSS (mg/l) 150-200 <100 <100

THEORY OF HYDRODYNAMIC CAVITATION

Hydrodynamic cavitation describes the bubble generation, bubble implosion and process of

vaporization, which occurs in a flowing liquid as a result of a decrease and subsequent

increase in pressure. In pipe systems, cavitation typically occurs either as the result of an

increase in the kinetic energy (through an area constriction).

The process of bubble generation, and the subsequent growth and collapse of the cavitation

bubbles, results in very high energy densities and in very high temperatures and pressures at

the surface of the bubbles for a very short time. The overall liquid medium environment,

therefore, remains at ambient conditions. Controlled cavitation can be used to enhance

chemical reactions or propagate certain unexpected reactions because free radicals are

generated in the process due to disassociation of vapors trapped in the cavitating bubbles.

Orifices and venturi are reported to be widely used for generating cavitation. A venturi has an

inherent advantage over an orifice because of its smooth converging and diverging sections,

such that it can generate a higher velocity at the throat for a given pressure drop across it.

This is also used in the mineralization of bio-refractory compounds which otherwise would

need extremely high temperature and pressure conditions since free radicals are generated in

the process due to the dissociation of vapors trapped in the cavitating bubbles, which results

in either the intensification of the chemical reaction or may even result in the propagation of

certain reactions not possible under otherwise ambient conditions.

Hydrodynamic cavitation can also improve some industrial processes. For instance, cavitated

corn slurry show higher yields in ethanol production compared to uncavitated corn slurry in

dry milling facilities.



Consider the case of a Venturi as shown in Figure above. At low flow rate, water is

everywhere free of cavitation. Velocity is maximum in the section of minimum area and

pressure is then minimum. When the flow rate is progressively increased, the minimum

pressure decreases and there will be a critical flow rate for which the vapour pressure is

obtained at the throat. At this operating point, cavitation appears in the section of minimum

area. In Figure above, two bubbles are clearly visible in the upper part of the Venturi. This is

the start of the cavitation state. If the flow rate through the Venturi is further increased, the

extent of cavitation also increases. Figure given above gives an example of developed

cavitation in the same Venturi device. Many vapour structures which are different from single

bubbles are visible.

At this point the chlorine when injected will oxidise the organic matter exploded bubble and

due to the large surface area available, the oxidation by chlorine molecule is almost

instantaneous.

Treatment Process:



The setup for the hydrodynamic cavitation reactor is given in the figure below:

The waste water is equalised over organic matter and flow. The pH of the waste water is

raised to 10.5 by hydrated lime and filtered. The waste water is then pumped through a

venturi. At the suction side, chlorine is injected to achieve hydrodynamic cavitation. This is a

batch process and the system is kept under recirculation till the COD is reached to desired

limit. This is again filtered in the filter press and the filtered waste water is sent to collection

tank for final disposal.

TABLE: 2.19

SEGREGATION OF CYANIDE BEARING STREAM:Sr.No

Product using cyanide ProductioncapacityMT/Month

Effluentgeneration fromcyanide bearingstream inKL/Day

Result ofcyanide inppm

GROUP (A) NITRILESA1 Phenyl Acetonitrile

(Benzyl cyanide)200Either/Or

13.03 * 30

A2 4-Methoxy PhenylAcetonitrile(4-MethoxyBenzyl cyanide)

8.13 26

A3 2-Chloro PhenylAcetonitrile

9.26 28

A4 4-ChlorophenylAcetonitrile

9.26 28

A5 2-4- Dichloro phenylacetonitrile

9.33 28



GROUP (C) CYANOACETIC ACID DERIVATIVESC1 Methyl cyano acetate 100

Either/Or7.46** 21

C2 Ethyl cyano acetate 7.36 24C5 N-N-Diethyl amino cyano

acetamide5.33 30

Group FF1 3-4-Dimethoxy Phenyl

Acetonitrile25Either/Or

1.13 30

F2 3-4 Diethoxy Phenylacetonitrile 1.41 30F3 2-5- Dimethyl Phenyl

Acetonitrile1.408 30

F4 Alpha – NapthylAcetonitrile

1.425*** 32

GROUP GG1-B

Cuprous Cyanide 10 0.80**** 22

G8 4-Bromo Phenyl AceticAcid

1 0.028 26

* In worst case, 13.03 KL/Day effluent will generate from Group A.** In worst case, 7.46 KL/Day effluent will generate from Group C.*** In worst case, 1.425 KL/Day effluent will generate from Group F.

****In worst case, 0.80 KL/Day effluent will be generated from Group G.

2.6.1.3 TREATMENT PROCESS DESCRIPTION FOR CYANIDE STREAMFIGURE: 2.5

HYPOCHLORITE TREATMENT FOR CYANIDE REMOVAL

If the qualities of Cyanide to be destroyed are small enough. It is perfectly acceptable to usesodium hypochlorite. The following equation shows the reaction pattern.

5NaOCl + H2O + 2NaCN → 2NaHCo3 + N2 + 5 NaCl

Effluent from CyanideStream 30KL → Transfer to primary treatment

NaOCl 200 Kgs →

PROCESS DESCRIPTION:-

The effluent from cyanide Stream is collected in a separate collection tank i.e.; Storage tankfrom plant. Then it is batch wise transfer to the 30KL treatment tank facilitated with stirrerafter testing the cyanide content which is almost between the ranges of 30 to 40 PPM.

Now add approx 200 Kgs of Sodium Hypochlorite solution to the effluent under stirring forfirst 3 hours and then check the sample for the absence of Cyanide content. After the QCCheck transfer the effluent to primary treatment tank where it is further treated.

30 KL with Stirrer



FLOW DIAGRAM:-

30 KL Effluent →NaOCl 60 Kgs→

DETAILS OF DIFFERENT ETP UNITS FOR CYANIDE STREAM.

EXISTING PROPOSED

Sr.No.

Name of Unit NoofUnit

Capacity No ofUnit

Capacity


1 5 KL 1 30 KL

2 Cyanide Stream Treatment Tankwith Sodium HypochlorideDosing Tank.

1 2.5 KL 1 10 KL

EFFLUENT QUALITY BEFORE TREATMENT & AFTER TREATMENT IN ETP FORCYANIDE STREAM.Sr.No.

Category of WasteWater

BeforeTreatment

Final TreatedEffluent

CETP Inlet Norms

1. pH 6 to 8 6.5 to 7.5 6.5 to 8.0

2. COD (mg/l) 1500-3000 1200-1500 <1500

3. BOD (mg/l) 300-500 300-400 <500

4. TDS (mg/l) 800-2000 2000-5000 No TDS Limit

5. Ammonical Nitrogen(mg/l)

30-50 <50 <50

6. TSS (mg/l) 150-200 <100 <100

7. Cyanide (ppm) 20-40 Nil < 2

Cyanation Treatment

Primary Treatment

Chlorination

CETP



2.6.2 GASEOUS EMISSIONAs per CCA order no. AWH-85623, the unit has one stack of Baby Boiler having 11 mheight. One common stack of Boiler and Thermo pack having capacity of 2 TPH & height 37m, and D.G. Set (300 KVA).

Now, the unit has proposed one boiler having capacity of 5 TPH & two Thermo Pack havingcapacity of 10 lacs K Cal/Hr.

Details of stack height, fuel consumption, air pollution control system etc, for flue gas

emission and process gas emission are shown in below Table no. 2.16.and Table no.2.17

TABLE: 2.20DETAILS OF FLUE GAS EMISSION

Sr.No.

StackAttached To

StackHeight(M)

Type ofFuel

FuelConsumption

Type ofEmission

Permissible Limit

APCM

EXISTING As Per CCA No.-AWH-856231. Baby Boiler 11 Fire

Wood1.5 MT/Day SPM

SO2

NOx

150mg/NM3

100 PPM50 PPM

---

2. Boiler (2TPH)

37 BioCoal/coal

2.5 MT/ Day SPMSO2

NOx

150mg/NM3

100 PPM50 PPM

MultiCycloneSeparator +wet scrubber3 Thermo pack Bio

Coal/coal

1.5 MT/ Day

4. D.G. Set(300 KVA)

11 LDO/Diesel

50 Lit/ Hr SPMSO2

NOx

150mg/NM3

100 PPM50 PPM

Adequatestack heightand acousticenclosure

Proposed1. Boiler

( 5 TPH)37 Bio

Coal/coal5 MT/Day SPM

SO2

NOx

150mg/NM3

100 PPM50 PPM

MultiCycloneSeparator +Bag filter+waterscrubber

2. Thermo pack(2 Nos.) (10Lac Kcal)

37 BioCoal/coal

3.5 MT/Day SPMSO2

NOx

150mg/NM3

100 PPM50 PPM

MultiCycloneSeparator +Bag filter+waterscrubber

* Existing baby boiler will be dismantled.

Note: The flue gas emission will be 70% to the permissible limit.



TABLE 2.21DETAILS OF PROCESS EMISSION

Sr.No.

StackAttached To

StackHeight InMeter

ProbablePollutantEmission

Permissible Limit

APCM

EXISTING As Per CCA No.-AWH-85623There is no process gas emission from existing manufacturing activities.PROPOSED1. Reactors 11 NH3 175

mg/Nm3Acid Scrubber

2 Reactors 11 Br2

HBr9 mg/Nm3

20 mg/Nm3Water Venturi ScrubberFollowed By AlkaliScrubber

Note: The process gas emission will be 70% to the permissible limit.

TABLE 2.22

QUANTITY OF AIR POLLUTANTS COMING OUT FROM REACTOR

Sr.No. Name of Product

AirPollutant

Quantity of airpollutant

Ton/Ton beforeAPCM

Quantity of airpollutant

Ton/Ton afterAPCM

1 4-Methoxy Phenylacetic Acid NH3 0.10 NIL

2 2- Chlorophenyl Acetic Acid NH3 0.10 NIL

3 4- Chlorophenylacetic Acid NH3 0.10 NIL

4 2-4 –Dichloro phenylacetic Acid NH3 0.10 NIL

53-4 Dimethoxy phenyl aceticAcid NH3 0.10 NIL

6 3-4- Diethoxy Phenylacetic Acid NH3 0.10 NIL

7 2-5- Dimethyl phenylacetic Acid NH3 0.10 NIL

8 Alpha- Napthyl acetic Acid NH3 0.10 NIL

9N-N- Diethyl aminocyanoaceatmide CO 2 0.35 NIL

10 2 - Cycalohexenyl Ethylamine CO2 0.39 NIL

113 - 4 Dimethoxy Phenylethylamine NH3 0.001 NIL

12 3 - 4 Diethoxy Phenylethlamine NH3 0.001 NIL

13 3-4 Diethoxy Phenylacetonitrile NH3 0.005 NIL

142(cynoamino)-1- (2,3- dichlorophenyl) methyl idenelguanidine NH3 0.05 0.1



153- Carbamonyl methyl - 5 –Methyl hexanoic Acid NH3 0.13 0.1

16 4-Bromo phenyl acetic Acid HBr 0.95 0.0005

*This is a worst case scenario. If these products are manufactured then only processemission will be there.

TABLE 2.23DETAILS OF SCRUBBER SYSTEM

Sr.No.

Name of Units Capacity ofscrubbingmedia tank

Quantity MOC

1. Acid Scrubber 5 KL 1 PP- FRP2. Water Venturi Scrubber

Followed By Alkali Scrubber10 KL 1 PP- FRP

TABLE 2.24FEATURES OF SCRUBBER SYSTEM

FIGURE 2.6DIAGRAM OF WATER VENTURI SCRUBBER FOLLOWED BY ALKALI

SCRUBBER

Description Acid Scrubber Water Venturi ScrubberFollowed By Alkali

ScrubberVelocity of gas 10 kg/hr 10 kg/hrGas flow 10 Kg/Hrs 10 Kg/HrsBlower Capacity 300 CFM 300 CFMPump Capacity 2.5 KL/Hrs 3.5 KL/HrsScrubbing media H2SO4 CausticColumn diameter 300 mm 300 mmColumn packed height 3 M 3 MTotal column height 4.5 M 4.5 M

Vent

GasInlet

Spray

Spray



The scrubbing system consists of primary scrubber (packed column absorber) and secondary

scrubber (packed column absorber) an exhaust blower and scrubbing media circulation via

pumps. The gases vapors from the process enter the primary scrubber where they are

absorbed and converted to acidic which will be recycled back to process. The unabsorbed

vapors mainly gases then enter to the secondary alkaline scrubber and the solution which is

coming from scrubber is subjected to Effluent treatment plant completely. Thus, the air

leaving from the Secondary Scrubber is clean. The details of scrubber system and features of

scrubber system are given below in Table no. 2.19 and Table no. 2.20

10 KL WaterTank

10 KL Causticsolutions Tank



FIGURE 2.7DIAGRAM OF ACID SCRUBBER

The scrubbing system consists of Scrubber (packed column absorber) an exhaust Blower andscrubbing media circulation via pumps. The gases vapors from the process enter the scrubberwhere they are absorbed. The solution which is coming from scrubber is subjected to Effluenttreatment plant completely. Thus, the air leaving from scrubber is clean. The details ofscrubber system and features of scrubber system are given below in Table no. 2.19 and Tableno. 2.20.

2.6.3 HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION

The following type of hazardous waste will be generated from the operational activities. All

the waste will be stored separately in a designated storage area. The details of hazardous

waste are given in below table.

Vent

GasInlet

Spray

5 KL H2SO4

Tank



TABLE: 2.25DETAILS OF HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION

Sr.no.

Type/Name ofHazardous waste

SpecificSource ofgeneration(Name of theActivity,Product etc.)

Category andSchedule as perHWRules.

Quantity(MT/Annum)

Managementof HW

Existing

Proposed

Total

1. Spent Oil Maintenance 5.1 0.036 3.0 3.036 Collection,storage,transportationand disposalby Sending toRegisteredRefiners

2. DiscardedContainer

PackingMaterial

33.1 1.0 69 70 Collection,storage, &Decontamination withincompanypremises andsends toauthorizerecyclers.

3. ETPSludge

ETP 35.3 18.25 221.75

240 Collection,storage,transportationand disposalat TSDF ofNandesariEnvironmentControl Ltd(NECL).

4. Distillation residue

Sr. No. A-1,B-1, C-5, D-3,E2, F-1, G-1,G4,G5,G6,G7,G9, & G10

36.1 5.475 434.525

440 Collection,storage,transportationand disposalat for co-processingfacility ofNandesariEnvironmentControl Ltd(NECL).

5. SpentCarbon

B-2,G-4,& G-8,

28.3 0 104 104 Collection,storage,transportationand disposalat co-processingfacility of



NandesariEnvironmentControl Ltd(NECL).

6 Scrubbersolutionto controlfugitiveemission

Scrubber fromstorage tanks,distillationvessels andreaction vessels

-- 0 730 730 Collection,storage andtreatment atETP

7 Hydrobromicacid

G8 -- 0 19KL

19 KL Collection,Storage,Transportation& sell to enduser havingRule-9permissionOR send toETP.

8 Sodiumchloridesalt

G-1 -- 0 136 136 Collection,Storage,Transportation& Disposal atTSDF site(NECL,Nandesari)

9 Sodiumbromidesolution

G-10 -- 0 19KL

19 KL Collection,Storage,Transportation& sell to enduser havingRule-9permission.

10 Spentnitric acid

G6 -- 0 252KL

252KL

Collection,Storage,Transportation& sell to enduser havingRule-9permission.

11 Spentcatalyst

D8 -- 0 60 60 Collection,storage,transportation& sent forreactivation tothe supplier

12 Solvents recoveredsolvent fromA-2, C-4, C-5,D-1,D-2,D-3,D-4,D-5,D-6,D-7,D-8,E-

28.6 0 19815 19815 Collection,storage goesfordistillation.Recoveredsolvent will be



3,F-1,F-2,G-1,G-4,G-5,G-7,G-9,G-10

recycled insame processwithinpremises. &distillationresidue will bedisposal at forco-processingfacility ofNandesariEnvironmentControl Ltd(NECL).

Spent solventfrom A-2, C-4,C-5, D-1,D-2,D-3,D-4,D-5,D-6,D-7,D-8,E-3,F-1,F-2,G-1,G-4,G-5,G-7,G-9,G-10

28.6 0 207 207



2.7 METHODOLOGY FOR DECONTAMINATION

For disposal of discarded bags and containers, the guideline provided by the Gujarat Pollution

Control Board will be followed. It will be ensured that containers are empty before taken for

disposal. As per the guidelines all the containers will be washed properly, the washings will

be checked for pH and COD. The pH should be neutral and COD should be NIL. This will

ensure that the containers are cleaned before taken for disposal. Removal or defacing of all

labelling and content of all product and waste material will be regular practice. The sticker

will be put on individual container as "cleaned". The container will be deposited in the area

marked for disposal. Then the containers will be inspected by the certifying agency approved

by the GPCB. In confirmation of the quality of the cleaning they will issue the stickers for

identification. After receiving stickers, that should be pasted on to the containers. Then the

containers are disposed of to actual raw material supplier.

FIGURE: 2.8

METHODOLOGY OF DECONTAMINATION

2.8. COAL HANDLING

Since the unit is going to use coal as a fuel. Thus, unit will require following the coal

handling guidelines. Brief compilation of guidelines is given in Table 2.30.

TABLE: 2.26

COMPLIANCE OF COAL HANDLING GUIDELINES

Sr.no. Content Compliance

1. Coal handling unit/Agency shall not The unit is already located in Nandesari GIDC.

Contaminated containedarea

Decontamination area

Clean Container area

Effluent to ETP

Water



use any agriculture land.2. Coal handling unit/Agency shall be

minimum 500 meters away fromthe residential area, school/colleges,Historical Monuments, ReligiousPlaces, Ecological sensitive area aswell as forests area.

There is no residential area, school/colleges,Historical Monuments, Religious Places,Ecological sensitive area of 500 m radialdistance from project site.

3. Coal handling unit/Agency shall belocated at a minimum 500 metersaway from the Railway line,Express ways, National Highways,State ways and District Roads andfrom water bodies like River, Nala,Canal, Pond etc.

There is no Railway line, Express ways,National Highways, State ways and DistrictRoads and from water bodies like River, Nala,Canal, Pond of 500 m radial distance fromproject site.

4. Coal handling unit/Agency shallprovide paved approach withadequate traffic carrying capacity.

It will be complied.

5. Coal handling unit/Agency shallconstruct compound wall withminimum 9 meters height.

The unit will keep 9 m height of compoundwall around coal handing area.

6. Coal handling unit/Agency shallensure adequate water supplythrough pipe/ surface water beforeselection of the site.

Not applicable.

7. Coal handling unit/Agency shallensure that stacking of coal in heapsdoes not get higher than thecompound wall of premises Coalhandling unit/ Agency shall strictlyobserve itself and ensure thecompliance of all the conditions/Environmental stipulation laid outin the permission to be granted tothe local authority, or any otherauthority etc.


8. Continuous water sprinkling shallbe carried out on the top of the heapat regular intervals to preventdusting, fire & smoke. Duringloading/unloading, fixed pipenetwork with sufficient waterstorage and pump shall be installed.


9. Coal handling unit/Agency shallensure maximum sprinkling ofwater at each and every stage oftransportation to avoid generationof coal dust or other dust.


10. Coal handling unit/Agency shallensure that all trucks before leavingthe storage yard shall be coveredwith tarpaulin and also that trucks

The unit will ensure that truck should beproperly covered and should not beoverloaded.



are not over loaded as well as thereis no spillage during transportation.

11. Coal handling unit/Agency shallensure regular sweeping of coalfrom internal and main road andalso ensure that there is adequatespace for free movement of vehiclesat the surrounded area.


12. The following adequate AirPollution Control Measures shall beinstalled and to be operatedefficiently.(a) Dust containment cumsuppression system for theequipments.(b) Construction of wind breakingwall.(c) Construction of metal road &RCC Pucca flooring in the plotarea/ godown etc.(d) System for regular cleaning andwetting of the floor area within thepremises.(e) Entire coal storage area/ godownshould be covered with Permanentweather shed roofing. In case ofcrushing/sieving/grading activity iscarried out (i.e. G. I. Sheet).(f) Fixed pipeline should beinstalled for sprinkling of water andto ensure that total plot area iscovered with adequate water tank ofcompatible storage.(g) In case of mechanical crushing,adequate additional APCM shouldbe installed. And such crushingactivity should carry out in closeshed.

There will be provision of all mentioned airpollution control measures.

13. There shall be no use of fuel hencethere shall be no flue gas /processemission.

There will be no flue gas/process emission instorage area.

14. Coal handling unit/Agency shallprovide adequate fire fightingmeasure to avoid any fire and shallensure that there is no explosive orchemical reaction in storage yard.For this purpose an onsiteemergency plan shall be preparedand implemented by coal handlingunit.

Onsite emergency plan is already prepared tocontrol fire.

15. Coal handling unit/Agency shall It will be complied.



carryout three rows plantation withtall growing trees all along theperiphery of the coal handlingpremises, inside & outside of thepremises along with road

16. There should be mechanizedloading/ unloading system from theloading /unloading area to thestacking yards and in to thevehicles.

This will be provided.

17. Coal handling unit/Agency shallimprove housekeeping in the yardand nearby approach areas leadingto the any road. They shall take alladequate steps under the provisionsof Air (Prevention & Control ofPollution) Act, 1981 andEnvironment(Protection) Act -1986and submit an action taken report inthis regard.

The unit will maintain good housekeeping andprovide air pollution control measures.

18. Coal handling unit/Agency shalltake all corrective steps to resolvethe issue of air pollution atpermitted coal storage/handlingarea where coal is being stored.

The unit will provide air pollution controlmeasures.

19. Coal handling unit/Agency shallprepare EMP (EnvironmentManagement Plan) and implementthe same in true spirit and thusmaintain overall environment ofthat area.

This will be complied.

20. Coal handling unit/Agency shall notcarry out the operation ofloading/unloading of coal/coal dustat any place, till adequate airpollution control equipment for dustcontrol/suppression are installedand efficiently operated and theconsent under the provisions of Air(Prevention & Control of Pollution)Act, 1981 is obtained by the coalyard owners/ Coal handlingunit/Agency / coal importers.

The unit will carry out the operation ofloading/unloading of coal/coal after obtainingconsent and installing air pollution controlmeasures.

21. Coal handling unit/Agency shallstore coal in such a way that coalheap should not be higher than 15feet and clear distance between twoadjoining heap at G.L. should be 5meters ,so that in case of fire,approach is available.

The unit will follow these criteria.

22. Proper drainage system shall be There will be provision of drainage system



provided in all coal storage area sothat water drained from sprinklingis collected at a common tank andcan be reused after screeningthrough the coal slit.

with collection tank to reuse water.

23. Coal handling unit/Agency shallobtain transport permission fromthe local Administration under therelevant rules.

Not applicable as coal will be used withinpremises.

24. Coal handling unit/Agency shalltake measures to control the airpollution while loading/handlingcoal. Specific measures shall beunder-taken to avoid fugitiveemission at the time ofloading/unloading of coal byindividual coal yard unit.


25. Coal handling unit/Agency shallsubmit details to GPCB at HeadOffice and Regional Office,regarding the capacity of coal yardand with probable height of the coalheaps in the storage yard.

Area, storage quantity and height heap notmore than 5 m.

26. Coal handling unit/Agency shalloperate continuous Ambient AirQuality Monitoring Stations as perCPCB guideline. The results ofparameters like SPM, RSPM,SO2shall be submitted to the SPCBevery month.

The unit will submit ambient air monitoringreport every month to GPCB.

27. The concentration of the followingparameters in the ambient air withinthe premises and a distance of10meters from the source (otherthan the stack/vent) shall not exceedthe following levels.

The unit will provide adequate controlmeasures to keep concentration of PM10,PM2.5, SO2 and NOx within permissiblelimit.

PARAMETERS PERMISSIBLE LIMITAnnual 24 Hrs Average

Particulate Matter-10(PM10)

60 Microgram/M3

100 Microgram/M3

Particulate Matter-2.5 (PM2.5)

40 Microgram/M3

60 Microgram/M3

SO2 50 Microgram/M

380 Microgram/M

3

NOx 40 Microgram/M

380 Microgram/M

3

28. Coal handling unit/Agency shalltake adequate measures for controlof noise levels from its own sourceswithin the premises so as to

The unit will provide adequate controlmeasures to control noise levels.



2.9 Fly Ash Storage, Handling and Disposal:The fly ash generated from Boiler, bag filter and Multi cyclone separator will be collected.

Fly ash is stored in bags and disposal at authorised traders.

2.10 PROJECT IMPLIMENTATION SCHEDULE

Implementation of Project within a pre-determined time frame is an important factor for the

success of a project. Timely implementation saves on various costs like interest,

administrative overheads and helps to realize the goals as per pre-determined objectives.

Implementation of Project involves co-ordination of different activities at various levels of

the firm and amongst different outside agencies. The project implementation schedule is

given in table no.2.27.

This will start immediately after getting Environment Clearance. From the date of start, the

implementation schedule envisages completion of project in 6 months. It is considered that

preliminary activities such as obtaining necessary statutory clearance for proposed project

and financial arrangements for the implementation of the project will be made at proper

dates.

The major activities to be carried out at site during project work are as follows:

TABLE: 2.27

PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE

Project implementation schedule after getting NOC from GPCB

Sr. No. Activity Required Period

maintain ambient air qualitystandards in respect of noise to lessthan 75dB(a) during day time and70 dB (A) during night time.Daytime is reckoned in between 6a.m. and10 p.m. and night time isreckoned between 10 p.m. and 6a.m.

29. Coal handling unit/Agency Youshall strictly adhere with theapplicability of Hazardous Waste(Management and Handling &Transboundary Movement) Rules -2008“and ensure that there shall be nogeneration of any type ofHazardous Waste.




1. Civil work Immediately after getting NOC-2 Months

2. Procurement of machinery 1 month after getting NOC

3. Eraction & installation of

machinery

Immediately after competition of activity no.2

-1 month

4. Trial of machinery &

equipment

Within 1 month after competition of activity no.3

5. Commercial activity 1 month after competition of activity no.4

FIGURE 2.9

BAR CHART

2.11 PROJECT COST ESTIMATES

A Budget allocation for project and effective Environmental Monitoring Plan (EMP) is

proposed in Table 2.32.

TABLE 2.28

BUDGET ALLOCATION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

CONSTRUCTION PHASESr. No. Pollution Control Measures Cost

(Lakhs)1 Dust suppression during construction 12 Green Belt development 13 Solid waste management facility 24 Environment Monitoring 4

0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25

Civil Work

Procurement of machinery

Erection & installation of machinery

Trial of machinery & equipment

Commercial Activity

Civil Work Procurement ofmachinery

Erection &installation of

machinery

Trial ofmachinery &equipment

CommercialActivity

Year After Getting NOC from GPCB 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1



(Monitoring charges for air, water, noise )5 Occupational Health 3

(Includes cost of medical check-up, PPE, first aidkit, safe drinking water plant & sanitationmeasures)

TOTAL 11OPERATION PHASESr.No

System Approximate recurringcost per annum(in Lacs)

Approximate capitalcost(Rs. In Lacs)

1 Air pollutioncontrol

10 14

2 Water pollutioncontrol

130* 45

3 Noise pollutionmonitoring

2 2

4 Solid andhazardous wastemanagement

60* 10

5 Environmentmonitoring andmanagement

20 6

6 Green belt 10 10.57 Occupational

health (OHC)5 5

8 SafetyEquipments

20 13.5

Total 257 106

* Recurring cost for Solid and hazardous waste management

Cost of ETP sludge :ETP Sludge generation (240 MT/Annum) x cost of disposal at NECL(Rs. 1100/- per ton)= Rs. 3 Lakhs

Cost of Distillationresidue :

Residue generation (440 MT/Annum) x Rs. 10,000/- per ton=Rs. 44 Lakhs

Cost of Spent carbonSpent carbon generation (104 MT/Annum) x 10,000 per ton= Rs. 11 Lakhs

Cost of sodiumchloride Saltgenerated

Salt generation (136 MT/Annum) x Rs.1000 per ton

= 2 Lakhs

Total Rs. 60 Lakhs*Recurring cost for water pollution controlCost of ETPCost of 78.17 KLDtreated effluent sent toCETP of NIA

28532 KL/Year effluent X Rs.333 /- per KL Effluent

= Rs. 95 Lakhs



raw materialconsumption at ETP

= Rs. 20 Lakhs

ETP Operation &maintenance

= Rs. 15 Lakhs

Total Rs. 130 Lakhs.

2.12 ECONOMICAL AND TECHNICAL VIABILITY OF THE EFFLUENT

TREATMENT SYSTEM

TABLE: 2.29

DETAILS OF COST OF ETP PER YEAR

Sr. No. Detail

Expenses in Rs.

Monthly

[Lakhs]

Expenses in Rs. Annually

[Lakhs]

1 ETP O & M 1.25 15

2Raw Material Consumption in

ETP1.66 20

3

78.17 KL/Day effluent discharged

to CETP, Nandesari Industrial

Association.

7.91 95

TOTAL Rs. 10.82 130

Unit will allocate certain fund towards environment health and safety department. This will

enable the management to smoothly run ETP plant. Thus proper management of ETP can be

carried out without having to worry about unit profit.

2.13 ODOUR MANAGEMENT PLAN

Odour Problem and Sources of Emissions

Causes of odour can be bad sanitation, bacterial growth in the interconnecting pipes &

unattended drains etc.

Remedial Measures



Better management to avoid staling.

Use of sanitation biocides to minimize the growth of aerobic/anaerobic microorganisms.

Steaming of major pipe lines.

Proper cleaning of drains.

Following Additional methods can also be used to reduce odour nuisance:

Green belt development in the buffer zone may help at least partially to mitigate /

obfuscate the Odour.

Ensuring that the operation is carried out under the best management practices.

If still the Odour persists, nozzles, sprayers and atomizers that spray ultra-fine particles of

water or chemicals can be used along the boundary lines of area sources to suppress

odour.

2.14 FUGITIVE EMISSIONS MANAGEMENT PLAN

Fugitive emission sources and their control measures are shown in below table.

TABLE: 2.30

PROPOSED FUGITIVE EMISSION CONTROL MEASURES

Sr.

No.

Probable Source Proposed Control Measures

1. Pump handling odorous chemicals

and pressured gases

Use of mechanical seals of pumps and compressor.

All pipeline and pipe fitting shall be well maintain,

wear and tear shall be attended promptly.

2. At reactor during charging of

liquid and solids chemicals

Liquid raw material will be charged by pumping and

closed loop.

3. Pressure release valve emission

from pipeline

For highly pressurized lines, vent lines of PRVs to

air pollution control device in case of toxic gases.

4. Release from sampling lines Using a close loop sampling system.

5. Emission from bulk storage tank

during unloading

Breather valve, PSVs, Rupture disc will be provided.

Vapour recovery system will be installed for process

and storage vent tank.

6. Leak from valves, flanges, plugs Welded pipes will be used wherever feasible.



Sr.

No.


and instrument connection. Suitable gasket material to be used.

Suitable gland packing will be used in valves.

Periodic inspection and maintenance of pipes and

pipe fittings.

7. Chemical vapours from wet cake

in filtration and drying area

Filtration will be done out in Agitated Nutch filter.

Transfer and drying of wet-cake done in system

shall be adopted, worker shall be provided PPEs,

fume extraction system shall be provided, whenever

require.

8. Warehouse storing drums and

bags

Spillages shall be strictly prevented by providing dip

pans, proper handling equipment, minimum manual

operation, local exhaust and roof top ventilators.

Spill control procedures and equipment shall be

provided.

2.15 ADEQUACY OF THE PROPOSED EMS

AIR:

The unit is using fire wood in existing baby boiler. Bio coal/lignite is being used in common

stack of Boiler (2 TPH) & thermo pack with adequate APMC like multi cyclone separator

and wet scrubber.LDO/Diesel is being used on existing D.G. SET (300 KVA) with adequate

stack height & acoustic enclosure.

Bio coal/ coal/ lignite will be used in proposed Boiler (5 TPH) & Thermo pack (2 Nos.) (10Lac Kcal) with adequate APCM like Multi Cyclone Separator, Bag filter & water scrubber.

Acid scrubber and water venturi scrubber followed by alkali scrubber will be used forproposed reactors in process gas emission.

The fugitive emission of VOC will be from solvent recovery plant, VOC will be control as

per the CPCB Guidelines. Existing baby boiler will be dismantled after proposed expansion.

WATER:

The source of water is GIDC Nandesari. In the existing scenario, the unit is using 3 KLD

fresh water for domestic purpose, 48 KLD of fresh water for industrial purpose and 1.5 KLD



of fresh water for gardening purpose. For proposed expansion, the unit has proposed 68 KLD

of water consumption. The total fresh water consumption after expansion will be 113.17

KLD & 7.33 recycle from ammonium sulphate recovery plant.

As per consent, the sewage generation is 2 KLD. And effluent generation from industrial

purpose is 38 KLD. That is treated in premises and sends to CETP, Nandesari for further

treatment & discharge. Due to proposed expansion, industrial effluent generation will be 47.5

KLD. Hence, after expansion total industrial effluent generation will be 85.5 KLD. Due to

proposed expansion, additional sewage generation will be 4 KLD. Hence, after expansion

sewage generation will be 6 KLD. Existing and proposed effluent will be treated in unit’s

own proposed ETP and then sent to CETP.

HAZARDOUS WASTE:

There will be generation of Spent Oil (3.036 MT/Year), Discarded Container (70 MT/Year),

ETP Sludge (240 MT/year), Distillation residue (440 MT/Year), Spent Carbon (104

MT/Year), Scrubber solution to control fugitive emission (730 MT/Year), Ammonium

sulphate solution (4730 KL/Year), Hydro bromic acid (19 KL/Year), Sodium chloride salt

(136 MT/Year), Sodium bromide solution (19 KL/Year), Spent nitric acid (252 KL/Year),

Spent catalyst (60 MT/Year), Ammonium Sulphate/ Ammonium sulphate liquor (160/395

MT/Year) & Methanol (50 MT/Year).

Hazardous waste will be stored in dedicated closed areas. Spent oil will be sent to registered

refiners. Discarded containers will be decontaminated within company premises and send to

authorize recyclers. ETP Sludge will be disposed at TSDF of Nandesari Environment Control

Ltd (NECL). Distillation residue and spent carbon will be disposed at CHWFI for co-

processing/ incineration facility of Nandesari Environment Control Ltd (NECL). Scrubber

solution will be treated at ETP. Ammonium sulphate solution will be sell to end user having

Rule-9 permission or convert in ammonium sulphate crystal. Sodium chloride salt will be

disposed at TSDF site (NECL, Nandesari). Hydro bromic acid, Sodium bromide solution,

spent nitric acid, Ammonium Sulphate/ Ammonium sulphate liquor & Methanol will be sell

to end user having Rule-9 permission.

CONCLUSION:

The environment management plan given by M/s. Chemtech Intermediates Pvt. Ltd. for air,

water and hazardous waste is adequate as per the worst-case scenario.

EIA OF M/S. CHEMTECH INTERMEDIATES PVT. LTD, GIDC NANDESARI, VADODARA


CHAPTER -3

BASELINE ENVIRONMENT STATUS

3.1 INTRODUCTION

It is essential to monitor the environment quality prevailing in the surrounding area before

implementation of the proposed project for assessing the environmental impacts from

proposed project. The Environment status within the study area could be used for

identification of significant environmental issues to be addressed in the impact assessment

study.

The impact from an existing industrial project on its surrounding environment are mainly

regulated by

The nature of the pollutants,

Their quantities discharged to the environment,

Existing environment quality

Assimilative capacity of the surrounding environment and

Topography and terrain of the project site.

In order to identify and establish the extent of likely impacts, it is necessary to gather

information on existing environmental quality relating to various components of the

environment.

Primary data were collected for baseline collection. Secondary data were also gathered for

remaining information like meteorological data, Socio-economic data, Ecological data and

Land use data. For the purpose of collection of primary data, study area was selected within

10 km radius taking as project site as a center which also included towns and villages.

The main factor of local, sub-regional and regional meteorology that influence the air

quality in area of the proposed project are diurnal and seasonal wind pattern and wind

direction, humidity ,temperature etc.


The unit has existing production quantity is 90 MT/Month of synthetic organic chemicals;

therefore total production quantity after expansion becomes 1080 MT/Month. Apart from

having the benefits of common effluent treatment plant, common incinerator and common

solid waste disposal facility, the estate is well connected by Road, Rail & Air.



The general locational characteristics and important landmarks in a 10 km radius circle is

discussed in table no. 3.1

TABLE: 3.1GENERAL CHARACTERSTICS IN 10 KM RADIUS STUDY CIRCLE

Sr.

No.

Locations Dist. in

km

Direction Characteristics

1. Nandesari 0 -- Notified chemical zone of GIDC with a

cluster of chemical industries

2. Nearest

River

2.45 W Mahi river

3. Ranoli 4.38 SE Surrounded by industries comprising of

Gujarat Alkalies and Chemicals Ltd.,

Gujarat Petro synthesis Ltd., Diamines

and chemical ltd.

4. Sokhada 7.30 NE Swami Narayan temple.

5. Bajwa/

Koyli

5.47 SE Major industrial zone comprising of

Gujarat State Fertilizer Corporation,

Heavy Water project and Indian Oil

Corporation

Within 10 km radius from the plant site:

There are no metropolitan cities.

There are no ecological sensitive areas such as tropical forests, biosphere reserve,

and important lakes or coastal areas rich in coral formation.

There is no national park or wild life sanctuary.

There is no reserved forest and protected forest within 10 km distance.

There are no sensitive places of archaeological, historical, cultural and religious or

tourist importance.



FIGURE: 3.1LOCATIONAL MAP WITH 10 KM STUDY REGION

M/s. Chemtech Intermediates Pvt. Ltd is located in GIDC Estate, Nandesari. For Baseline

Study, the monthly meteorological data for study period from March 2019 to May 2019 is

shown at Table no.3.2.

3.1.1 TOPOGRAPHY DETAIL:

The topography of the region mainly comprises of undulating terrain with most of the part

being low lying area. The lithological logs of the borehole data indicates that the formation

comprises of Alluvium both Aeolian and fluvial composed of sand, silt, gravel clay and

kankar. The thickness of alluvium is estimated to be about 20 to 60 m from the study of

geological cross-sections, it is inferred that although it comprises predominantly of sand,

the intervening clay layers which are not perfectly impervious and does not act as a perfect

confining condition. These are leaky aquifer.

3.2 WINDROSE

Based on the metrological data, wind roses have been prepared for the period between the

March-2019 to April-2019. The wind rose prepared from same data is shown at Figure no.

3.3.

TABLE: 3.2MICRO METEREOLOGICAL DATA

Month -- Temp.(°C)

RelativeHumidity(%)

Wind Speedkm/hr

Rainfall mm



March-19 Min 21 14 0.1 0.0Max 42 79 14.6Average 23.45 34 2.07

April-19 Min 21 15 0.1 0.0Max 44 78 17.0Average 29 27 3.14

May-19 Min 24 11 0.1 0.0Max 45 85 24.07Average 31.18 20 2.22

FIGURE: 3.2WIND ROSE DIAGARM FOR PERIOD OF MARCH 2019 TO MAY 2019

It was observed that wind is blowing mainly towards the NE, East and SEE direction.

Average wind speed was 6.38 m/s with no calm winds recorded.



FIGURE: 3.3WIND ROSE DIAGARM FOR PERIOD OF MARCH 2019 TO MAY 2019 ON

SATELITE IMAGE



FIGURE: 3.4WIND CLASS FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM

(FOR PERIOD MARCH 2019 TO MAY 2019)

3.3. AIR ENVIRONMENT

3.3.1 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY (AAQ)

The basic objective of collection of base line data for air environment is to identify project

specific air pollutants being released into atmosphere, which will have significant impact on

air environment of immediate locality of the proposed project site. For assessment of the

baseline data it is important to specify the study area in respect of the location of the

proposed project. It was decided to study the ambient air quality at 9 locations in the

different direction in probable impact zone including the project site.

3.3.1.1 LOCATION OF AAQ MONITORING STATIONS



Ambient air quality stations were chosen considering the various factors like the most

prevailing wind direction, pockets of habitation, available infrastructure facilities like

power supply, accessibility etc. The location of AAQ monitoring stations are shown in

Figure no.3.5 and Table no. 3.3.

TABLE: 3.3DETAILS OF SAMPLING LOCATION OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

MONITORING

Sr.No.

Location Latitude Longitude Distancefromproject sitein km

Direction

1. Project Site (A1) 22°24'21.15"N 73°05'47.66"E -- - -

2. Nandesari (A2) 22°24'48.41"N 73°05'14.02"E 1.27 ENE

3. Bhetasi (A3) 22°25'5.31"N 73°02'31.21"E 5.8 NNW

4. Ambali (A4) 22°23'23.11"N 73°02'15.27"E 6.36 WSW

5. Kotna (A5) 22°21'38.74"N 73°03'29.70"E 6.4 SW

6. Anagad (A6) 22°23'14.06"N 73°04'43.21"E 2.78 SW

7. Undera (A7) 22°20'59.80"N 73°08'0.54"E 7.28 SW

8. Padmala (A8) 22°24'54.07"N 73°07'31.25"E 3.1 ENE

9. Ajod (A9) 22°24'12.39"N 73°09'41.41"E 6.7 E



FIGURE: 3.5LOCATION OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS

3.3.1.2 BASE LINE DATA

The ambient air quality monitoring was carried out during period of March 2019 to May

2019. Monitoring details like location and monitoring date are attached as Annexure-IX.

The frequency of monitoring was twice in a week for a period of 12 weeks to assess the

existing the sub regional air quality status. All the sampling locations were monitored for

PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOx, NH3, HCl, Cl2, HBr, CO & VOC on 24 hr basis to enable the

comparison with ambient air quality standards prescribed by the Central Pollution Control

Board (CPCB).

Based on the data obtained through ambient air quality survey statement showing

maximum, minimum average concentration values of different monitoring location in the

study area have been computed and presented at Table no.3.4.



TABLE: 3.4AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STATUS OF STUDY AREA

Location Max.Value

Min. Value Avg.Value

PM 10 µg/M3 (Permissible Limit : 100 µg/M3)Project Site (A1) 80 74 77Nandesari (A2) 88 64 76Bhetasi (A3) 80 68 74Ambali (A4) 76 70 73Kotna (A5) 76 64 70Anagad (A6) 78 72 75Undera (A7) 78 70 74Padmala (A8) 78 72 75Ajod (A9) 76 72 74PM 2.5 µg/M3 (Permissible Limit : 60 µg/M3)Project Site (A1) 50 46 48Nandesari (A2) 52 40 46Bhetasi (A3) 48 36 42Ambali (A4) 44 40 42Kotna (A5) 45 41 43Anagad (A6) 51 37 44Undera (A7) 48 38 43Padmala (A8) 49 39 44Ajod (A9) 46 42 44

SO2 µg/m3(Permissible Limit :80 µg/m3)Project Site (A1) 26 20 23Nandesari (A2) 22 18 20Bhetasi (A3) 16 10 13Ambali (A4) 18 14 16Kotna (A5) 16 14 15Anagad (A6) 23 13 18Undera (A7) 20 14 17Padmala (A8) 14 12 13Ajod (A9) 19 13 16

NOx µg/m3 (Permissible Limit : 80 µg/m3)Project Site (A1) 23 17 20Nandesari (A2) 20 16 18Bhetasi (A3) 14 10 12Ambali (A4) 17 11 14Kotna (A5) 16 10 13Anagad (A6) 20 12 16Undera (A7) 14 10 12Padmala (A8) 16 14 15Ajod (A9) 14 10 12

NH3 in µg/m3(Permissible Limit : 400 µg/m3)Project Site (A1) 2.0 1.2 1.6Nandesari (A2) BDL BDL BDLBhetasi (A3) BDL BDL BDLAmbali (A4) BDL BDL BDL



Kotna (A5) BDL BDL BDLAnagad (A6) BDL BDL BDLUndera (A7) BDL BDL BDLPadmala (A8) BDL BDL BDLAjod (A9) BDL BDL BDL

HCl in µg/m3

Project Site (A1) 1.02 0.9 0.96Nandesari (A2) BDL BDL BDLBhetasi (A3) BDL BDL BDLAmbali (A4) BDL BDL BDLKotna (A5) BDL BDL BDLAnagad (A6) BDL BDL BDLUndera (A7) BDL BDL BDLPadmala (A8) BDL BDL BDLAjod (A9) BDL BDL BDL

Cl2 inµg/m3

Project Site (A1) 2.3 1.2 1.75Nandesari (A2) BDL BDL BDLBhetasi (A3) BDL BDL BDLAmbali (A4) BDL BDL BDLKotna (A5) BDL BDL BDLAnagad (A6) BDL BDL BDLUndera (A7) BDL BDL BDLPadmala (A8) BDL BDL BDLAjod (A9) BDL BDL BDL

HBr inµg/m3

Project Site (A1) BDL BDL BDLNandesari (A2) BDL BDL BDLBhetasi (A3) BDL BDL BDLAmbali (A4) BDL BDL BDLKotna (A5) BDL BDL BDLAnagad (A6) BDL BDL BDLUndera (A7) BDL BDL BDLPadmala (A8) BDL BDL BDLAjod (A9) BDL BDL BDL

VOC in ppmProject Site (A1) 1 0.8 0.9Nandesari (A2) 1.2 0.6 0.9Bhetasi (A3) 0.6 0.2 0.4Ambali (A4) 0.6 0.4 0.5Kotna (A5) 0.8 0.4 0.6Anagad (A6) 0.9 0.7 0.8Undera (A7) 0.7 0.5 0.6Padmala (A8) 0.9 0.5 0.7Ajod (A9) 0.6 0.2 0.4

CO µg/m3 (Permissible Limit: 2 µg/m3)Project Site (A1) 1.6 1.04 1.32Nandesari (A2) 1.4 1.18 1.29Bhetasi (A3) 1.6 0.82 1.21



Ambali (A4) 1.64 0.8 1.22Kotna (A5) 1.4 1.08 1.24Anagad (A6) 1.5 1.04 1.27Undera (A7) 1.6 0.86 1.23Padmala (A8) 1.5 0.98 1.24Ajod (A9) 1.8 0.66 1.23

Br2

(µg/m3)

Project Site (A1) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

Nandesari (A2) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

Bhetasi (A3) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

Ambali (A4) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

Kotna (A5) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

Anagad (A6) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

Undera (A7) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

Padmala (A8) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

Ajod (A9) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

*BDL-Below Detectable Limit (Detectable unit of NH3 is 1.0 µg/m3 HCl is 1ppm and Cl2 is 1 ppm.)

Based on data obtained, it could be stated that, during the study period the value of PM10 at

monitored locations is ranged between 64-88 μg/m3 while the value PM 2.5 fluctuates in the

range of 36-52 μg/m3. The value of SO2 and NOx were observed to be in the range of 13-26

μg/m3 and 10-23 μg/m3 respectively. The values of NH3, HCl, Cl2 and HBr were found in

the range of 2-1.2 μg/m3, 1.02 to 0.9 μg/m3 & 2.3 to 1.2 μg/m3. The value of VOC at

monitored locations is ranged between 0.2-1.0 ppm. The value of CO at monitored locations

is range between 1.8 to 0.6 µg/m3. The average concentration of PM 2.5, SO2 and NOx are

within prescribed limit at all locations.

These concentrations at all AAQM locations were primarily caused by local phenomena

including vehicular movement and natural dusting due to human activities and wind

movement.

3.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT

There are two categories of water environment:

1) Ground water: - accumulation in deeper strata of ground and



2) Surface water: - river, drains, canals, ponds etc.

Nine locations were selected for ground water sampling and three locations were selected

for surface water sampling. Collected samples were analyzed for drinking water quality

parameters like physico-chemical parameters and heavy metals. During study period, the

sampling was done for one time. The map viewing location for sampling points is shown at

Figure no. 3.6 and Figure no. 3.7.The analysis results are presented at Tableno.3.6 and

Tableno.3.7.

FIGURE: 3.6LOCATION OF GROUND WATER QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS

Where,Sampling location

Sr.No.


Direction

1. Project site (GW1) 22°24'21.15"N 73°05'47.66"E -- - -

2. Village: Nandesari(GW2)

22°24'48.41"N 73°05'14.02"E 1.27N



3. Village: Bhetasi(GW3)

22°25'5.31"N 73°02'31.21"E 5.8WNW

4. Village: Ambali(GW4)

22°23'23.11"N 73°02'15.27"E 6.36WSW

5. Village: Kotna (GW5) 22°21'38.74"N 73°03'29.70"E 6.4 SSW

6. Village: Anagad(GW6)

22°23'14.06"N 73°04'43.21"E 2.78SW

7. Village: Undera (GW7) 22°20'59.80"N 73°08'0.54"E 7.28 SSW

8. Village: Padamla(GW8)

22°24'54.07"N 73°07'31.25"E 3.1E

9. Village: Ajod (GW9) 22°24'12.39"N 73°09'41.41"E 6.7 E

FIGURE: 3.7LOCATION OF SURFACE WATER QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS

Sampling location

Sr.No.


Direction

1. Bhetasi pond (SW1) 22°20'59.80"N 73°08'0.54"E 5.9 SSW



2. Ajod Pond (SW2) 22°24'54.07"N 73°07'31.25"E 6.8 ENW

3. Mahi River (SW3) 22°23'50.14"N 73°4'22.46"E 2.63 WSW

4. Mini River (SW4) 22°24'30.39"N 73°6'19.06"E 1.80 SSW

5. Sokhda (SW5) 22°25'21.96"N 73° 9'57.38"E 7.38 ENW

6. Koyali Lake (SW6) 22°21'31.92"N 73° 6'42.20"E 5.48 S

7. Sankarda Lake(SW7)

22°25'47.65"N 73° 7'28.68"E3.90 NNW

Sampling Method

The samples were collected as per Indian standard (IS: 3025 (part-1) for ground water and

surface water quality assessment.

Analysis Method

The analysis method followed for the measuring different parameters to evaluate water

quality is given in below table.

TABLE: 3.5METHOD OF ANALYSIS

Sr.No.

Parameters Applicable StandardMethod of Analysis

DetectionLimit

1. Color in Pt. Co. Sc. APH (22nd Edition) Spectrophotometer(analogous to APHA 2120 C) (Platinum Cobalt Method)

1

2. pH APHA(22nd Edition) 4500 H+ B Electrometric Method 0.013. Total hardness

(as CaCO3) in mg/lAPHA(22nd Edition) 2340 C: Page 2 – 37 EDTATitrimetric Method

2

4. Chloride (as Cl) inmg/l

APHA(22nd Edition) 4500-Cl-B-Argentometric method 1

5. TDS in mg/l APHA (22nd Edition) 2540 C Total Dissolved SolidDried at 180˚C

4

6. TSS in mg/l APHA (22nd Edition) 2540-D-Total Suspended SolidsDried at 103-1050C

4

7. Calcium (as Ca) inmg/l

APHA (22nd Edition) 3500- Ca : B Page 3 – 65 EDTATitrimetric Method

2

8. Magnesium(as Mg)in mg/l

APHA(22nd Edition) – 3500 - Mg : B Page 3 – 84Calculation Method

2

9. Sulphate (as SO4) inmg/l

APHA (22nd Edition) 4500–SO4-2 E: Page 4-188Turbidimetric Method/ IS 3025 (Part 24) 1986(Reaffirmed 1986) Gravimetric Method

1

10. Alkalinity (asCaCO3) in mg/l

APHA (22nd Edition) – 2320 B: Page 2 – 27 TitrationMethod

2

11. COD in mg/l APHA(22nd Edition)– 5220 B Open Reflux Method 412. BOD in mg/l IS: 3025 (Part – 44) 1993

(Reaffirmed 1999)1



13. MPN ColiformCount

APHA -9221 C --

14. E.coli APHA- 9221 D (Presence Absence Test) --15. Nitrate in mg/l Spectrophotometer 116. Iron (as Fe) in mg/l By NOVA 60 spectrophotometer (Triazine) 0.0117. Fluoride (as F) in

mg/lBy NOVA 60 spectrophotometer 0.1

18. Residual FreeChlorine in mg/l

Iodometric method 1

19. Sodium in mg/l Flame photo meter --20. Potassium in mg/l Flame photo meter --21. Ammonical

Nitrogen in mg/lAPHA-4500 N ORG BnC macro and semi-microKJELDHAL

2.8



TABLE: 3.6WATER QUALITY PARAMETERS (GROUNDWATER SOURCES)

Parameter

Sampling location

Unit

IS 10500: 2012 Project-site(GIDCWater)(GW1)

Nandesari (GW2)

Bhetasi(GW3)

Ambali(GW4)

Kotna(GW5)

Anagad(GW6)

Undera(GW7)

Padamla(GW8)

Ajod(GW9)Desirable

LimitPermissible Limit

pH - - 6.5 – 8.5 6.5 –8.5 6.70 7.00 7.80 7.90 7.80 7.90 7.45 7.70 7.53Colour Pt.co.sc 5 25 7.00 5.00 6.00 7.00 4.00 3.00 5.50 6.60 7.20Temperature 0C 25 24 25.00 24.00 25.00 24.00 25.00 23.00 34.50 25.00 24.00Turbidity NTU 2.10 0.45 0.15 3.00 1.80 4.80 28.00 4.30 1.00TDS mg/L 500 2000 150.00 1850.00 590.00 420.00 1850.00 1320.00 640.00 1820.00 1000.00TSS mg/L -- -- 7.00 20.00 10.00 17.00 12.00 15.00 30.00 5.00 55.00AmmonicalNitrogen (AsNH3 N)

mg/L -- -- <0.4 <0.4 <0.4 <0.4 <0.4 <0.4 <0.4 <0.4 <0.4

COD mg/L -- -- 2.60 9.10 1.70 3.60 7.20 6.50 5.20 7.50 5.78BOD mg/L -- -- <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1Oil & Grease mg/L -- -- <0.4 <0.4 <0.4 <0.4 <0.4 <0.4 <0.4 <0.4 <0.4Alkalinity (asCaCO3)

mg/L 200 600 50 390 410 400 620 750 900 700 315

Total hardness(as CaCO3)

mg/L 300 600 34 390 400 350 670 210 400 600 357

Chloride (as Cl) mg/L 250 1000 32.34 560 76.2 34.2 670 293 88.96 534 190Sulphate (as SO4) mg/L 200 255 200 58 25 130 25 45 175 110 105Cu mg/L 0.05 1.5 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDLMagnesium(as Mg)

mg/L 30 100 88 90 77 76 68 70 72 81 79

Calcium (as Ca) mg/L 75 200 120 65.8 109.1 88 77.3 114.23 69.8 72.73 97.2Iron (as Fe) mg/L 0.3 1 0.02 0.012 ND 0.17 0.29 0.35 ND 0.06 NDFluoride (as F) mg/L 1 1.5 0.4 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.15 0.23Sodium (as Na) mg/L -- -- 115 209 312 411 236 187 225 130 245



Potassium (as K) mg/L -- -- 15 21 22 31 35 40 29 27 22Sulphate (asSO4)

mg/L 200 400 212 79 80 98 102 64 123 111 91

Nitrate mg/L 45 45 4 6.8 9.9 8.23 9.78 8.27 6.69 2.1 4.6Residual FreeChlorine

mg/L -- -- ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND

MPN Coli formCount

mg/L 1 10 1.2 Absent 2.1 1.19 1.24 Absent 2.3 3.2 AbsentE. coli mg/L Absent -- Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

*ND-Not Detected

Detectable limit for

COD- 4 mg/l

BOD- 1 mg/l

Free Residual Chlorine- 1 mg/l

CONCLUSION

In view of the above mentioned chemical analysis of groundwater samples reveals that the pH varies from 6.7 to 7.90, Calcium and Magnesium content varies

between 65.8 to 114.23 mg/l and 68 to 90 mg/l respectively. Total hardness and alkalinity expressed as CaCO3 ranges between 34 to 800 mg/l and 50 to 900

mg/l respectively. Chlorides and Sulphate are found to be in the range of 32.34 to 670 mg/l and 25 to 200 mg/l respectively. Nitrates and Fluorides are found

to be in the range of 4 to 9.9 mg/l and 0.15 to 0.8 mg/l. The heavy metal contents are found to be well within the limit. The TDS contents are found to be well

within the permissible limit. The physico-chemical and biological analysis revealed that all the parameters are well within the prescribed limits of IS: 10500-

2012.



TABLE: 3.7WATER QUALITY PARAMETERS (SURFACE WATER SOURCES)

Parameter Sampling locationUnit IS 10500: 2012 Bhetasi

Pond(SW1)

MahiRiver(SW2)

Ajod Pond(SW3)

Mini River(SW4)

Sokhda(SW5)

KoyaliLake(SW6)

SankardaLake(SW7)

DesirableLimit

PermissibleLimit

pH - - 6.5 -8.5 6.5-8.5 7.8 7.9 8.24 8.1 7.8 7.9 8.0

Odour --- Unobjectionable

-- Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable

Colour Pt.co.sc 5 25 13 15 14 13 12 10 11Temperature 0C - - - - 25 24 25 23 21 20 22Turbidity NTU 34 2 1 4 5 6 4TDS mg/L 500 2000 380 150 300 210 375 240 250TSS mg/L - - - - 44 20 12 5.5 100 90 24DissolvedOxygen

mg/L - - - - 2 4 3 4 3 3 2

AmmonicalNitrogen (AsNH3 N)

mg/L - - - - <0.4 <0.4 <0.4 4 3 2 1

COD mg/L - - - - 11.8 10 13 9 5 5 9BOD mg/L - - - - <1 <1 <1 0.5 1.2 1.6 2.5Oil & Grease mg/L 0.001 0.002 <0.4 <0.4 <0.4 <0.4 <0.4 <0.4 <0.4

Alkalinity (asCaCO3)

mg/L 200 600 352 162 300 145 305 240 150

Total hardness(as CaCO3)

mg/L 300 600 278 150 915 160 220 119 175

Chloride (as Cl) mg/L 250 1000 146 35 180 38 270 230 80



Sulphate (asSO4)

mg/L 200 400 52 26 260 70 100 115 60

Calcium (as Ca) mg/L 75 200 95 115 80 30 60 44 35Magnesium (asMg)

mg/L 30 100 28 44 32 36 42 35 42

Nitrate mg/L 45 45 3.5 ND 5.6 5.5 8.9 7 5Iron mg/L 0.3 1 0.8 1 0.25 1.5 1.1 0.80 0.17Flouride mg/L 1 1.5 ND ND ND ND ND ND NDNa mg/L -- -- 65 26 52 41 51 24 39K mg/L -- -- 8.9 4.5 4.2 8 7 5 4Cu mg/L -- -- BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDLMPN ColiformCount

mg/L 1 10 2 1 4 11 6 9 12

E.coli mg/L Absent -- Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent



CONCLUSION

In view of the above mentioned chemical analysis of surface water samples reveals that the pHvaries from 7.8 to 8.24, Calcium and Magnesium content varies between 30 to 115 mg/l and 28to 44 mg/l respectively. Total hardness and alkalinity expressed as CaCO3 ranges between 150to 915 mg/l and 145 to 352 mg/l respectively. Chlorides and Sulphate are found to be in therange of 35 to 270 mg/l and 26 to 260 mg/l respectively. Nitrates and Fluorides are found to bein the range of 3.5 to 8.9 mg/l and not detected respectively. The heavy metal contents are foundto be well within the limit. The TDS contents are found to be well within the permissible limit.The physico-chemical and biological analysis revealed that all the parameters are well within theprescribed limits of IS: 10500-2012.

3.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

To estimate background noise level, noise measurement was done within the study area

using the sound level meter. The locations where noise level measurements were done are

shown at Figure no. 3.8. The result of measurement is given in Table no. 3.9.

FIGURE: 3.8LOCATION OF NOISE MONITORING STATIONS

TABLE: 3.8CPCB RECOMMENDATIONS FOR COMMUNITY NOISE EXPOSURE (1989)

Category of area Leq (dBA) (Day Time)(06:00 to21:00 Hrs.)

Ldn (dBA) (Night Time)(21:00 to 06:00 Hrs.)

Industrial area 75 70



Commercial Area 65 55Residential Area 55 45Silence Zone 50 40

TABLE: 3.9NOISE LEVEL DATA

Sr.No.

Location AreaCategory

LEQ (dB (A)) CPCB Limit (dB(A))

Latitude Longitude

DayTime

NightTime

DayTime

NightTime

Min

Max

Min

Max

Max Max

1. Project site(N1)

Industrial 62 64 59 61 <75 <65 22°24'21.15"N

73°05'47.66"E

2. Village:Nandesari(N2)

Residential

48 49 41 43 <55 <4522°24'48.4

1"N73°05'14.02"

E

3. Village:Bhetasi (N3)

Residential

52 53 41 43 <55 <45 22°25'5.31"N

73°02'31.21"E

4. Village:Ambali (N4)

Residential

50 52 41 42 <55 <45 22°23'23.11"N

73°02'15.27"E

5. Village:Kotna (N5)

Residential

46 49 41 43 <55 <45 22°21'38.74"N

73°03'29.70"E

6. Village:Anagad(N6)

Residential

51 53 39 42 <55 <4522°23'14.0

6"N73°04'43.21"

E

7. Village:Undera (N7)

Residential

51 53 40 42 <55 <45 22°20'59.80"N

73°08'0.54"E

8. Village:Padamla(N8)

Residential

49 51 40 42 <55 <4522°24'54.0

7"N73°07'31.25"

E

9. Village:

Ajod (N9)

Residential

52 54 42 44 <55 <45 22°24'12.39"N

73°09'41.41"E

During monitoring period, the LEQ (dB (A)) noise levels varied between 46-62 (dB (A))

and 49-64 (dB (A)) during day time in industrial area and residential area respectively.

Noise levels varied between 40-59 (dB (A)) and 42-61 (dB (A)) during night time in

industrial area and residential area respectively.



3.6 SOIL

3.6.1 BASELINE DATA

Description of soil environment has become vital particularly when the treated effluent is to

be discharge on land for disposal or treatment. The soil environment is usually described by

determining the physical and chemical characteristics of soil samples collected from site

with the help of auger/spade. The composite soil sample was collected from project site and

the villages within 10 km radius. The samples were collected to determine physical and

chemical characteristic of soil. The selected soil sampling locations are given in Table no.

3.10 and shown in Figure no. 3.9. The results are given in Table no. 3.11.

TABLE: 3.10LOCATIONS OF SOIL QUALITY MONITORING WITH RESPECT TO THE

PROJECT SITE

Sr.No.

Location Latitude Longitude Distancefrom projectsite in km

Direction

1. Project site(S1) 22°24'21.15"N 73°05'47.66"E -- - -

2. Village:Nandesari (S2)

22°24'48.41"N 73°05'14.02"E 1.27NNW

3. Village:Bhetasi (S3)

22°25'5.31"N 73°02'31.21"E 5.8WNW

4. Village:Ambali (S4)

22°23'23.11"N 73°02'15.27"E 6.36WSW

5. Village: KotnaS (S5)

22°21'38.74"N 73°03'29.70"E 6.4SSW

6. Village:Anagad (S6)

22°23'14.06"N 73°04'43.21"E 2.78SW

7. Village: Undera(S7)

22°20'59.80"N 73°08'0.54"E 7.28SSW

8. Village:Padamla (S8)

22°24'54.07"N 73°07'31.25"E 3.1NNW

9. Village: Ajod(S9)

22°24'12.39"N 73°09'41.41"E 6.7E



FIGURE: 3.9LOCATION OF SOIL MONITORING STATIONS

TABLE: 3.11CHARACTERISTICS OF SOIL SAMPLES

Parameter

Sampling locations

Unit

Project-site(GIDCWater)(S1)

Nandesari(S2)

Bhetasi (S3)

Ambali(S4)

Kotna (S5)

Anagad(S6)

Undera(S7)

Padamla (S8)

Ajod(S9)

pH 9 7.5 7.9 7.8 8 7.8 7.7 7.45 7.34Temperature 0C 25 24 26 25 24 25 24 25 24Moisture % 7 4.5 3 6 6.2 3.2 6.3 2.3 3.1ElectricalConductivity

µs/cm 400 623 540 420 397 412 350 410 355

Calcium (asCa)

mg/kg 160 155 170 180 174 145 177 190 181

Sodium (asNa)

mg/kg 87 40 55 70 55 27 35 38 44

Potassium (asK)

mg/kg 22.7 21 18 19 17 16 15 30 32

Nitrogen (asN)

mg/kg 4.5 5.7 6.8 8.6 7.5 6.6 4.6 5.8 6.9

Sulphur (as % 0.3 0.23 0.31 0.39 0.51 0.63 0.29 0.36 0.45



S)Phosphorus(as P)

mg/kg 16 12 13 14 16 17 18 14.5 15.5

Magnesium(as Mg)

mg/kg 16.2 14.2 10 11 13 12 09 8.5 9.9

CONCLUSION

The analysis of the soil samples collated the characterization of the soil is silty clay so it is a

preferred category for and it is suitable for industrial purpose and further after adopting the

proposed environmental conservation measures there will not be any adverse impact on the

land/soil of in vicinity/surround in area of the proposed project.

3.7 LAND USE PATTERNS

The study of land use in its spatial context is essential to understand the area of optimum land use

and degraded areas; the comprehensive study of land use is of immense value to ensure better

returns from the land to meet future requirements. The satellite image/data has been processed

using ERDAS Imagine software supported with ground checks and ground truth verification by

experts. Area and distance calculations have been carried out using GIS software after geo-

referencing the interpreted data with the help of topographical maps. Satellite image of the study

area is given in Figure 3.3 and Land use / Land cover map of study area is given in Figure 3.4.

Classification of land use / land cover is given in Table 3.4. Data illustrate that 65.67% of total

land area is occupied by agricultural fields like crop lands and fallow lands (cropland that is not

seeded or a season; it may or may not be ploughed. The land may be cultivated or chemically

treated for control of weeds and other pests or may be left unaltered.). As the soil type is mainly

clay type in nature, it facilitates cultivation of various crops like Groundnut, Tuvar, Chana,

Danger, Jowar, Ghanv, Bajri, Cotton and Sugarcane etc. Total area of 16.68 % is covered as a

built-up land, of which land cover of 7.90% is for the industrial purposes, 4.37% as human

settlement. Waste land covers 14.58% and about 3.07% of land is occupied as water body of total

study area.



SATELLITE IMAGE OF THE STUDY AREA:



3.7.1 AREA UNDER DIFFERENT LAND USE WITH TOWNS AND VILLAGELOCATIONS



FIGURE: 3.10LANDUSE/LANDCOVER



3.7.2 GEOLOGY AND HYDROLOGICAL STATUS OF STUDY AREA :

GEOLOGY :

The Geological area is covered by main land quaternary deposits and designated as the

Gujarat Alluvium in Geological literature. The Quaternary sediments occupied structural

depression related to the Mahi & Cambay grabens and constitutes thick layer sequence of

sediments of fluvial marine and Aeolian origin. The alternating phases of humid and arid

climate which in turn influences the fluvial and Aeolian regimes are reflected in the mode of

occurrence, extent, lithology, soil type structure & texture of the successive horizons of the

sediments. The area under investigation is covered by thick alluvial deposits formed by river

Mahi comprising of alternate layers of hard, sticky clay and fine to medium grained sand

mixed with kankar. These Quaternary alluvium deposits of recent to sub recent age lie

uncomfortably over the Tertiary sediments consisting mainly of blue shale. The Tertiary

sediments are of marine deposition in nature, hence the ground water in this formation is

found to be saline. The existence of Tertiary formations in the area shows the occurrence of

major tectonic activities during the past.

HYDROLOGY:

The importance of water can’t be overstated when it comes to life on Earth. Over 70% of the

Earth is covered in water and without water there simply is no life. With Increasing

industrialization & modernization in lifestyle, issue of water crisis either quality &/or

quantity of water is being critical day by day. The main source of such crisis found to be the

activities requiring huge quantity of freshwater and generating huge quantity of wastewater.

Hence, while studying the probable impacts of industrial project, it is very important to

determine the existing status of water quality & quantity. The water resource for such

investigations can be groundwater or surface water or both depending upon the water specific

planning of the proposed project.

River Mahi which is a perennial river and a major source of surface water for Vadodara

District. Topographically the study area is flat terrain having gentle slope towards river Mahi.

The climate of the study area is Arid. Average long term annual rainfall for 45 years from is

around 930 mm. There is sufficient groundwater available in the area. The CGWA/CGWB

has not considered this area to be under threatened area. The ground water depth observed in

study area is about 40-60 meter below GL the general ground slope is towards Mahi River on

either Banks. Considering the proximity to the river, the soil is expected to get sloughed

below the ground level frequently considering the flow pattern through shallow canyons



formed in alluvial formation. Though there is a high dam upstream reasonable sloughing is

expected with one more river flowing though not perennial within the study area.

3.7.3 SEISMICITY

The Gujarat state can be divided broadly into four tectonic units

(i) The Saurashtra-Deccan Trap Plateau in the west.

(ii) The Kutch-Ahmedabad-Surat belt in the centre.

(iii) The Banas Kantha-Sabar Kantha-PanchMahals metamorphic igneous terrain in the

northeast and the Ambadunagar- Rajpipla- Songadh Deccan Trap Plateau in the

south - east

(iv) The zone of rift systems coinciding with the course of the Narmada and the Tapi

rivers in the south - east.

The project area falls under zone 3 in the National Zoning Atlas as shown in Fig. No.3.11

and under zone of low hazard as per the zoning map of Gujarat shown in Figure No. 3.12.



FIGURE: 3.11SEISMIC ZONES IN INDIA



FIGURE: 3.12SEISMIC ZONES IN GUJARAT

3.8 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

3.8.1 ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION

The study of the environmental components like flora and fauna is required to assess the

biological diversity of the region. Flora and fauna can be used for biological surveillance in

assessing the environmental status. The ecological interpretation of study area is based on

secondary sources of information.

Water is the basic and essential resource for the survival of flora and fauna. The flora being

the primary producer influences the fauna of the region. The characteristic flora existing in a

region depends upon the existing conditions such as intensity of sunlight, type of soil, quality

of air, including the quality and quantity of water available, etc.



3.8.2 FLORA

The flora or the vegetation in the region is chiefly or dry deciduous type of species, which

includes dominance of acacia nilotia ssp. Indica or babul, Azadirachtaindica or Neem and

Prosopis cineraria or samadi. The vegetation based on the habitat can be classified into three

broad categories such as (1) Ravine or river bed vegetation, (2) Agricultural fields with

hedges including wild tree species and (3) small vegetation patches of few three species

compositions around lakes and ponds. Also in some area the plantation activities were also

carried out of Eucalyptus and also of ailanthus excels.

TABLE: 3.13THE TREE SPECIES REPORTED FROM STUDY AREA

Sr.No.

Scientific Name Vernacular Name

1. Acacia Auriculiformis PardeshiBaval2. Acacia Tomentosa Aniyar3. AcacioaNilotica Ssp. Indica Baval4. Acacia Farnesiana Talvbaval5. AlangiumSalvifolium Ankol6. Ailanthus Excels Maharukh7. AnogeissusSericea Andrakh8. AnthocephalusCadamba Kadam9. AzadirachtaIndica Limbo10. BalanitesEgyptiaca Hingorio11. Bauhinia Racemosa Asotri12. Bauhinia Variegate Kanchan13. Bauhinia Purpurea Kanchnar14. BombaxCieba Savar15. BorassusFlabellifera Tad16. ButeaMonosperma Khakhro17. Cassia Fistula Garmalo18. Cassia Renigara Pink Cassia19. Cassia Javanica Java Cassia20. CassurinaEquisetifolia Saru21. ClerodendronPhlomidis Arni22. CocosNucifera Nariyal23. DalbergiaSissoo Sissoo24. DelonixRegia Gulmohar25. Derris Indica Karanj26. DiospyrosCordifolia Dheki27. EmblicaOffocinalis Amla28. FicusBenghalensis Vad29. FicusGlomerata Umbar30. FicusHispida DhedUmbar31. FicusReligosia Peepal32. FicusTsiela Payar



Sr.No.

Scientific Name Vernacular Name

33. FeroniaElephantanum Kothi34. HolpteaIntergrifolia Kanjo35. Ipomoea Fistulosa Naffatiyu36. Ipomoea Biloba --37. IxoraRubra Ixora38. JatrophaCurcas Ratanjot, JangaliAeranadi, Mogali39. LeucenaLeucocephala LisoBaval40. MadhucaLatifolia Mahuda41. MangiferaIndica Keri42. ManilkaraHexandra Rayan43. MaytenusEmarginata Vicklo44. MilingtoniaHortensis AkashLimdo45. MimosopsElengi Borsali46. MeliaAzadirach BakanLimdo47. MitragyanaParviflora Kadamb, Kalam48. MoringaOliefera Saragavo49. PithecellobiumDulce GorasAmbli50. Phoenix Sylvestris Khajuri51. Phyllanthus Reticulate Kamboi52. PlumeriaRubra LalChampo53. PlumeriaRubra Alba PiloChampo54. Plumerio Obtuse SoneriChampo55. PolyalthiaLongifolia Asopalav56. PolyaithiaPendula Pendula57. Prosopis Cineraria Shami58. ProsopisGlandulosa Gandobaval59. ProposisJuliflora Gandobaval60. Salvadora Persia Piludi61. SalvadoraPersica Pilu62. SamaneaSaman Raintree63. Santatlum Album Chandan64. SapindusEmarginatus Aritha65. SesbaniaGrandiflora Sesbania66. SennaSiamea Kasod67. SesbaniaSesban Var. Sesban Shevri68. SizygiumCuminii Jambu69. StreblusAsper Haredo70. TamarindusIndica Ambli71. TectonaGtrandis Sag72. TerminaliaCatappa Bangali Badam73. ZizyphusMauritiana Bordi74. ZizyphusXylopyra GhatBor

3.8.3 FAUNA

Bird’s diversity of the area shows diversity as the area has various ecosystems. A total 72

bird species were reported from the area. The bird species are representative of wetlands,



forests and grassland habitat. Important species in the study area include lesser flamingo

reported from river mahi. The locals reported presence of vultures seen only during certain

time of the year.

TABLE: 3.14LIST OF BIRDS

Sr.No.

Common Name Scientific Name

Grebes1. Little Grebe TachybaptusruficollisCormorants and darters2. Little Cormorant Phalacanusniger3. Darter Anhinga melanogasterHerons & Egrets4. Little Heron Butoridesstriatus5. Indian pond heron Ardeolagrayii6. Purple heron Ardeapurpurea7. Grey heron Ardeolacinerea8. Little egret Egrettagularis9. Intermediate egret Mesophoyxintermedia10. Great Egret CasmerodiusalbusStorks11. Asian openbilled stork Anastomusascitans12. Painted strock Mycterialeucocephala13. White stork CiciniaciconiaIbis & spoonbills14. Black ibis Psudibispapillosa15. White ibis Threskiornisaethiopica16. Glossy ibis Plegadisfalcinellus17. spoonbill Platalealeucorodia18. Lesser flamingo Phoeniconanias minor19. Common crane Grusgrus20. Sarus crane Grusantigonewaders21. Black winged stilt HimantopusHimantopus22. Red- wattled lapwing Vanellusindicus23. Little stint Calidrisminuta24. Wood sandpiper TringaglareolaHawks25. Black kite Milvusmigrans26. Short toed eagle Circaetusgallicus27. shikra Accipiterkingfishers



Sr.No.


28. Common kingfisher Alcedoathis29. Lesser pied kingfisher Cerylerudis30. White throated kingfisher Halcyon smyrnensisWagtails & pipits31. White wagtail Motacilla alba32. Yellow wagtail MotacillaflavaPheasants, quails and33. Jungle bush quail Perdiculaasiatica34. Common peafowl PavocristatusGeese & Ducks35. Cotton pigmy goose Nettapuscoromandelianus36. Lesser whistling duck Dendrocygnajavanica37. Purple swamphen Porphyrioporphyrio38. Cotton teal NettapuscoromandelianusRails and coots39. Common moorhen Gallinule chloropus40. Common coot Fulicaatra41. Water cock GallicrexcinereaOther birds42. Common redshank Tiringa tetanus43. Bronze-winged jacana Metopidiusindicus44. Pheasant –tailed jacana Hydrophasianuschirugus45. Green bea- eater Merposorientalis46. Barn owl Tyto-alba47. Spotted owlet Athenebrama48. Blue rock pigeon Columba livia49. Rose ringed parakeet Psittaculakrameri50. Indian cukoo Cuculusmicropterus51. Common hoopoe Upupaepops52. House crow Corvussplendens53. House sparrow Passer domesticus54. House swift Apusaffins55. Indian Myna Acridotherestristis56. Warbler Prinia57. Pied avocet Recurvirostraavosetta58. Crested lark Galeridacristata59. Indian bush lark Mirafraassamica60. Ashy crowned sparrow lark Eremopterixgrisea61. Indian roller Coraciasbenghalensis62. Golden oriole Oirolusoriolus63. Bar- tailed godwit limosalapponica



Sr.No.


64. Rufous tree pie Dendrocittavagabunda65. Blue tailed bee eater Meropsphilippinus66. White napped woodpecker Dendrocopsleucopterus67. Red vented bulbul Pycnonotuscafer68. White browed fantail Rhipiduraalbicollis69. Sand martin Ripariariparia70. Purple sunbird Nectariniasperata71. House swift Nectariniasperata72. Common jungle night jar Caprimulgusaffinis73. Vultures (occasional) --

3.9 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

As assessment of socio-economic environment forms an integral part of an EIA study,

baseline information for the same was collected during the study period. The baseline socio-

economic data collected for the study region, before the proposed expansion is operational,

has been identified for the four major indicators viz. demography ,civic amenities, economy

and social culture. The baseline status of the above indicators is compiled in forthcoming

sections.

3.9.1 DEMOGRAPHIC DATA WITHIN THE REGION OF INTEREST

Demography covers the information related to population density, sex ratio and literacy level

of the public in the study area. Table no.3.15 provides the data on inhabitations of the

Vadodara Taluka.

TABLE: 3.15DEMOGRAPHIC DATA

Sr.No.

Village Name Taluka TotalPopulation

TotalMale

TotalFemale

TotalPopulation<6 Years

1. Anagadh Vadodara 14780 7650 7130 21122. Ajod Vadodara 2661 1388 1273 3163. Dena Vadodara 2565 1350 1215 4254. Diwalipura Vadodara 661 343 318 825. Dhaniyavi Vadodara 2353 1208 1145 2766. Ajitpura Vadodara 190 93 97 277. Ankhi Vadodara 1179 605 574 1528. Nandesari (INA) Vadodara 3679 2007 1672 4349. Chikhodra Vadodara 1083 572 511 9510. Dhanora Vadodara 741 365 376 9411. Amrol Anklav 5268 2787 2481 732



12. Ambali Anklav 4556 2342 2214 64513. Bhetasi Ba Bhag Anklav 4712 2431 2281 59314. BhetasiVanta Anklav 5304 2702 2602 73215. Bhanpura Anklav 1512 781 731 20116. Kanthariya Anklav 4084 2087 1997 49417. Bhetasi (Talpad) Anklav 1520 783 737 180

(Source: Census-2011 for Vadodara District)

TABLE: 3.16POPULATION DENSITY & SEX RATIO

Sr.No.

Name Population PopulationDensity (Person/Sq. Km.)

Sex Ratio ( No.of Females per1000 Males)

1.Within 10 kmradius (2011)

56848 722 927

2.DistrictVadodara (2011)

4165626 552 934

3.Taluka Anklav(2011)

147108 714 927

(Population as per Census 2011, Area considered as per Census 2001)

3.9.2 LITERACY RATE

The literacy rate is a major factor, which influences the socio-cultural condition of a

particular place. Details of literacy Vadodara and Taluka Anklav are given in below table.

TABLE: 3.17LITERACY RATE WITHIN 10 KM RADIAL DISTANCE OF STUDY AREA

Sr.

No.

Name Literacy

Rate (%)

1. Within 10 km radius 82.61

2. District Vadodara (2011) 78.92

3. Taluka Anklav (2011) 80.57

(Source: Census-2011 for Vadodara District)

TABLE: 3.18LITERACY RATE WITHIN 10 KM RADIAL DISTANCE OF STUDY AREA

Sr.No.

VillageName

CD BlockName

TotalPopulation

Population< 06 Years

PopulationLiterate

Literacy(%)

1. Anagadh Vadodara 14780 2112 10381 81.952. Ajod Vadodara 2661 316 2092 89.213. Dena Vadodara 2565 425 1930 90.194. Diwalipura Vadodara 661 82 475 82.045. Dhaniyavi Vadodara 2353 276 1743 83.926. Ajitpura Vadodara 190 27 144 88.34



Sr.No.

VillageName

CD BlockName

TotalPopulation

Population< 06 Years

PopulationLiterate

Literacy(%)

7. Ankhi Vadodara 1179 152 862 83.938. Nandesari

(INA)Vadodara 3679 434 2853 87.92

9. Chikhodra Vadodara 1083 95 721 72.9810. Dhanora Vadodara 741 94 513 79.2911. Amrol Anklav 5268 732 3618 79.7612. Ambali Anklav 4556 645 3267 83.5313. Bhetasi Ba

BhagAnklav 4712 593 3076 74.68

14. BhetasiVanta Anklav 5304 732 3535 77.3215. Bhanpura Anklav 1512 201 1100 83.9116. Kanthariya Anklav 4084 494 2986 83.1817. Bhetasi

(Talpad)Anklav 1520 180 1104 82.39

3.9.3 OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE

In economic development of the region its geographical location, natural resources, business

and employment, industries and manpower play vital role. Table no.3.19 provides the

occupational patterns in all villages of Vadodara Taluka.

Main worker: Who has worked last year for six month or more.

Marginal worker: Who has worked last year for less than six months.

Non-worker: Who did not work at all during the reference period of one year.

Distribution of main worker and marginal worker into further following four categories are

shown in Table no. 3.20.

o Cultivators

o Agricultural labors

o Household industry

o Others worker



TABLE: 3.19OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE

TABLE: 3.20DISTRIBUTION OF WORKERS

Sr. Village Name Main Population Marginal Population

Sr.No.

Village Name CD BlockName

Totalpopulation

TotalWorkPopulation

Total MainWorkerPopulation

TotalMarginalWorkerPopulation

Total Non-WorkerPopulation

Employment Ratio(%)

1. Anagadh Vadodara 14780 5048 4204 844 9732 34.152. Ajod Vadodara 2661 883 869 14 1778 33.183. Dena Vadodara 2565 872 826 46 1693 34.004. Diwalipura Vadodara 661 232 227 5 429 35.105. Dhaniyavi Vadodara 2353 885 822 63 1468 37.616. Ajitpura Vadodara 190 99 22 77 91 52.117. Ankhi Vadodara 1179 360 205 155 819 30.538. Nandesari (INA) Vadodara 3679 1208 1139 69 2471 32.849. Chikhodra Vadodara 1083 587 587 0 496 54.2010. Dhanora Vadodara 741 244 241 3 497 32.9311. Amrol Anklav 5268 2925 1999 926 2343 55.5212. Ambali Anklav 4556 2509 1202 1307 2047 55.0713. Bhetasi Ba Bhag Anklav 4712 1890 1200 690 2822 40.1114. BhetasiVanta Anklav 5304 2354 1356 998 2950 44.3815. Bhanpura Anklav 1512 556 502 54 956 36.7716. Kanthariya Anklav 4084 1725 1656 69 2359 42.2417. Bhetasi (Talpad) Anklav 1520 588 544 44 932 38.68(Source: Census-2011 for Vadodara District)



No. Cultivator Agriculture Household Other Cultivator Agriculture Household Other1. Anagadh 692 991 79 2442 51 376 99 3182. Ajod 285 297 0 287 4 5 0 53. Dena 152 272 15 387 7 11 3 254. Diwalipura 86 110 0 31 1 3 0 15. Dhaniyavi 194 363 3 262 7 30 5 216. Ajitpura 6 0 0 16 5 59 0 137. Ankhi 71 74 6 54 1 131 7 168. Nandesari (INA) 3 13 23 1100 1 0 4 649. Chikhodra 71 476 1 39 0 0 0 010. Dhanora 54 80 5 102 1 2 0 011. Amrol 808 817 16 358 64 759 12 9112. Ambali 752 301 11 138 15 279 12 100113. Bhetasi Ba Bhag 402 645 6 147 8 644 1 3714. BhetasiVanta 455 638 5 258 164 615 9 21015. Bhanpura 12 346 1 143 1 11 1 4116. Kanthariya 433 997 1 225 8 44 1 1617. Bhetasi (Talpad) 185 272 0 87 2 12 0 30(Source: Census-2011 for Vadodara District)



CHAPTER -4IDENTIFICATION & ASSESSMENT OF IMPACT

4.1 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACT

This chapter deals with the assessment of project impacts on environment. Mitigative

measures are suggested to minimize the likely negative impacts.

The network method (Cause - effect) was adopted to identify potential impact of the proposed

activity. It includes step wise study of relationship between an activity and its environmental

parameters. This method involves in the “Road Map” type of approach to the identification of

second and third order effect. The basic idea is to account for the project activity and identify

the type of impact that could initially occur followed by the identification of secondary and

tertiary impact.

The project will have impacts of varying magnitude on different environmental components.

These impacts could be categorized as-

Primary impacts, i.e. impacts which occur as a direct result of the project activities.

Secondary and tertiary impacts, i.e. impacts that occur as a result of primary impacts.

The type of identified potential impacts on various environmental components i.e. Air, Noise,

Water and Land are presented in Figure 4.1 to Figure 4.6.



FIGURE 4.1IMPACT NETWORK ON AIR ENVIROENMENT

Activity

PrimaryImpact

SecondaryImpact

TertiaryImpact

Project

OperationalPhase

Release of Heat

ClimaticChanges

Impact on Human,Flora and Fauna

Release of AirPollutants

Change in AirQuality

Impact onVisibility

AestheticImpact

ParticulatesDeposition onWater, Land

Impact onAgricultural produce

Impact on Human,flora & fauna

Impact onEconomic Output Impact on Socio –

CulturalEnvironment

ConstructionPhase



FIGURE 4.2IMPACT NETWORK ON NOISE ENVIRONMENT

TertiaryImpact

Activity

PrimaryImpact

SecondaryImpact

NoiseEmission

Change inAmbientNoise Level

HealthRisks

Impact on WorkOutput & Efficiency

Impact on fauna &population

Impact onEconomic Output

Impact on Socio-cultural Environment

OperationalPhase

ConstructionPhase

Project



FIGURE 4.3IMPACT NETWORK ON WATER ENVIRONMENT

Activity

PrimaryImpact

SecondaryImpact

TertiaryImpact

Project

Release of wastewater

Operation Phase

Abstraction of Water

Impact on Hydraulicsof Water Courses Impact on Water Quality

Impact on HydraulicWater Courses

Impact onAquatic Life

Cost of WaterTreatment

Impact onAmenity /Recreation

Impact on Economic Output Impact on Socio-Cultural Environment

Construction Phase

Change in surfacemorphology

Impact on Runoff/Seepage

Environmental healthAnd Aesthetic Risk



FIGURE 4.4IMPACT NETWORK ON GROUND WATER ENVIRONMENT

Activity

PrimaryImpact

SecondaryImpact

TertiaryImpact

Release of wastewater on land

Project

Operation Phase

Disturbance of soil

Impact on Flora and Fauna

Impact on agriculturalproduction

Impact on EconomicOutput

Impact on Socio-Cultural Environment

Construction Phase

Abstraction of water

Change in Ground water Regime:Soil Moisture / water level/ FlowPattern/ Salt water instruction

Impact on landscapeImpact on SoilBiota

Impact on livestock

Change in structure ofSoil: Ground level

Addition /Removal ofsubstances or Heat to/form the soil



FIGURE 4.5IMPACT NETWORK ON SOCIO-AND CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT

Activity

PrimaryImpact

Demand forCommunicationFacilities

Effect onHumanHealth

Effect on water supply,Sewerage & Solid WasteManagement Facilities

Effect on Human,Nature & RecreationalFacilities

Project

OperationalPhase

ConstructionPhase

Net Incomeoutput

Air, Water,Land, Noisepollution

Change inEconomicBase of the

region

Effect on visualEnvironment

Economic inputCapital/O&M Cost

Economic outputProduct Cost

Demand for workForce

Developmentof AncillaryIndustries

Better productavailability

Employmentopportunity

Demand forCommuni-cationFacilities

AestheticRisk

Effect on Educational,Medical, TransportFacilities

Effect onAgriculture &fisheries

Effect onBuildingsMaterialsMonuments

Saving foreignExchange

SecondaryImpact

TertiaryImpact



FIGURE 4.6IMPACT NETWORK ON LAND ENVIRONMENT

Activity

PrimaryImpact

Secondary Impact

Tertiary Impact

Disposal of wastewater & Sludgeon Land

Toxic Substances onLand, ParticulateDeposition on Land

Impact on flora & fauna

Impact onAgricultural Produce

Impact on Landscape

Impact on EconomicOutput

Impact on Socio-CulturalEnvironment

Project

OperationalPhase

ConstructionPhase

Disturbance ofland

Abstraction ofwater

Change in groundWater Regime /SaltWater intrusion

Change in soilTexture & Permeability

Soil Salinity

Impact on Live stock



4.2 PREDICTION AND ASSESSMENT OF IMPACT

The predication and assessment of impact on the environmental parameters have been carried

out. For assessing the impact, the baseline data of environmental status were considered. The

change in the environmental parameters due to manufacturing activities of the industry has

been superimposed on the status data.

4.2.1 WATER ENVIRONMENT

4.2.1.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE IMPACTS

During construction phase, water will be required for construction of structures, sprinkling

for dust suppression. The raw water for the various purposes will be supplied by GIDC.

There will no impact on surrounding ground water quality and quantity during construction

phase.

4.2.1.2 OPERATIONAL PHASE IMPACTS

The unit has CCA order no. AWH- 85623 with validity up to 31/12/2021 for manufacturing of

organic chemicals. As per CCA, the unit is using 52.5 KL/Day fresh water from GIDC for

domestic and industrial purposes. Due to proposed expansion total fresh water requirements for

the industrial and domestic purpose will be 113.17 KL/Day which will be met by GIDC water

supply scheme. There will be no extraction of ground water, so that no direct impact is found on

ground water availability and quality in nearby surrounding area.

As per CCA, industrial effluent generation is 38 KL/Day and sewage generation is 2 KL/Day.

The proposed project will lead to total waste water generation of 85.5 KL/Day from different

sources i.e. process, washing, boiler, cooling, and domestic at full production capacity.

Mitigative Measures

The total sewage generation after proposed expansion is 6 KL/Day. The sewage is sent to

soak pit. If any overflow of soak pit happens, it will be connected to ETP. The entire waste

water generated will be treated in unit’s own Effluent Treatment Plant and treated effluent

will be sent to CETP, Nandesari. Industrial effluent generation will be 85.5 KL/Day. So, total

waste water generation will be 91.5 KL/Day.

The unit has proposed ETP having hydrodynamic cavitation treatment, the effluent will be

checked for the pH and it will be neutralized with lime and coagulating agents will be added.

The clean effluent will be sent to CETP, Nandesari for further treatment. In addition, proper

care will be taken to prevent any spillage/leakage. Proper storage facility will be provided for

raw material and hazardous waste. Hence there will be no impact on ground water and

surface water quality.



4.2.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT


Dust will be generated during excavation and hauling operation and vehicle transportation on

unpaved tracks at the site. Other exhaust gases like NOx, SO2, VOC and HC may be also

slightly released into the local ambient air due to vehicular traffic movement. Thus, the local

ambient air quality may be temporarily affected. It will be confined within the project

boundary and expected to be negligible outside the plant boundaries.

Mitigative Measures

Water sprinkling and provision of enclosures will allow the particles to settle down prior to

discharge. There will be provision of enclosures to construction area to allow the particles to

settle down prior to discharge.

4.2.2.2 OPERATION PHASE IMPACTS

As per CCA order no. AWH-85623, there is flue gas emission (SPM, SO2 and NOx) from one

baby boiler based on fire wood fuel, Boiler (2 TPH) & Thermo pack based on Bio coal/ coal/

lignite fuel, and D.G. Set (300 KVA). There is no process gas emission from the existing

manufacturing activities. Existing baby boiler will be dismantled.

The proposed expansion project will result flue gas emission, process emission and fugitiveemission. Flue gas emission will be from boiler having capacity of 5 TPH & two ThermoPack having capacity of 10 lacs K Cal/Hr. Bio coal/ coal/ lignite will be used as fuel in Boiler(5 TPH) & Thermopack. Process gas emission will be from Reactors. There will be emissionof HBr, NH3, and Br2 from reactor vent. There will be fugitive emission of VOC duringmaterial handling, transferring and at storage area.

Mitigative Measure

The unit is using fire wood in existing baby boiler. Bio coal/lignite is being used in common

stack of Boiler (2 TPH) & thermo pack with adequate APMC like multi cyclone separator

and wet scrubber. LDO/ Diesel is being used on existing D.G. Set (300 KVA) with adequate

stack height & acoustic enclosure.

Bio coal/ coal/ lignite will be used in proposed Boiler (5 TPH) & Thermo pack (2 Nos.) (10 Lac

Kcal) with adequate APCM like Multi Cyclone Separator, Bag filter & water scrubber.

Acid scrubber and water venturi scrubber followed by alkali scrubber will be used for

proposed reactors in process gas emission.

The NH3 will be absorbed in Acid Scrubber; Br2 & HBr will be absorbed in Water Venturi

Scrubber Followed by Alkali Scrubber before venting out to achieve GPCB norms. Adequate

stack height will further help in dispersion of pollutants. Closed feeding and transferring

system, proper local or exhaust ventilation and more solvent recovery efficiency will control



fugitive emission.The air quality impact of source is evaluated by use of model. The model

stimulates the relationship between air pollutants emission, meteorology and air chemistry,

all of which are determined by formulating impact scenario.

Modeling Details

The dispersion of pollutants in the atmosphere is a function of several meteorological

parameters like temperature, wind speed and direction, mixing depths, inversion level etc.

The air quality impacts of source or collection of sources is evaluated by use of models. The

model stimulates the relationship between air pollutants emission, meteorology and air

chemistry, all of which are determined by formulating impact scenario. Estimation of

emissions from the plant has been made by Industrial Source Complex – Short Term (ISC-

ST3) model developed by United States Environment Protection Agency (USEPA). ISC-ST

is based on a modified steady state Gaussian Plume equation, and it has been recommended

for use in EIA studies by Ministry of Environment & Forests (MoEF) in EIA manual.

DISPERSION MODEL

TABLE 4.1FLUE GAS EMISSION & PROCESS GAS EMISSION DETAILS

SOURCES OFGASEOUSEMISSIONS

FLUE GAS EMISSION STACKSPROCESS GASEMISSIONSTACKS

Boiler (2TPH)

Thermo packBoiler( 5 TPH)

Thermopack (2 Nos.)(10 LacKcal)

Reactors Reactors

Fuel usedBioCoal/coal/lignite

BioCoal/coal/lignite



-- --

Quantity of fuel 2.5 MT/Day 1.5 MT/Day 5 MT/Day 3.5 MT/Day -- --

Type of emissionsSPMSO2

NOx

SPMSO2

NOx

SPMSO2

NOx

SPMSO2

NOxNH3

Br2

HBr

Stack height (m) 37 m 37 m 11 m 11 m

Stack diameter at thetop (mm) 395 395 395 395 200 200

Stack gas exittemperature (oC) 120-140 0C 120-140 0C 120-140 0C 120-140 0C 40-45 0C 40-45 0C

Stack gas exit velocity(m/s) 8 m/s 7 m/s 8 m/s 7 m/s 6.5 m/s 6.5 m/s

APCMMulti Cyclone Separator + wetscrubber

Multi CycloneSeparator + Bagfilter+ water

MultiCycloneSeparator +

AcidScrubber

WaterVenturiScrubber



scrubber Bag filter+waterscrubber

FollowedBy AlkaliScrubber

Emissions:

SPM 150 mg/Nm3 150 mg/Nm3150mg/Nm3

150 mg/Nm3 - -

SO2 Concentration 100 ppm 100 ppm 100 ppm 100 ppm - -NOX Concentration 50 ppm 50 ppm 50 ppm 50 ppm - -

NH3 Concentration - - - -175mg/Nm3 -

Br2 - - - - - 9 mg/Nm3

HBr - - - - - 20 mg/Nm3



TABLE 4.3Concentration of PM, SO2 and NO2

HighestValues

Incremental increase inConcentration (µg/m3)

X Co-ord

(mts)

Y Co-ord

(mts)PM SO2 NO2

1 1.04 0.928 0.648 1000 02 1.004 0.896 0.626 1000 03 0.961 0.858 0.599 1000 04 0.961 0.858 0.599 1000 05 0.822 0.733 0.512 1000 06 0.796 0.71 0.496 -1000 07 0.782 0.698 0.487 1000 08 0.755 0.674 0.471 1000 09 0.741 0.661 0.462 1000 010 0.736 0.657 0.459 1000 0

TABLE 4.4Concentration of HBr, Br2 & NH3

HighestValues

Incremental increase inConcentration (µg/m3)

X Co-ord

(mts)

Y Co-ord

(mts)HBr Br2 NH3

1 0.034 0.017 0.17 1000 02 0.023 0.011 0.118 1000 -10003 0.023 0.011 0.116 1000 04 0.022 0.011 0.111 1000 10005 0.017 0.008 0.088 1000 06 0.017 0.008 0.088 1000 07 0.017 0.008 0.088 1000 08 0.016 0.008 0.084 1000 09 0.016 0.008 0.083 1000 -100010 0.016 0.008 0.08 1000 0



It was observed that wind is blowing mainly towards the NE, East and SEE direction.

Average wind speed was 6.38 m/s with no calm winds recorded.



FIGURE 4.7

ISOPLETHS OF PM (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0)



FIGURE 4.8ISOPLETHS OF SO2 (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0)



FIGURE 4.9ISOPLETHS OF NOX (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0)



FIGURE 4.10ISOPLETHS OF HBr (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0)



FIGURE 4.11

ISOPLETHS OF Br2 (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0)



FIGURE 4.12ISOPLETHS OF NH3 (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0)



Observations from dispersion modeling studies:

From the dispersion modeling studies conducted, it was observed that the maximum ground

level concentration occurs in the East direction. The maximum incremental increase in

concentration for PM, SO2 and NOx is 1.04 µg/m3, 0.928 µg/m3 and 0.648 µg/m3 respectively

at a distance of about 1 km in the East direction. Whereas, the maximum incremental increase

in concentration for HBr, Br2 and NH3 is 0.017µg/m3, 0.017 µg/m3and0.36 µg/m3 at a

distance of about 1 km in the North direction.

4.2.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT


Noise will be generated during the intermittent operation of machineries for site clearing and

construction work. Vehicular movement will be also a source of noise generation. There will

be short term, localized and reversible impact on ambient noise levels during the construction

activities.

Mitigative Measures

Operation of construction equipments generating higher noise will be strictly restricted

during 10 p.m. to 6 a.m.

The construction machinery and equipment will be well maintained. Provision of encloser,

damper and other engineering control will control noise pollution.

Workers operating these equipments will be given ear plugs/muffs.


The sources of noise pollution will be 2 boilers and other noise generating units. Vehicular

movements during operation phase for loading/unloading of raw materials and finished

products and other transportation activity may also increase noise level.

Mitigative Measures

Adequate noise control measures such as mufflers, silencers at the air inlet/outlet,

anti-vibration pad for equipment with high vibration etc shall be provided.

Housing/casing shall be provided for all noise generating machines.

Job rotation will reduce exposure to some extent. Moreover, PPE like earmuff and ear

plugs will be provided to the operators/worker exposed to high noise.

The proposed green belt will further be helpful in reducing the ambient noise level.

4.2.4 LAND ENVIRONMENT




4.2.4.1.1 LAND USE

The proposed facility is spread over an area of approximately 3096.85 sq. m. in

Gujarat Industrial Development Corporation, Nandesari, Vadodara and Gujarat.

4.2.4.1.2 TOPOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY AND SOILS

As the project site is fairly flat terrain without any rock, there will be no blasting. As

the site is uneven, some leveling work will be required. Only some construction work

will take place as the unit is an existing unit.

4.2.4.1.3 POPULATION DISPLACEMENT AND REHABILITATION

There is no issue of resettlement and relocation.

4.2.4.1.4 LAND POLLUTION

Land pollution can be caused due to improper disposal of hazardous wastes on the

land environment and spillage or leakage of chemicals.

Mitigative Measures

The hazardous solid waste generated during construction activity will be stored and

disposed properly.

Sewage generated from sanitation facility will be disposed through septic tank. The

sewage is sent to soak pit. If any overflow of soak pit happens, it will be connected to

ETP.

Hence, there will be no significant adverse impact on land environment due to

handling of hazardous solids waste.


If the hazardous wastes are not handled properly, it can pose danger of land contamination

and can affect land system adversely. Transportation is one of the most important areas of

concern associated with handling Hazardous Waste, Because the packaging and method of

transporting of Hazardous waste will prevent the likelihood that an accident or spill would

occur.

Mitigative Measures

Transportation of hazardous waste to the TSDF Site will be governed as per the

guidelines.

Separate collection system will be provided for collection of spillage material.

Impervious layer, RCC roads and flooring will be provided to area, where the

chemical and hazardous waste storage and handling activities will be involved.

Separate storm water collection system will be provided to prevent contamination of

soil through contaminated water.



The unit will follow the Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) for storing and handling

of hazardous wastes.

The proposed green belt area will improve the aesthetic environment of the area.

No significant impact on land environment has been envisaged during the operation

phase as the hazardous waste generated will be either recycled or disposed off as per

norms.

The unit will follow Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) for storing and handling of

hazardous wastes.

STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE

1. All the departments will collect the various types of the waste and segregate it in

various types like paper and packing material, plastic bags, process waste, metal

waste glass waste etc.

2. After collecting the waste, respective departments will fill up the slip along with

format number for disposal

3. The person will shift the various type of waste in the designated areas of the waste

category. Before shifting it person will inform and hand over the filled slip to ETP

Operator/ Chemist/ EHS – HOD.

4. On sufficient stock of the waste type, it will be disposed off.

5. Spent/used oil will be given to MoEF registered re processor.

6. For disposal of discarded bags and containers, the guideline provided by the Gujarat

Pollution Control Board will be followed. It will be ensured that containers are empty

before taken for disposal. As per the guidelines all the containers will be washed

properly, the washings will be checked for pH and COD. The pH should be neutral

and COD should be NIL. This will ensure that the containers are cleaned before taken

for disposal. Removal or defacing of all labeling and content of all product and waste

material will be regular practice. The sticker will be put on individual container as

"cleaned". The container will be deposited in the area marked for disposal. Then the

containers will be inspected by the certifying agency approved by the GPCB. In

confirmation of the quality of the cleaning they will issue the stickers for

identification. After receiving the stickers that should be pasted on to the containers.

Then the containers are disposed off to actual raw material supplier.



CARE TO BE TAKEN DURING HANDLING OF WASTE

1. Person handling the hazardous waste should wear gloves, shoes/ gum boots etc. mask

like Personal Protective Equipments.

2. If spillage occurred swipe it and collect it in to the bag and mix it with the waste.

3. Forklift will be used in shifting, loading and unloading operation for hazardous waste

to minimize manual handling of hazardous waste.

4.2.5 ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

The impact due to the proposed expansion on ecological parameters like natural vegetation,

cropping pattern, fishers and aquatic life, forest land species diversity are briefly summarized

below:


The project site is located within the GIDC .The project site is devoid of trees; it will not

harbor any important flora. There will be no impact on natural vegetation during

construction. Since, the project is established on a non-agriculture land, it will not to alter the

crop production of the area. The project site is at a far distance from the forest land, wild life

sanctuaries and national parks. Hence, no adverse impact on this account is anticipated.


The study area does not have any type of forest and endangered fauna within 10 km area.

However, all the environmental and related issues have been properly addressed with its

impacts and Mitigative measures in the proposed project. There will not be any major impact

on the terrestrial ecology of the project site due to proposed project.

Mitigative Measures

The green belt will be developed by unit having different species of flora, which will

lead to beneficial impact on ecological environment.

There will be necessary environmental protection measures which have been planned

under EMP i.e. air pollution control system designed to take care of release of the

gaseous pollutants like PM, SO2, NOx, and NH3.

The waste water generation from process will be treated in ETP. The unit has

proposed ETP with hydro cavitation technology. The treated effluent will be sent to

CETP, Nandesari for further treatment. In addition, proper care will be taken to

prevent any spillage/leakage. Proper storage facility will be provided for raw material

and hazardous waste. Hence there will be no impact on ground water and surface

water quality.



Raw material and hazardous waste will be transported by road and will be stored in

plant premises.

The project proponent shall consider all the safety measures in planning, designing

and operation of the plant as per standard practices.

Hence, no adverse impact on this account is anticipated.

4.2.6 INFRASTRUCTURE AND SERVICES

4.2.6.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE IMPACTS & OPERATION PHASE IMPACTS

The plant is located in a GIDC, Nandesari, and Gujarat having all essential facilities such as

water, power, post and telecommunication. There is a well laid down broad roads already

existing in GIDC, Nandesari. There will be 5-10 trucks per day for transportation of raw

material and finished good products. The transportation facilities will also expect to improve

due to increase in the movement of workers and raw material and finished products. This will

have almost negligible impact on road network.

Total Power requirement after proposed expansion project is 400 KVA will be fulfilled from

MGVCL. MGVCL is having large amount of electricity production thus due to extra

consumption of electricity no adverse impact of electricity supply is predicted.

The fresh water requirement for domestic and industrial purpose is met through GIDC water

supply. The infrastructure services e.g. roads, post and telegraph, communication, medical

facilities, education; housing will be improved in surrounding area.

4.2.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACT


4.2.7.1.1 POPULATION

During the peak construction phase, construction manpower including construction

workers will be employed.

However, to the maximum extent possible, construction workers will be employed

from within the study area.

Since the construction phase of this project will be for short time period, the socio-

economic impact due to construction of this project is going to be temporary.

Considering the above-mentioned factors, the construction phase of the project will

have minor impact on population in the study area.



4.2.7.1.2 EMPLOYMENT

Around 25 workers will be employed in the construction work. This will increase

construction employment in the study area although temporality. Hence, the proposed

project will have minor impact on employment in construction phase.

4.2.7.1.3 TRANSPORTATION

For transportation of construction material, the existing road infrastructure is

adequate.

Moreover, as the construction phase for the proposed project will be few months, the

impact would be temporary.

4.2.7.2 OPERATION PHASE IMPACTS

4.2.7.2.1 POPULATION

In the operational phase, about 100 workers will be employed for the proposed

project. This number of employee is very small compared to the total population of

the study area. Also as a social impact mitigation measure, Unit will endeavor to

employ most of these people from within the study area at worker level, subject to

availability of suitable manpower in the area. So the proposed project in its

operational stage is not expected to directly affect the total number or composition of

population in the study area significantly. However the population of the study area is

expected to increase marginally due to migration of persons from outside of the study

area.

4.2.7.2.2 EMPLOYMENT

All efforts will be made to employ local people as far as possible. In addition,

employment will be generated by the secondary supporting activities e.g.

transportation, communication, boarding, daily utility services.

4.2.7.2.3 TRANSPORTATION

Because of the good network of transportation facilities in the study area, the

additional truck traffic generated during the operational phase is not expected to bring

any considerable load to the existing transportation system.

4.2.7.2.4 IMPACT DUE TO FIRE ACCIDENT

The project design and development has been planned with care and all provisions

have been made for the safety and security of the property as well as the personnel.



4.2.7.2.5 IMPACT ON PUBLIC HEALTH

The discharge of waste materials (gaseous emission and solid wastes) from the project

can have some adverse impact on public health in the surrounding area, if appropriate

treatment procedures are not followed.

4.2.7.2.6 ACCIDENT HAZARD AND SAFETY

During operational phase accident / hazards will be greatly minimized and ensure

further safety of the local people. In addition, by adopting mitigation measures it will

ensure high safety standards.

Mitigative Measure Provision of adequate APC and maintains of APC will prevent any accidental

emission from stacks and reduce risk to the health of the people in the vicinity of the

project.

All safety measures will be carried out to prevent any accident. The unit will have

onsite /offsite emergency plan

4.3 IMPACT MATRIX

The parameter discussed are presented in the form of a matrix in Table 4.4.There will be both

construction and operation phases.

The quantification of impact is done using numerical scores 0 to 5 as per the following

criteria.

Score Severity criteria

0 No Impact

1 No damage

2 Slight/short term effect

3 Occasional reversible effect

4 Irreversible /Long –term effect

5 Permanent Damage



TABLE 4.6ENVIRONMENT IMPACT MATRIX (WITH MITIGATION MEASURES)

Phase Activities duringthe

Phase

Airquality

Waterquality

Noise&

Odour

Landquality

Infra-Structure/Services

Ecologicalenvironm

ent

Health safety& Aesthetics

Socio-Economic

Status

Con

stru

ctio

nph

ase

Excavation, civil work, transportation ofconstruction vehicle

2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1

Ope

rati

on p

hase

Water requirement 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0

Material Storage/handling/Transport

2 1 2 2 2 2 2 0

Effluent discharge(considering discharge to CETP)

0 2 0 0 2 1 0 0

Utilities 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 0Gaseous emissions 2 0 1 1 0 1 2 0

Fugitive emissions 2 0 0 0 0 0 2 0

Solid/hazardous WasteDisposal

1 1 1 1 2 1 2 0

Spills & Leaks 2 1 0 1 1 1 2 0

Plant Operations 2 2 1 0 1 1 2 1

Equipment Failures/ Shutdown/Startup 2 2 1 0 2 1 2 1

Transport of workers/Movementof vehicles

1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1

Cumulative score 18 12 10 08 15 12 18 04



TABLE 4.7CUMULATIVE IMPACT CHART

EnvironmentalParameter

Total Cumulative

Air Quality 18

Water Quality 12

Noise and Odor 10

Land Quality 08

Infrastructure/ Service 15

Ecological environment 12

Socio Economic Status 18

Health safety & Aesthetics 04

Conclusion:

The source of water will be GIDC water supply scheme there will be no extraction of ground

water. The entire waste water generated is treated in unit’s own Effluent Treatment Plant and

treated effluent is send to CETP, Nandesari. Even though after provision of APCM, there will

be negligible increase in ground level concentration of SO2, NOx, PM, and NH3 in ambient

air due to construction and operational activities of proposed project.

Construction activities will disturb soil profile but impact will be insignificant. The unit will

take adequate measure for storage, handling and disposal hazardous waste. Hence, there will

be no significant adverse impact on land environment.

Engineering control, use of PPE, restriction of construction activity during 10 p.m. to 6 a.m.,

and green belt will reduce impact of noise pollution due to construction work, vehicular

movement and noise generating equipment. There will be minor increase in ambient noise

level and impact will be insignificant.

The project site is at a far distance from the forest land, wild life sanctuaries and national

parks. The unit is located in Nandesari, Gujarat. There will be not significant impact on crops

& vegetation as the proposed APCM will take care of flue gas emission and process

emission.

This will be a beneficial impact on the local socio-economic environment as increase in

demand for essential utilities and employment during both construction and operational

phase.

This will be a beneficial impact on the local infrastructure services e.g. roads, post and

telegraph, communication, medical facilities, education, housing will be improved in

surrounding area.


M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR.236

CHAPTER -5

ANALYSIS OF ALERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

5.1 INTRODUCTIONM/s. Chemtech Intermediates Pvt. Ltd is already engaged in manufacturing of organicchemicals at plot C1-128/14-15, GIDC Estate, Nandesari, Dist. Vadodara, Gujarat. The Unitis having valid Consolidated Consent & Authorization (CC&A) from Gujarat PollutionControl Board vides CC&A order no.: AWH-85623 with validity up to 31/12/2021 formanufacturing of organic chemicals. Now, unit has purchased new two adjoining plots forproposed expansion. The expansion will be carried out at plot C1-128/13,14,15,16 GIDCEstate, Nandesari, Dist. Vadodara, Gujarat, existing plot & new adjoining plots located inGIDC.The products manufactured by unit are established since last long developed in the R&D labby the proponent. Necessary modification will be done based on the R & D activities. All theproducts are tailor made products based on literature review and set in R&D. Hence noproposal of alternate process or technology and currently it is best technology available withthe proponent.The unit didn’t opted for any alternatives as Nandesari GIDC site was very well connected byroad & rail and close to Vadodara city. The Nandesari-GIDC has lots of other chemicalindustries and hence the required infrastructure and resources are readily available.GIDC Location

Nandesari GIDC is in Vadodara Taluka and District of Gujarat, India. Nandesari GIDCis a part of Chemicals industries. Site is very well connected by road & rail and closeto Vadodara city.

Availability of power facilities – MGVCL.

Availability of water facilities from GIDC – Nandesari. Raw materials will be available easily. Transportation cost will be cheap, availability of CETP - NECL, Nandesari for

effluent treatment & discharge Availability of TSDF site- NECL, Nandesari for disposal of Hazardous Waste All infrastructure facilities are available.

Connectivity Site is very well connected by road & rail and close to Vadodara city. It is well connected with National Highway (NH-8). Road and Railway both are having

the connectivity to New Delhi, the National Capital and Mumbai, the commercialCapital of India.



CHAPTER -6

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1 INTRODUCTION

Environmental monitoring describes the processes and activities that need to take place to

characterize and monitor the quality of the environment. Environmental monitoring is used in

the preparation of environmental impact assessments, as well as in many circumstances in

which human activities carry a risk of harmful effects on the natural environment. All

monitoring strategies and programmed have reasons and justifications which are often

designed to establish the current status of an environment and Prediction of the impact of

future development and/or alteration in the operation and design of existing installations.

Environmental Monitoring Network is operation phase of the project for monitoring of

various environmental parameters like air, water, noise, soil etc.

A well-defined environmental monitoring programme would be employed with trained and

qualified staff of Environmental Management Cell of the proposed expansion project to

monitor the environmental attributes of the area with respect to EMP as well as the guidelines

of the GPCB/CPCB. Environment monitoring schedule proposed to be adopted by the

project.

6.2 OBJECTIVES OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

To comply with the statutory requirements of monitoring for compliance with

conditions of NOC.

To comply with the provision of Factory Act & MSIHC Rules.

To verify the results of the impact assessment study in particular with regards to new

development.

Identification of any significant adverse transformation in environmental condition to

plan additional mitigation measures; if & as required.

To check or assess the efficiency of the controlling measures.

To ensure that new parameters, other than those identified in the impact assessment

study, do not become critical through the commissioning of new project.

To establish a data base for future Impact Assessment Studies for new project.

6.3 IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE OF MONITORING MEASURES

Monitoring should be done as periodically to understand the environmental condition of the

site.



The mitigation measures suggested in the Chapter-4 should be implemented so as to reduce

the impact on environment due to the operations of the proposed project. In order to facilitate

easy implementation, mitigation measures are phased as per the priority implementation. The

priority of the implementation schedule is given in below table.

TABLE 6.1IMPLEMENTATION POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES

Sr.

No.

Required Measures Stage Remarks

1. Air pollution control

measures

During operation

stage

Scrubber system will be provided as

APCM

2. Ground Water

Criteria and Drinking

Water parameter.

During construction

and Operation stage.

As per IS 10500 Standard

Quarterly monitor quality of water.

3. Waste Water

Treatment

Operation phase of

the project

Treated at ETP by hydrocavitation

method followed to CETP, Nandesari.

4. Greenbelt

development

During construction

stage & operation

stage.

Plantation will be done along the

periphery within premises & outside

of premises.

5. Solid waste disposal Construction and

operation phase of

the project

Solid waste to be segregated and

disposal as per guideline.

6. Hazardous waste

disposal

Operation phase of

the project

Collection /storage /transportation

/disposal at TSDF- NECL,

Nandesari& disposal as per Hazardous

waste rule 2016.

6.4 POLLUTION MONITORING AND SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM

Regular monitoring of important parameters is of immense importance to assess the status

of environment during plant operation. With the knowledge of baseline conditions, a

properly planned monitoring program can serve as an indicator for assessment of any

deterioration in environment conditions. This will facilitate undertaking suitable measures

to mitigate adverse impact during the operation of the plant and further help to protect the

environment in the area. The main attributes for which monitoring shall be carried out are:

Ambient Air Quality

Stack Emission



Effluent water Quality

Noise Level

The above mentioned sources will be monitored so as to meet the requirements of the State

Pollution Control Board.

6.4.1 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING

The ambient air quality with respect to PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, NH3, HCl, Cl2, HBr, CO and

VOC shall be monitored at ETP, process area, storage area and one location in downwind

direction. The frequency of monitoring will be every three month by external approved

monitoring agency.

The log book shall be maintained at environment cell for evaluation of impact and to decide

required migratory measures.

6.4.2 STACK MONITORING

All the flue gas stacks in the proposed project shall be monitored with respect to

temperature, oxides of nitrogen (NOX), Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM) and Sulphur

dioxide (SO2) level. The process stacks shall be monitored for NH3, HBr, & Br2.

6.4.3 NOISE MONITORING

Monitoring of noise levels is essential to assess the effectiveness of Environmental

Management Plan implemented to reduce noise levels. A good quality sound level meter

and noise exposure meter may be procured for the same. Audiometric tests shall be

conducted periodically for the employees working close to the high noise sources. The

noise levels due to machines/equipments viz. compressor, motors, engines etc shall be

monitored regularly.

6.4.4 WATER AND WASTE WATER QUALITY MONITORING

Daily analysis of effluent stream is recommended. Sampling and analysis of the raw

effluent, collection tank, Primary Settling Tank will be conducted regularly.

The detailed monitoring plan is tabulated in below table.

TABLE: 6.2EMISSION MONITORING PLAN

Sr.No.

Description Location Parameter Tobe Monitored

Frequency of Monitoring

1. Flue GasEmissionMonitoring Plan

Two boilersstack(Bio coal),boiler stack(NaturalGas)one stack

PM ,SO2 andNOX

Monitoring will be done byexternal monitoring agency oncein three months.Continuous emission monitoringsystem will be installed by unit.



Sr.No.



of D.G. Set(HSD),

2. ProcessEmissionMonitoring Plan

ReactorVessels

SO2, NH3, HBr,Br2

Quarterly by external monitoringagency.Online monitoring system withalarm and recording facility.

3. FugitiveEmissionMonitoring Plan

Process area &storage area

Relevant solvent(VOC) andacidic fumes.

Daily by internal system.Quarterly by external monitoringagency.

4. Ambient AirMonitoring Plan

ETP, Processarea, storagearea and onelocation indownwinddirection

PM10,PM2.5,SO2, NOX andNH3, HCl, Cl2,HBr, Br2.

Within premises ambient airmonitoring station will beestablished in consultation withGPCB.Quarterly by external monitoringagency

5. NoiseMonitoring

Any fivelocation withincompanypremises

Noise Quarterly by external monitoringagency in day time and night time.

6. Water Quality Monitoring

6.1 Effluent QualityBeforeNeutralization

Primaryequalizationtank

For, pH,COD,TSS,Ammonicalnitrogen, oil andgrease

1) Every three month by externalapproved monitoring agency.

2) Every day by self-analyticalfacility.

6.2 Effluent qualityafterneutralization

NeutralizationTank

For, pH, COD,TSS,Ammonicalnitrogen.

1) Every three month by externalapproved monitoring agency.2) Every day by self-analyticalfacility.

6.3 Water quality atGuard tank.

Guard Tank For, pH, TSS,Chlorides,Ammonicalnitrogen.

Every day by self-analyticalfacility.

7. Water Quantity Monitoring

7.1 Inlet & Outlet ETP Quantity in KL Flow meter

7.2 Inlet & Outlet Boiler Quantity in KL Flow meter

7.3 Inlet & Outlet Cooling Tower Quantity in KL Flow meter

7.4 Inlet Process Quantity in KL Flow meter

7.5 Inlet Domestic Quantity in KL Flow meter

8. Hazardous waste quantity Monitoring



Sr.No.



8.1 Spent Oil Maintenance Quantitygenerated &Disposed in MT

Record Maintain

8.2 DiscardedContainer

PackingMaterial

Quantitygenerated &Disposed in MT

Record Maintain

8.3 ETP Sludge ETP Quantitygenerated &Disposed inNos.

Record Maintain

8.4 Distillationresidue

Process Quantitygenerated &Disposed inNos.

Record Maintain

8.5 Spent Carbon Process andETP

Quantitygenerated &Disposed in MT

Record Maintain

8.6 Hydro bromic acid Process Quantitygenerated &Disposed in MT

Record Maintain

8.7 Scrubbersolution

From Scrubber Quantitygenerated &treatment atETP in KL

Record Maintain

8.8 Sodium chloridesalt

Process Quantitygenerated &Disposed in MT

Record Maintain

8.9 Sodium bromidesolution

Process Quantitygenerated &Disposed in MT

Record Maintain

8.10 Spent nitric acid Process Quantitygenerated &Disposed in MT

Record Maintain

8.11 Spent catalyst Process Quantitygenerated &Disposed in MT

Record Maintain

9. Electricity Consumption Monitoring

9.1 ETP Plant HydrodynamicCavitation

Electricity Separate electricity meter anddaily reading will be noted.

9.2 Air pollutioncontrol system

Scrubbers Electricity Separate electricity meter anddaily reading will be noted.



Sr.No.



10 Environment Audit10.1 Environment audit is not applicable in our unit.

6.5 COST PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MEASURES

For environment protection, management and pollution control and treatment and monitoring

systems, appropriate budgetary provision would be made and provision for recurring

expenditure for environment management of the project would be made. The details of

budget allocation during construction phase and operation phase are given in Table 6.3.

6.5.1 COST ESTIMATES

A Budget allocation for effective Environmental Monitoring Plan (EMP) is proposed during

construction phase and operation phase is given in chapter-2 in section 2.14.

6.6 EC COMPLIANCE REPORT:

As per Office Memorandum - Compliance of Hon'ble NGT order dated 19.08.2019

(published on 23.08.2019) in O.A. No. 1038 2018 - reg. Date: 31/10/2019, unit will submit

monitoring of compliance of EC conditions with third party audit every year.


M/S. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR348

CHAPTER -8PROJECT BENEFITS

INTRODUCTION

The company is committed for contribution of funds and provides the services for the

upliftment of local community in the nearby villages and growth in the industrial sector

creates new opportunities for employment and can also help diversify the economy. This is

especially important given the high level of urbanization, growing levels of unemployment

and poverty in many cities.

Synergistic growth in the chemical industries could have positive spin-offs for the

socioeconomic development. The use of chemical further leads to development in field of

research and development. This chapter describes about benefits of the project on

improvements in the physical infrastructure, social infrastructure and employment potential

in the region.

8.1 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIBILITY ACTIVITIES

Infrastructure creation for drinking water supply, sanitation, health, education, skill

development, roads, cross drains, electrification including solar power, solid waste

management facilities, scientific support and awareness to local farmers to increase

yield of crop and fodder, rain water harvesting, soil moisture conservation works,

avenue plantation, plantation in community areas, etc.

8.2 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

This project will increase the economic activities around the area, creating avenues for direct/

indirect employment during operation phase of the project. There would be a wider economic

impact in terms of generating opportunities for other business like workshops, marketing,

repair and maintenance tasks etc.

This project will enhance India’s potential of supplying Bulk drugs/products to leading to

step-up of India’s position in global market sector and strengthening of Indian economy.

The continuous inflow of people will require local transport systems like autos, taxis etc

which would help economic boost.

8.3 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL

There will be increase in the employment facilities due to the upcoming project:

There will be employment opportunity for local people during construction and operation

phase.



The Unit will use latest STATE OF ART technology. Thus man power will be exposed to

new technology.

8.4 ACTION PLAN FOR BUDGETARY ALLOCATION

The unit has planned to spend 1.5 % of the total cost of the proposed project (Rs. 7.10

crore) over a period of five years towards CER activity. The 1.5 % is as per the Office

Memorandum- Compliance of Hon'ble NGT order dated 19.08.2019 (published on

23.08.2019) in O.A. No. 1038 2018 - reg. Date:31/10/2019.So, as per the proposed

project cost Rs.10.65 Lakhs will be used in the CER activities. Budgetary allocation is

given in below table.

TABLE: 8.1BUDGETARY ALLOCATION FOR CER ACTIVITIES

Sr.No.

Activity Fund EarmarkedFor Activity

TimeSchedule

1. Contribution in installing RO plant forDrinking Water supply in industries ofNandesari GIDC, adjacent GIDC colony,School situated in the colony and nearbypopulated areas.

10.65 lacks 5 Year

Letter from Nandesari water & utilities ltd for CER activities is attached as annexure – XIX.


M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. 350

CHAPTER -9ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

INTRODUCTION

Cost-benefit analysis (CBA) is an analytical way for society to make decisions about

complicated issues such as education, health care, transportation, or the environment. Like

most personal decisions, it involves a comparison of the costs of an action compared with

considerations of the benefits of that action. However, for public policy it is formalized and

quantitative. For instance, a public policy can be evaluated by calculating and weighing the

benefits against the costs, once all factors have been given a common unit of measurement.

When policymakers have to choose among various alternatives, they require a tool that will

allow them to distinguish between the options. Decision makers can then choose the policy

with the largest surplus, or overall net benefits.

Also, as per CER initiative we can see that the unit is going to contribute 1.5% (i.e. 10.65

Lakhs) of the project cost towards betterment of society in nearby villages in 10 KM vicinity

area.

However the unit will explore further possibility after commencement of project and will

carry out detailed environmental cost benefit analysis.



CHAPTER -10ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 INTRODUCTION

Environmental protection is an issue that no organization can neglect and hope to survive.

The key to the success of the integrated approach to pollution prevention and control is the

management and operation of the organization. Effective committed management delivers a

successful industry. A total commitment to the environment, not just for compliance with

legal or regulatory compliance will be the essence of environment management of an

industry. Many companies have recognized the benefits of implementing an effective

environmental management system.

10.2 AIM AND OBJECTIVE

The aim of environment management plan is to conserve natural resources and water, to

prevent pollution of environment, to ensure effectiveness of control measures and

monitoring programme, to ensure safety, welfare and good health of worker, to minimize

generation of waste.

The objectives of EMP are as under:

Pollution will be prevented or reduced at the source,

Pollution that cannot be prevented will be recycled in to the system,

Pollution that cannot be prevented or recycled will be subjected for recovery of chemicals

using best technologies,

Pollution that cannot be prevented or recycled or recovered will be treated in

environmentally safe manner, and

Disposal and other releases into the environment will be used “only as a last resort” and

will be conducted in an environmentally safe manner.

10.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL

M/s. Chemtech Intermediates Pvt. Ltd. G.I.D.C., Nandesari, Vadodara has assignedresponsibility to officers from various disciplines to co-ordinate the activities concerned withmanagement and implementation of environmental control measures. Environmentmanagement cell is shown in below Figure no.10.1.

FIGURE: 10.1



ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL

10.3.1 ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH AND SAFETY (EHS)

The unit will be having belong mention EHS policy. The salient features are given as under.

Carrying out the business in a sustainable manner, ensuring safety for all and protection

of the surrounding environment.

Comply with the applicable statutory, regulatory & other requirements with respect to

Environment, Health and Safety (EHS).

Integrating EHS considerations into planning and decision making in all area of Pharma

Solution business, including those dealing with purchase of plant, equipment, machinery

and material as well selection and placement of personnel.

Identifying EHS hazardous, risk, aspects & impacts through periodic assessment & audits

and implement necessary control measures.

Assessing the training needs of employees & contract workers and provide them

necessary training on the EHS issue, concerns & best practise.

Encouraging employees at all levels to accepts responsibility and accountability for

achieving the objectives of this Policy.



Assigning responsibility to contractor and vendors to comply with the company EHS

policies and follow all applicable legal requirements.

Continually improve the integration of sustainability development into our working

environment and business processes.

Maintaining and continually improving EHS systems at our manufacturing site through

the implementation of latest technology and EHS best practices.

Company’s Environment Health & Safety policy is attached as annexure- XIII.

10.4 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.4.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE

The proposed construction related to expansion will be carried out plot plot C1-128/13, 14,

15, and 16 GIDC Estate, Nandesari, Dist. Vadodara, Gujarat. and GIDC has well developed

road. However M/s. Chemtech Intermediates Pvt. Ltd will ensure to keep the pollution

potential level in the construction phase to a minimum. The task will be assigned to security

people and supervised by officers. The control measures proposed by the unit to minimize the

pollution during construction phase are as under Table no.10.1.

TABLE: 10.1CONTROL MEASURES FOR CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Sr.No.

Source Waste type/Pollution

Control measures

(A) Site Preparation1. Uplift of dust during the

excavation, levelling operationsetc.

Dust Sprinkling of water over land, andprovision of enclosure.

(B)Sanitation1. Sanitation facilities. Sewage Sewage will be sent to septic Tank/Soak

Pit. The overflow of soak pit will be sentto ETP.

(C)Noise1. Movement of vehicles like

truck, Dozer, CranesNoisepollution

Restrict movement of vehicle between 10p.m. to 6 a.m. All vehicles will bemaintained in well condition.

2. Construction activity Noisepollution

Engineering control, Provide noiseprotection devices like earmuffs, ear plugto worker, Rotation of work to minimizeexposure.

(D) Wastes from construction equipment1. Dozer, Cranes Waste oil Avoid spillage, proper storage , disposal

by selling to reprocessor



Sr.No.

Source Waste type/Pollution

Control measures

2. Painting Emptycontainersof paintsand oils

Proper storage, disposal by selling toauthorized buyers/incineration.

3. Construction Construction waste

Use for levelling purpose within premises

10.4.2 OPERATIONAL PHASE

M/s. Chemtech Intermediates Pvt. Ltd has proposed Environment Management Plan to keep

the pollution potential to a minimum level in the operation phase.

10.4.2. (A) AIR ENVIRONMENT

The source of air pollution will be in form of flue gas emission, process emission and fugitive

emission.

As per CCA order no. AWH-85623, there is flue gas emission (SPM, SO2 and NOx) from one baby

boiler based on fire wood fuel, Boiler (2 TPH) & Thermo pack based on Bio coal/ coal/ lignite fuel,

and D.G. Set (300 KVA). After proposed expansion, Flue gas emission will be from boiler having

capacity of 5 TPH &, two Thermo Pack having capacity of 10 lacs K Cal/Hr Details of

height, Air pollution control system, parameter etc. are given in table 2.16& 2.17. Diagram of

Acid scrubber, water venturi scrubber followed by alkali scrubber are given in chapter-2 on

page no. 186.The control measures of flue gas emission and process emission are as under.

TABLE: 10.2DETAILS OF CONTROL MEASURES FOR FLUE GAS EMISSION AND PROCESS

EMISSION

Sr.

No.

Source WasteType/Pollution

Control Measures

Flue Gas Emission1. Boiler (2 TPH) Air pollutant

(SPM, SOx,NOx)

Bio coal fuel and APCM are Multi CycloneSeparator + wet scrubber.

2. Thermo pack Air pollutant(SPM, SOx,NOx)

Bio coal fuel and APCM are Multi CycloneSeparator + wet scrubber.

3. D.G. Set

(300 KVA)

Air pollutant(SPM, SOx,NOx)

LDO/Diesel as fuel and Adequate stack height andacoustic enclosure

4 Boiler Air pollutant Bio Coal fuel Multi Cyclone Separator + Bag



( 5 TPH) filter+ water scrubber

5 Thermo pack (2 Nos.)(10 Lac Kcal)

(SPM, SOx,NOx)

Bio Coal fuel Multi Cyclone Separator + Bagfilter+ water scrubber

Process Emission3. Reactors NH3 Acid Scrubber

4. Reactors HClCl2

Br2

HBr

Water Venturi Scrubber Followed By AlkaliScrubber

Fugitive Emission1. Pump handling odorous

chemicals and pressured

gases

Air Pollutant(VOC)

Use of mechanical seals of pumps and

compressor.

All pipeline and pipe fitting shall be well

maintain, wear and tear shall be attended

promptly.

2. At reactor during

charging of liquid and

solids chemicals

Air Pollutant(VOC)

Liquid raw material will be charged by

pumping and closed loop.

3. Pressure release valve

emission from pipeline

Air Pollutant(VOC)

For highly pressurized lines, vent lines of

PRVs to air pollution control device in case of

toxic gases.

4. Release from sampling

lines

Air Pollutant(VOC)

Using a close loop sampling system.

5. Emission from bulk

storage tank during

unloading

Air Pollutant(VOC)

Breather valve, PSVs, Rupture disc will be

provided.

Vapour recovery system will be installed for

process and storage vent tank.

6. Leak from valves,

flanges, plugs and

instrument connection.

Air Pollutant(VOC)

Welded pipes will be used wherever feasible.

Suitable gasket material to be used.


Periodic inspection and maintenance of pipes

and pipe fittings.

7. Chemical vapours from Air Pollutant Filtration will be done out in Agitated Neutch



wet cake in filtration

and drying area

(VOC) filter. Transfer and drying of wet-cake done in

system shall be adopted, worker shall be

provided PPEs, fume extraction system shall

be provided, whenever require.

8. Warehouse storing

drums and bags

Air Pollutant(VOC)

Spillages shall be strictly prevented by

providing dip pans, proper handling

equipment, minimum manual operation, local

exhaust and roof top ventilators.

Spill control procedures and equipment shall

be provided.

Regular ambient air quality monitoring will be carried out within premises and nearby area

for SO2, NOx, PM10 and PM 2.5, in the downwind directions as well as where maximum

ground level concentration is anticipated and record of the same shall be maintained.

Work area ambient air quality monitoring will be carried out as per Gujarat Factories Rules.

FUGITIVE EMISSION

Now a day as industrial growth increases, concerns of fugitive emission also increases.

Percentage of contribution of fugitive emission to air pollution and climate change will also

increase.

Probable source of Fugitive emission are raw material handling, storage tank of acid,

storage tank of solvent, leakage from valves, flange joints of pipeline, pump & motors,

reactor, loading & unloading area etc. General control measures like routine & regular

inspection to identify leakage, preventive maintenance and operational maintenance,

provision of leak detection and repair system (LDAR) and potable instrument for

measurement of VOC etc will be implemented by the unit.



TABLE: 10.3DETAILS OF CONTROL MEASURES FOR FUGITIVE EMISSION

Sr.No.


Control Measures

1 Solvent storagetank

Air pollutant(VOC)

Carry out work place area monitoring to find outconcentration level in ambient air

Close handling system Provision of breather valve cum flame arrester.

2 Solventrecovery system

Air pollutant(VOC)

Solvent recovery system with steam condensationsystem.

Pumps & motors are mechanical seal type.3 Handling of raw

material bags instorage area

Air pollutant(PM)

Provision of exhaust ventilation Provision of PPE Provision of Job rotation to reduce exposure

4 Flange joints ofpipeline, pump& motors

Air pollutant(VOC)

Routine & periodic inspection to check leakage Preventive maintenance, Follow SOP for

maintenance Pumps & motors will be mechanical seal type LDAR program will be followed.

5 Solid rawmaterialtransferring toreactor

Air pollutant(PM)

Hopper will be provided with powder transfersystem

6 Liquid rawmaterialtransferring toreactor

Air pollutant(VOC)

Feeding of liquid raw material will be carried out byclosed pipeline and mechanical seal pump.

7 Loading/unloading atstorage area

Air pollutant(VOC)

Unloading through pipeline to tank in a closesystem.

10.4.2. (B) WATER ENVIRONMENT

The unit has CCA order no. AWH - 85623 with validity up to 31/12/2021 for manufacturing of

organic chemicals. As per CCA, the unit is using 52.5 KL/Day fresh water from GIDC for

domestic and industrial purposes. Due to proposed expansion total fresh water requirements for

the industrial and domestic purpose will be 113.17 KL/Day which will be met by GIDC water

supply scheme. There will be no extraction of ground water, so that no direct impact is found on

ground water availability and quality in nearby surrounding area.

As per CCA, industrial effluent generation is 38 KL/Day and sewage generation is 2 KL/Day.

The proposed project will lead to waste water generation of 85.5 KL/Day from different sources

i.e. process, washing, boiler, cooling, and domestic at full production capacity.

Unit will be having Effluent Treatment Plant consists of collection tank, equalization tank,

and neutralization tank and hydro dynamic cavitation tank.



Pumps and reactors will be having mechanical seal, so there will be no leakages. The unit

will provide connection system for possibility of leakages. Leakages will be collected in a

small pit which will carry the leakages to effluent plant.

Possible spillages will be from vessel washing, transfer of liquids, to avoid the spillage fixed

pipeline will be provided. Vessel washing will be collected to effluent treatment plant. The

unit will provide dedicated area made with RCC and HDPE lining so that the washing can be

directly sent to ETP plant.

The sewage will be sent to septic tank/ soak pit and the overflow will be send to ETP. The

description of effluent treatment process is given as under.

10.4.2.(B).1 DETAILS OF EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT

EXISTING EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT

The effluent of 78.17 KLD is treated in unit’s own effluent treatment plant consisting of

neutralization and equalization and then it is passed through filter press and the treated

effluent is sent to CETP.

PROPOSED EFFLUENT TREATMENT PROCESS DESCRIPTION

THEORY OF HYDRODYNAMIC CAVITATION

Hydrodynamic cavitation describes the bubble generation, bubble implosion and process of

vaporization, which occurs in a flowing liquid as a result of a decrease and subsequent

increase in pressure. In pipe systems, cavitation typically occurs either as the result of an

increase in the kinetic energy (through an area constriction).

The process of bubble generation, and the subsequent growth and collapse of the cavitation

bubbles, results in very high energy densities and in very high temperatures and pressures at

the surface of the bubbles for a very short time. The overall liquid medium environment,

therefore, remains at ambient conditions. Controlled cavitation can be used to enhance

chemical reactions or propagate certain unexpected reactions because free radicals are

generated in the process due to disassociation of vapors trapped in the cavitating bubbles.

Orifices and venturi are reported to be widely used for generating cavitation. A venturi has an

inherent advantage over an orifice because of its smooth converging and diverging sections,

such that it can generate a higher velocity at the throat for a given pressure drop across it.

This is also used in the mineralization of bio-refractory compounds which otherwise would

need extremely high temperature and pressure conditions since free radicals are generated in

the process due to the dissociation of vapors trapped in the cavitating bubbles, which results



in either the intensification of the chemical reaction or may even result in the propagation of

certain reactions not possible under otherwise ambient conditions.

Hydrodynamic cavitation can also improve some industrial processes. For instance, cavitated

corn slurry show higher yields in ethanol production compared to uncavitated corn slurry in

dry milling facilities.

Consider the case of a Venturi as shown in Figure below. At low flow rate, water is

everywhere free of cavitation. Velocity is maximum in the section of minimum area and

pressure is then minimum. When the flow rate is progressively increased, the minimum

pressure decreases and there will be a critical flow rate for which the vapor pressure is

obtained at the throat. At this operating point, cavitation appears in the section of minimum

area. In Figure below, two bubbles are clearly visible in the upper part of the Venturi. This is

the start of the cavitation state. If the flow rate through the Venturi is further increased, the

extent of cavitation also increases. Figure given above gives an example of developed

cavitation in the same Venturi device. Many vapor structures which are different from single

bubbles are visible.

At this point the chlorine when injected will oxidise the organic matter exploded bubble and

due to the large surface area available, the oxidation by chlorine molecule is almost

instantaneous.

FIGURE: 10.2HYDRODYNAMIC CAVITATION

Treatment Process:The setup for the hydrodynamic cavitation reactor is given in the figure

below:

FIGURE: 10.3TREATMENT PROCESS







limit.

FIGURE: 10.4

ETP FLOW DIAGRAM

TABLE:10.4DETAILS OF DIFFERENT ETP UNITS

Filter Press

ETP sludgeto TSDFsite

Filter Press


CollectionTank

Flocculationtank



Effluent toCETP







limit.

FIGURE: 10.4

ETP FLOW DIAGRAM


Filter Press


Filter Press


CollectionTank

Flocculationtank



Effluent toCETP







limit.

FIGURE: 10.4

ETP FLOW DIAGRAM


Filter Press


Filter Press


CollectionTank

Flocculationtank



Effluent toCETP



EXISTING PROPOSED

Sr.No.

Name of Unit No ofUnit

Capacity No of Unit Capacity


1 50 KL 2 70 KL

2 Filter Press 2 36 “ x 36 “ x30 nos. plats

2 54 “ x 54 “ x 30nos. plats

3 Holding Tank (Final Collection) 1 17.5KL 1 50 KL

4 Neutralization 1 6 KL 1 40 KL

5 Hydro cavitation tank 1 50 KL 1 50 KL

TABLE: 10.6CAPITAL INVESTMENT

Sr. No. Item Description Total cost in Lacs.1 Filter press 52 Neutralization tank 53 Ejection & pump for chlorination 5

ETP shed development 104 Electification 5

Total cost in Lacs. 30

TABLE: 10.7DETAILS OF CONTROL MEASURES FOR EFFLUENT GENERATION

Sr.No.


Control Measures

1. Process,washing,scrubber, utility,Domestic uses

Effluent Recycling of effluent/ washings/scrubber water – wheneverpossible. Adequate Effluent treatment plant havingprimary.

Proper housekeeping preventing contamination of groundwater and storm water drainage. Record of hazardouswaste generation during the treatment of waste water andits disposal.

Record of water consumption will be maintained for eachusage in future. Record of waste watergeneration/treatment/disposal

Record of chemicals utilization at ETP2. Domestic Sewage

waterDisposed to soak pit/ septic tank.

10.4.2 (B) 1. EFFORTS TO MINIMIZE EFFLUENT DISCHARGE

Following action will be taken to minimize effluent discharge.



After expansion total industrial effluent generation will be 85.5 KLD and sewage generation

will be 6 KLD.

7.33 KLD effluent will be recycle in ammonium sulphate recovery plant.

78.17 KLD effluent will be treated in ETP with primary treatment followed by hydro

cavitation treatment and then it will be send to CETP of Nandesari Industrial Association

(NIA).

Unit have taken membership certificate from Nandesari Industrial Association (NIA) for

discharging effluent. Booked quantity is 100 KLD.

10.4.2.(B).2 EXPLORE THE POSSIBILITIES FOR ZERO LIQUID DISCHARGE(ZLD)

After proposed expansion total effluent generation will be 85.5 KLD. Out of this 7.33 KLD

effluent generated from ammonium sulphate recovery plant will be recycle in same process.

78.17 KLD effluent will be treated in ETP. Unit will send treated effluent to CETP of NIA.

The quality of effluent will be maintained as per inlet norms of CETP

10.4.2. (B).3 ECONOMICAL AND TECHNICAL VIABILITY OF THE EFFLUENTTREATMENT SYSTEM

TABLE: 10.8DETAILS OF COST OF ETP PER YEAR

Sr. No. DetailExpenses in Rs. Monthly

[Lakhs]

Expenses in Rs. Annually

[Lakhs]

1 ETP O & M 1.25 15

2 Raw Material Consumption in ETP 1.66 20

3

78.17 KL/Day effluent discharged to

CETP, Nandesari Industrial

Association.

7.91 95

TOTAL Rs. 10.82 130

10.4.2. (B).4 DETAILS OF PROFIT BY SALE OF PRODUCTSThe products are Active Pharmaceutical Intermediates (API’s) which are very costly in

market with less availability. Thus cost of running ETP can be easily incorporated by unit.

Every year separate budget will be allotted to run ETP. Turnover by sale of product is around

55 corers. The Effluent treatment cost is 2.0 % of turnover. So, that Effluent treatment facility

is financially viable.



10.4.2. (B).5 DETAILS OF CETP

Monitoring data of six months of Nandesari CETP are shown in below table.



TABLE: 10.9MONITORING DETAILS OF NANDESARI CETP

Sr.

No.

Parameters

Unit Dec 2018 Oct 2018 Sep 2018 Aug 2018 July 2018 June 2018

1.pH -- 6.87 7.06 7.21 6.72 7.22 6.99

2.COD mg/l 172 228 227 230 265 271

3.TSS mg/l 52 32 78 48 64 82

4.BOD mg/l 22 38 18 32 32 38

5.NH3-N mg/l 2.24 1.12 0.28 0.56 1.68 2.8

10.4.2. (B).6 MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR SPILLAGES/ LEAKAGES/ VESSEL

WASHING

Pumps and reactors will be having mechanical seal, so there will be no leakages. The unit

will provide connection system for possibility of leakages. Leakages will be collected in a

small pit which will carry the leakages to effluent plant.

Possible spillages will be from vessel washing, transfer of liquids, to avoid the spillage fixed

pipeline will be provided. Vessel washing will be collected to effluent treatment plant. The

unit will provide dedicated area made with HDPE lining so that the washing can be directly

sent to ETP plant.

10.4.2. (C) NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The sources of noise generation will be transportation activities, D.G. set, cooling tower,

plant machinery etc. The unit will take following measures to control noise pollution.

TABLE: 10.10DETAILS OF CONTROL MEASURES FOR NOISE POLLUTION

Sr.No.

Source Wastetype/pollution

Control measures

1. Transportationactivities

Noise pollution Green belt, Restriction on transportation between 10 p.m. to

6 a.m. Maintain vehicle in good condition.

2. D.G.set Noise pollution A caustic encloser, Engineering control, Provision of PPE, Green belt,

3. Plant/process area Noise pollution Maintain equipment & machines in goodworking condition.



Isolated noisy area from other area by distanceand if it is not possible than by physicalseparation or noise proof valve.

Provide silencer to safety valve, relief valve Provision of PPE, Green belt, Record noise level monitoring of different places

within and outside premises, Periodically Audio metric test., Rotation of work to minimize exposure.

10.4.2. (D) LAND ENVIRONMENT

10.4.2. (D).1 RAW MATERIAL & PRODUCT STORAGE AREA

The unit will take following control measures to prevent land contamination from raw

material storage and handling.

Raw materials will be stored in M.S tanks, S.S tank and HDPE Carboys, HDPE bags,etc in

sepereate storage room.

Separate collection system is provided for collection of spillage material. Impervious

layer, RCC roads and flooring is provided to area, where the chemical storage and handling

activities is involved.

Hazardous flammable substances are separately stored within premises. Solvent transfer

will be done by pumps. Reactor & solvent handling pump have mechanical seal.

The acid tanks will be provided with dyke wall to control spread of leakages.

Following measures will be taken to minimize impact on land environment and improve soil

conditions.

10.4.2. (D).2 HAZARDOUS WASTE AND SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT

Waste is an unavoidable by product of human activity. Economic development, rapid

urbanization & improved living standards have led to the increase in quantity & complexity

of the waste generated. Proper disposal of waste is essential for preservation and

improvement of public health.

Solid waste management is one of the most essential services for maintaining the quality of

life in the plant and for ensuring better standards of health and sanitation. Solid waste

generated in the plant area can be handled under two main categories, namely domestic

wastes and industrial wastes. Effective measures shall be taken to effectively implement the

solid waste management systems in the plant. Solid waste will be handed over to authorized

vendor for disposal.



The Hazardous wastes shall be handled and disposed as per Hazardous Waste (Management

and Handling) Rules, 2016.

The Waste Management plan includes:

• Waste Inventory

• Classification of waste

• Packaging, Storing and Transporting Wastes to Disposal site

• Data Management and Reporting -Personnel Training

• Waste Minimization

General Guidelines for Waste Management:

1. Solid waste

The solid waste shall be segregated as bio-degradable and non-biodegradable.

The organic waste shall be segregated and handed over to outside agency for disposal.

The non-biodegradable (inorganic) waste shall be handed over to authorized recycler

for further handling and disposal.

Reuse of paper and plastic waste.

Planned system for waste collection, segregation and disposal.

E-waste will be disposed as per E-Waste (Management) Rule, 2016.

2. Hazardous waste

Hazardous waste will be stored in proper storage room and handed over to authorized

vendor for final disposal.

The collection, treatment and disposal of hazardous waste will be as per Hazardous

waste (Management and Handling) Rules 2016, and hence no adverse impact on land

environment is envisaged.

It is proper management it will be stored separately in dry & covered place with RCC

plat form. There will be provision of separately storage area of 77.157sq.mt.

Forklift truck will be used in shifting, loading and unloading operation for hazardous

waste to minimize manual handling of hazardous waste.

Necessary PPE’s shall be provided to workers while handling of hazardous waste.

The details of quantity of hazardous waste generated and disposal mode are given in

Chapter – 2 Table no.2.21.

A copy of membership certificate of Landfill site is attached as Annexure-VIII.

Forklift will be used in shifting, loading and unloading operation for hazardous waste to

minimize manual handling of hazardous waste.

10.4.2. (D).3 METHODOLOGY FOR DECONTAMINATION



For disposal of discarded bags and containers, the guideline provided by the Gujarat

Pollution Control Board will be followed. It will be ensured that containers are empty

before taken for disposal. As per the guidelines all the containers will be washed properly,

the washings will be checked for pH and COD. The pH should be neutral and COD

should be NIL. This will ensure that the containers are cleaned before taken for disposal.

Removal or defacing of all labelling and content of all product and waste material will be

regular practice. The sticker will be put on individual container as "cleaned". The

container will be deposited in the area marked for disposal. Then the containers will be

inspected by the certifying agency approved by the GPCB. In confirmation of the quality

of the cleaning they will issue the stickers for identification. After receiving the stickers

that should be pasted on to the containers. Then the containers are disposed off to actual

raw material supplier.

FIGURE: 10.5

METHODOLOGY OF DECONTAMINATION

10.4.2. (D).4 SOIL ENVIRONMENT

Following measures will be taken to minimize impact on land environment and improve soil

conditions.

(I) Earth / Construction Debris

Excavated earth will be backfilled in the trench after foundation work and top soil will

be restored for the agricultural/ gardening purpose. The remaining excavated material

will be disposed off or spread out in low laying area.

Precautions should be taken to minimize damage to native plants (if any) on the

periphery of construction area.

The natural gradient of the area should be maintained after reinstatement to avoid

water logging.

Contaminated containedarea

Decontamination area

Clean Container area

Effluent to ETP

Water



The construction debris as well as debris from demolition work shall be utilized

within the site for levelling purpose and base course preparation of internal roads.

The materials like steel and other recyclable material shall be segregated and reused

or sold to authorize vendors for reuse.

(II) Topsoil Segregation

Where topsoil is present, it is required to be segregated. Estimated Excavation

quantity would be around. The same would be used within the premises for filling,

levelling etc. Top soil of the site will be collected at site and reused for landscaping.

Debris generated will be used for levelling. The following practices, as regard to top

soil segregation will be adhered during trenching:

Existing topsoil which is removed during construction should be stockpiled

temporarily for replacement whenever required.

Topsoil and sub-soil will be segregated during trenching and stockpiled separately.

Topsoil should be removed to its actual depth or to a maximum of 30 cm as

determined by HSE representative for the spread.

Topsoil shall not be used for padding, backfill or trench breakers, under any

circumstances.

Topsoil shall be stored on the non-traffic side of the trench.

Topsoil shall not be used as fill for the trench.

10.4.2. (E) SOCIO-ECONOMIC AND CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT

To minimize adverse impacts arising out due to the project activity, Mitigative measures are

suggested in the EMP. Proper implementation of EMP would mitigate adverse impacts in the

region. Prior information about the project should be given to locals in study area.

An emergency plan should be prepared in advance, to deal with fire fighting.

The authority should make an assessment of the safe, legal load limits of all the

bridges, streets that may be traversed heavy equipment.

All construction material and equipment should be stored in a neat and orderly

manner so that land owners whose land is utilized for this purpose will not suffer.

Construction workers

Local people will be employed for construction work to the maximum extent possible.

Proper facility for domestic water supply, sanitation and other essential services will

be made available to the construction workers.

Temporary toilets will be provided which will be connected to septic tank with soak

pits.



The facilities should be maintained in a clean, odour free condition and care should be

taken to avoid soil and groundwater contamination.

Face masks, gloves and other personal protective equipments shall be provided to

workers to prevent health hazard during construction activities.

10.4.2. (F) GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT

The main objective of green belt is to provide a barrier between source of pollution and

surrounding area by filtering the air particulate and interacting with gaseous pollutants before

it reaches to the ground. Inside green belt area will be 681.21 Sq. m. is approximately 22 %

of total plant area. Unit will provide greenbelt of 774.21 Sq. meter outside the premises is

approximately (25 %). The unit will allocate 5 lakhs for further green belt development.

TABLE 10.11

LIST OF PLANT SPECIES TO CONTROL GAS, DUST EMISSION AND NOISE

LEVEL

Sr.

No.

Scientific Name Common Name Ecological

Performance*

Type

1. Delonixregia Gulahor DC Tree

2. Azardirachtaindica Neem CN, OGE, DC Tree

3. CasuarinaEquisetifolia Saru CN, DC Tree

4. Terminaliacatappa Badam CN, DC Tree

5. Syzygiumcumini Jamun, Jambu CN, DC Tree

6. Tamarindusindica Emali CN, OGE, DC Tree

7. Kadam Kadam CN, OGE, DC Tree

10. Cassia siamea Kashid, Kasod CN, OGE, DC Tree

*Ecological performance: CN – Control Noise level, OGE – Absorb Gas emission (Sexena

V.S. 1991) and (Abbasi& Khan 2000), DC - Dust Controller (CPCB 2007)

Preparation of Greenbelt Plan

The proposed greenbelt development should be of a suitable width along theperiphery of

project site area including unit complex, space between the unitslocatedwithin the project,

along the roads, storage areas, loading / unloading areas ofproducts etc.

Criteria for Selection of Species for Greenbelt

The plant species suitable for green belt development should be selected based on

characteristics.

It should have thick canopy cover

They should be perennial and evergreen



They should have high sink potential for pollutants

They should be efficient in absorbing pollutants if any without significantly affecting

their growth.

Guidelines for Plantation

The plant species identified for greenbelt development should be planted using pitting

technique. The pit size should be either 45 cm × 45 cm × 45 cm or 60 cm × 60 cm ×60 cm.

bigger pit size is prepared on marginal and poor quality soil. Soil used for filling the pit

should be mixed with well decomposed farm yard manure for 45cm ×45 cm × 45 cm and 60

cm × 60 cm × 60 cm size pits respectively. The filling of soil should be completed at least 5-

10 days before actual plantation. Healthy sapling of identified species should be planted in

each pit.

Roadside Plantation

Roadside plantation plays a very important role for greening the area, increasing the shady

area, increasing aesthetic value and for eco-development of the area. The approach roads to

project site will be planted with flowering trees. Trees should be planted to increase aesthetic

value as well as shady area along the roads. Each plant shows different air pollution tolerance

level depending upon number of factors. The trees should be tolerant to air pollutants present

in the area & should be able to grow and thrive on soil of the area, be evergreen, inhabitant,

having minimum of leaf fall. The trees should be tall in peripheral curtain plantation and with

large and spreading canopy in primary and secondary attenuation zone. It is also

recommended to plant few trees, which are sensitive to air pollution as air pollution indicator.

Budget Allocation:

Greenbelt around the project site will be developed with in initial three to five years. The

green belt around the site plantation with at least 2x2 meters per plant is proposed. Detailed

budget Break-up is given in below table.

TABLE 10.12

BUDGET FOR GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT

Work or Activity 1st Year 2nd Year 3rd Year 4th Year 5th Year Total

Plantation at Periphery of the Project Site

Plantation Planned 125 75 50 25 25 300 Trees

Amount (INR) 1,25,000 75,000 50,000 25,000 25,000 3,00,000/-

Plantation of outside the plant



Plantation Planned 125 50 25 -- -- 200 Trees

Amount (INR) 1,25,000 50,000 25,000 -- -- 2,00,000/-

10.4.2. (G) VEHICULAR POLLUTION CONTROL

All vehicles will be maintained in well condition by regular preventive maintenance to

reduce the exhaust level.

Drivers of all vehicles used in the transportation will be trained in transportation of

Hazardous chemicals to prevent any accident. Fitness and training test certificate

approved by R.T.O to be maintained on the vehicle at all times to ensure transport

worthiness.

10.4.2. (H) BUDGETORY PROVISION PROPOSED FOR ENVIRONMENT

POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES

Description of capital cost and recurring cost for environment control measures for different

type of activities like environment monitoring, green belt, effluent treatment plant and

hazardous waste storage and disposal is given below in table.

TABLE: 10.13CAPITAL COST AND RECURRING COST FOR ENVIRONMENT CONTROLMEASURESSr.No.

Pollution Control Measures Approximate CapitalCost (Rs. In Lakhs)

Approximate Recurring CostPer Annum (Rs. In Lakhs)

1. Air Pollution Control 14 102. Water Pollution Control 45 1303. Safety Equipment (PPE, fire

extinguishers, Ventilation,etc.)

13.5 20

4 Green Belt Development 10.5 105. Solid Waste Management 10 606. Noise pollution monitoring 2 27. Environment monitoring and

management6 20

8. Occupational health (OHC) 5 5TOTAL 106 257

* The cost is proposed for green belt development within premises and outside premises.

10.4.2. (I) HEALTH AND SAFETY

Occupational health impact and mitigation measures to avoid health hazard areas

under



All reasonably practical measures will be adopted by the unit to minimize the risk ofaccidents within a chemical manufacturing unit

All building plans and installations will be as per relevant laws and approved by competentauthority Training is imparted to all workers for all the hazardous process operations within the plantand will be supervised by experienced supervisors Suitable personnel protective equipments and fire extinguishers at strategic locations andsuitable personal protective equipmentswill be provided

Flame proof electrical fittings, flame arrestors etcwill be installed All the raw materials & solvents will be stored in designated storage area equipped withnecessary safety features.

Physical and chemical properties of raw materials and products as MSDS is provided assoft copy in CD. The solvent storage area will be restricted for unauthorized persons. Proper earthling willbeprovided in all electrical equipment whenever solvent handling is done. Flame arrester cumbreather valve and flame proof fitting will be provided at tank farm. Periodic inspection & testing of pressure vessels, equipments, and machineries will bedone. Good housekeeping will be ensured within the factory premises All designated staff & workers will be trained for the fire fighting, work permit system, firstaid and safe handballing of hazardous chemicals. Incident/accident reporting system will be developed and all the employees are made awarefor the same.

Suitable notices/boards will be displayed at designated locations indicating appropriatehazard warnings. Antidotes as well as MSDS for all the chemicals will be made available within the factorypremises. Pre-employment medical check up at the time of employment will be carried out. In orderto safe guard the health of the employees, all the employees undergo periodic health checkupat every six month.10.4.2. (J) CLEANER PRODUCTION

Discarded containers/bag will be sent back for raw material filling/selling to authorizerecycler after decontamination.

The unit will be using green chemistry for manufacturing of bulk drugs, which willresult in energy savings.

All steam condensate will be recycled. Cleaner production options will be explored further. The unit will try to recover the chemicals in the effluent in near future.

Unit will use natural gas as a clean fuel. Vacuum cleaner will be used to recover spilled material.

Housekeeping will be regularly maintained. Dedicated staff for the purpose will beemployed.



Products will be manufactured on campaign basis to reduce repeated cleaning ofreactors.

Whenever possible, extra filter cloths for centrifuges will be stocked to avoid/minimize the washings.

Solvents recovery will be maximized and uncondensed solvent will be scrubbed inwater. The scrubbed water will be subjected to further solvent recovery.

10.4.2. (K) SOLVENT RECOVERY SYSTEM WITH SCRUBBER TO

CONTROL VOC

A solvent recovery system comprises of two stage heat exchangers. Cooling tower water is

circulated in primary heat exchanger and in secondary heat exchanger chilled water

circulation is done. The uncondensed solvent after the secondary heat exchanger will be

diverted to water scrubber the traces of solvent will get dissolved in water. On getting

saturation, the solvent mix water will be subjected for recovery of solvent (if feasible) and/or

water will be diverted to ETP plant for further treatment the process will ensure no VOC

emission from solvent recovery system.

The scrubbing system consists of a scrubber (packed column absorber), an exhaust blower

and scrubbing media circulation via pumps followed by carbon adsorption tower. The vapors

coming from the process vents and raw material storage area enters the primary scrubber

where they are absorbed in water. Thus, the air leaving from the scrubber is clean, which is

again feed into the secondary tower consists of carbon to trap any remaining VOC. The figure

of scrubber system is given below as figure. The details of scrubber system and features of

scrubber system are given below in Table no. 10.14 and Table no. 10.15.

TABLE 10.14

DETAILS OF WATER SCRUBBER SYSTEM FOR VOCSr. No. Name of Units Capacity Quantity MOC1 Water Scrubber 5 KL 1 HDPE/PP FRP

TABLE 10.15SPECIFICATIONS OF WATER SCRUBBER SYSTEM

Description DetailsVelocity gas 10 Kg/HrGas flow 10 Kg/HrBlower Capacity 75 CFMPump Capacity 250 L/HrsScrubbing media WaterColumn diameter 300 mmColumn packed height 3 MTotal column height 4.5 M



FIGURE 10.6DIAGRAM OF WATER SCRUBBER FOLLOWED BY CARBON TOWER

Vent

CarbonAdsorption tower

Reactor

PrimaryCondenser

Cooling Tower Line

SecondaryCondenser

Chilled WaterCirculation Spray

Water Tank

Receiver

UnscrubbedVOCs

VOC



10.4.2. (L) ODOUR MANAGEMENT PLAN

Odour Problem and Sources of Emissions

Causes of odour can be bad sanitation, bacterial growth in the interconnecting pipes &

unattended drains etc.

Remedial Measures

Better management to avoid staling.

Use of sanitation biocides to minimize the growth of aerobic/anaerobic

microorganisms.

Steaming of major pipe lines.

Proper cleaning of drains.

Following Additional methods can also be used to reduce odour nuisance:

Green belt development in the buffer zone may help at least partially to mitigate /

obfuscate the odour.

Ensuring that the operation is carried out under the best management practices.

If still the odour persists, nozzles, sprayers and atomizers that spray ultra-fine

particles of water or chemicals can be used along the boundary lines of area sources to

suppress odour.

TABLE: 10.16PROPOSED ODOUR CONTROL MEASURES

Sr.No.


1. Pump handling odorouschemicals and pressuredgases

Use of mechanical seals of pumps andcompressor.

All pipeline and pipe fitting shall be wellmaintain, wear and tear shall be attendedpromptly.

2. At reactor duringcharging of liquid andsolids chemicals

Liquid raw material will be charged by pumpingand closed loop.

3. Pressure release valveemission from pipeline

For highly pressurized lines, vent lines of PRVs toair pollution control device in case of toxic gases.

4. Release from samplinglines

Using a close loop sampling system.



Sr.No.


5. Emission from bulkstorage tank duringunloading

Breather valve, PSVs, Rupture disc will beprovided.

Vapor recovery system will be installed forprocess and storage vent tank.

6. Leak from valves,flanges, plugs andinstrument connection.

Welded pipes will be used wherever feasible.

Suitable gasket material to be used.


Periodic inspection and maintenance of pipes andpipe fittings.

7. Chemical vapors fromwet cake in filtration anddrying area

Filtration will be done out in Agitated Neutchfilter. Transfer and drying of wet-cake done insystem shall be adopted, worker shall be providedPPEs, fume extraction system shall be provided,whenever require.

8. Warehouse storingdrums and bags

Spillages shall be strictly prevented by providingdip pans, proper handling equipment, minimummanual operation, local exhaust and roof topventilators.

Spill control procedures and equipment shall beprovided.

10.4.2. (M) RAIN WATER HARVESTING SCHEME

Rainwater harvesting is a mechanism involved in collecting, storing and using rainwater

when it is most needed. A rainwater harvesting system comprises of various stages –

transporting rain water through pipes or drains, filtration, and storage in tanks for reuse or

recharge. There are five components in a rainwater harvesting system namely catchment,

conveyance, filtration, storage and recharge.

Advantages of Rain Water Harvesting

There are various advantages of Rain Water recharging from which some of those are listed

below:



Prevent evaporation and runoff of rain water and convey it to recharge groundwater

especially in such areas where runoff is very high.

Solution to water scarcity problems.

Effective rise in ground water levels.

It’s economical and energy saving as it prevents extraction of water from depleting

ground water table.

Easy operation and maintenance.

Design of rain water harvesting

Quantity of Rain water collected depends upon:

(a) Average rainfall intensity (b) Catchment area (c) Run-off coefficient.

The rain water from the Roof tops, Paved and Green Area will be collected through

PVC pipes and then transferred to the proposed rainwater harvesting pits. Design

calculations for these pits are discussed in subsequent section.

Based on the long term weather data for Vadodara district

Annual Rainfall intensity = 632.1 mm (0.63 m)

So, it is proposed to provide storage tank of volume ~100 m3. Keeping in mind four

months of Monsoon season.

The proposed volume of rainwater harvesting pits can be created below parking area,

green area or roads etc. as per convenience. The stored rainwater will be utilized for

various purposes hence reducing required quantity of water.

Storm water management

The drains for storm water will be kept clean and dry in summer and winter. The

storm water drains will be connected to the 100 m3 underground pit. The rain water of

the premises will be collected in this underground pit through storm water drains. The

collected water will be analyzed for any contamination of pollutants for 1st and 2nd

rain during monsoon. If analysis indicates any contamination, the collected water will

be diverted to ETP plant. In case of no contamination, the collected water will be used

in cooling tower and other applications.

10.4.2. (N) ADDITIONAL MITIGATION MEASURES

In addition to the above suggested measures for management of air, water, soil, etc following

additional measures shall be provided.

10.4.2.1 ENERGY CONSERVATION PROGRAMME



Company shall explore possibility of use of solar energy for various infrastructure operations.

Also use of Energy Efficient Lighting, Use of Energy Efficient Motors, electrical appliances

to minimize the energy consumption in addition to Process Planning.

Energy conservation measures are often the easiest, quickest and cheapest way to reduce

costs and be environmentally pro-active. Energy conservation will be one of the focuses

during planning and operation stages. The conservation efforts would consist of the

following:

a. Architectural design

Public areas will be cooled by natural ventilation as opposed to air-conditioning.

Maximize the use of natural lighting through design.

b. Energy Saving Practices

Purchase of energy efficient appliances.

Constant monitoring of energy consumption and defining targets for energy

conservation.

Adjusting the settings and illumination levels to ensure minimum energy used for

desired comfort levels.

Economizers will be provided to utilize heat.

Proper temperature controls will be provided to reduce load on heating systems.

Proper load factor will be maintained by the company.

Company will adopt good maintenance practices and will maintain good

housekeeping which will help in better illumination levels with least number of

fixtures.

On most of roofs transparent acrylic sheets will be provided to use day light and to

stop use of lights during day time.

LED lamps will be provided.

Solar Street light will be provided.

To the extent possible and technically feasible, energy efficient equipment will be

selected.

Gravity flow will be preferred wherever possible to save pumping energy.

Recycling of water will be done.

c. Behavioural change on consumption

Awareness on energy conservation.

Training to staffs on methods of energy conservation.

WATER CONSERVATION PROGRAMME



Water conservation shall be practiced to the extent possible by use of reclaimed water for all

non-potable application like gardening, lawns an, flushing toilets etc.

(I) Minimizing Water Consumption

A combination of water saving appliances and water management measures will be planned

in the plant. The message of water conservation shall be spread to all occupiers on site by

way of awareness campaigns and circulars. Specific measures that will be implemented

include the following:

(II) Management Measures

Reduce toilet cistern volume in single flush models.

Promote awareness on water conservation and reducing water wastage.

Quick fixing of leaking taps pipes and toilet cisterns; Sweep with a broom and pan

where possible, rather than hose down external areas.

Minimize water use in gardens by the following measures:

Drip irrigation system shall be used for the lawns and other green area which can save

water between 15-40% of the water use, compared with other watering techniques.

Plants with similar water requirements shall be grouped on common zones to match

precipitation heads and emitters.

Use of low-volume, low-angle sprinklers for lawn areas.

Select controllers with adjustable watering schedules and moisture sensors to account

for seasonal variations and calibrate them during commissioning. Selecting a drought

resistant grass.

(III) Water Saving Investments

Reduce water delivery in taps and showers, through the installation of low flow

devices or aerators on showerheads.

Spring-loaded taps;

Installation of sub-meters on key areas of water use – monitoring water use is a

precursor for management and Water Efficient Plumbing Fixtures

SAFETY MEASURES TO PREVENT THE OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH HAZARDS

All reasonably practical measures will be adopted by the unit to minimize the risk of

accidents within a chemical manufacturing unit

All building plans and installations will be as per relevant laws and will be approved

by competent authority

Training will be imparted to all workers for all the hazardous process operations

within the plant and will be supervised by experienced supervisors



Suitable personnel protective equipments and fire extinguishers at strategic locations

and suitable personal protective equipments will be provided

Flame proof electrical fittings, flame arrestors etc will be installed

All the raw materials will be stored in designated storage area equipped with

necessary safety features

Periodic inspection & testing of pressure vessels, equipments, and machineries will be

done.

Good housekeeping will be ensured within the factory premises

All designated staff & workers will be trained for the fire-fighting, work permit

system, first aid and safe handballing of hazardous chemicals.

Incident/accident reporting system will be developed and all the employees will be

made aware for the same.

Suitable notices/boards will be displayed at designated locations indicating

appropriate hazard warnings.

Antidotes as well as MSDS for all the chemicals will be made available within the

factory premises.

Pre-employment medical checkups at the time of employment will be carried out. In

order to safe guard the health of the employees, all the employees undergo periodic

health checkup at every six month.

SOCIAL WELFARE MEASURES FOR FUTURE PLANNING

Providing materials and monetary aid to schools, primary health centers, hospitals, sports,

clubs and places of worship.

Planning to create residential, medical, educational and recreational facilities for our

employees.

Rural Development Programmers for up liftmen of people in the form of dead diction,

self-help, vocational training and guidance etc.

Contributed in any welfare society.

Scholarship for girls in Schools.

Training local unprivileged boys and girls for Housekeeping, Laundry etc and provide

employment.

Adoption of Local School / Slum for up liftmen of locals.

FINDINGS



From the foregoing sections it is clear that environmental considerations are foremost during

development of the project, at all the following levels:

(1) Project sitting (2) Planning and design (3)Project construction (4) Post project

operations

The following findings are to be mentioned:

The Project will have no significant environmental impacts during construction and

operations.

Project risks will be minimized through rigorous enforcement of national design and

operational standards.

The environmental and safety aspects of the Project are straightforward and well

understood.

A detailed environmental impact study is carried out and EMP. No further studies are

required to elaborate these subjects.

The EMP also provides for establishing, and maintaining a system of environmental

monitoring and auditing to ensure strict compliance of all the measures identified in the EMP,

and minimize adverse environmental and social impacts.

10.4.2. (O) SHOW CAUSE NOTICE/CLOSURE NOTICE DETAIL

The unit has received show cause notices/direction in last five years. The reply by the unit is

provided in below table.



TABLE 10.17

CLOSURE NOTICE AND COMPLIANCE

Sr.No.

SCN/Closure Under Act Reason for SCN Action taken Remark

1. GPCB/CCA/VRD-593(2)/ID-21795DATED 06.06.2017.

Air, WaterHazardous

Board members of GPCB havevisited plant on dated 18/3/2017and found BOD result 856 mg/lwhich is higher than permissiblelimit mentioned in CCA.

1. We have installed the adequatetreatment plant to treat the wastewater.

2. We are the member of CETP-NIAand after treatment we are sendingour treated effluent to the ETP.

3. During the inspection of GPCBofficials the cleaning &modification process wasstabilized.

4. Due to the un-stabilized process ofchlorination system the BOD ofthe treated water is higher than theCETP inlet norms.

5. At present the chlorination processof effluent is stabilized andworking satisfactionary.

6. We will maintain the dischargeinlet norms of CETP.

7. We will regularly optimize oureffluent treatment process.

8. We will adequate our manpower



for the adequate treatment.9. We assure you, sir we will take all

the precautions to process oureffluent at the best land.Further we request you sir, lookingto the above fact please not to takeany further action and oblige us.

2. 10.

The copy of the show-cause & closer notice with reply is attached as Annexure – XX.



10.4.2. (P) INSPECTION REPORT BY GPCB AND THEIR REPLY

The unit has been inspected by GPCB. Analysis report of the water/Air/Hazardous samples

collected by GPCB and inspection report with queries and their answer are attached as an

Annexure- XXI.

10.5 CONCLUSION

The project can cause minor impacts only during construction phase due to the various

activities involved during that phase. However, strict adherence to the various mitigation

measures as identified under the EMP, strengthened by adequate environmental monitoring

using best available technology (BAT) and auditing and good construction practices,

including the special construction methods as prescribed, will go a long way in effectively

reducing the impacts as to negligible levels.

During operation phase of the project, none of the routine activities will cause any noticeable

impact on any component of the environment, including the socio-economic component.

Provision of green belt and energy conservation shall further facilitate in overall scenario

management of Environment.

Thus, it can be concluded on a positive note that after the implementation of the mitigation

measures and Environmental Management Plan, the proposed project shall have negligible

impact on environment and will benefit the local people and economy.



10.6 PROJECT IMPLIMENTATION SCHEDULE

Implementation of Project within a pre-determined time frame is an important factor for the

success of a project. Timely implementation saves on various costs like interest,

administrative overheads and helps to realize the goals as per pre-determined objectives.

Implementation of Project involves co-ordination of different activities at various levels of

the firm and amongst different outside agencies. This will start immediately after getting

Environment Clearance. From the date of start, the implementation schedule envisages

completion of project in 8 months. It is considered that preliminary activities such as

obtaining necessary statutory clearance for proposed project and financial arrangements for

the implementation of the project will be made at proper dates.

The major activities to be carried out at site during project work are as follows:

TABLE: 10.18PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE

Project implementation schedule after getting NOC from GPCBSr. No. Activity Required Period1. Civil work Immediately after getting NOC-3 Months2. Procurement of machinery 1 month after getting NOC3. Eraction& installation of

machineryImmediately after competition of activity no.2- 2 month

4. Trial of machinery &equipment

Within 1 months after competition of activity no.3

5. Commercial activity 1 months after competition of activity no.4

FIGURE 10.7BAR CHART

0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25

Civil Work

Procurement of machinery

Erection & installation of machinery

Trial of machinery & equipment

Commercial Activity

Civil Work Procurement ofmachinery

Erection &installation of

machinery

Trial ofmachinery &equipment

CommercialActivity

Year After Getting NOC from GPCB 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1



CHAPTER-11

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

11.1 INTRODUCTION

M/s. Chemtech Intermediates Pvt. Ltd is already engaged in manufacturing of organic Pharmaceutical

intermediates at plot No. C1-128/13, 14, 15, 16 GIDC Estate, Nandesari, Dist. Vadodara, Gujarat. The

Unit is having valid Consolidated Consent & Authorization (CC&A) from Gujarat Pollution Control

Board vide CC&A order no.: AWH-85623 with validity up to 31/12/2021 for manufacturing of

Organic pharmaceutical intermediates. The unit is going for expansion for range of products like

advanced Intermediates, API’s and R&D products. The unit has existing production quantity is 90

MT/Month of synthetic organic chemicals; therefore total production quantity after expansion

becomes 1080 MT/Month.

11.1.1 LOCATION

Unit is already engaged in manufacturing of organic chemicals at plot C1-128/14-15, GIDC Estate,

Nandesari, Dist. Vadodara, Gujarat. Now, unit has purchased new two adjoining plots for proposed

expansion. The expansion will be carried out at plot C1-128/13,14,15,16 GIDC Estate, Nandesari,

Dist. Vadodara, Gujarat, existing plot & new adjoining plots located in GIDC. It is approximately 9

km distance from Dist. Vadodara. The approximate geographical positioning of the project site is at

Latitude: 22°24'21.15"N, Longitude: 73°05'47.66"E.

11.1.2 INVESTMENT

The total investment for proposed expansion will be in land, plant, machinery, building and

environment protection and safety. The existing coast is Rs.4.17 Cr and cost of proposed expansion

will be Rs. 7.10 Cr. Thus total cost of project is 11.27 Cr.

11.1.3 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES

The plant is located in GIDC, Nandesari, which is well-developed industrial zone. GIDC, Nandesari is

having all essential facilities such as internal roads, arrangement for supply of water and power to

industries etc.

11.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

11.2.1 NEED FOR THE PROJECT

Demand & supply gap is huge for the export market since products are generic in nature. Inventors of

generic products stop manufacturing & they prefer to import from Indian market. Demand for an

organic pharmaceuticals intermediate are increasing at the rate of almost 28- 30 % during last three

years. During the year 2017, pharmaceutical industry growth is expected to remain 21% & in terms of



value to reach US $ 17 Billion. Average export of organic pharmaceuticals intermediate from India

remains more than 50%. The products are highly influenced by the market demand. In Pharma

industries, Introduction of newer molecules with better performance and less side effects are

introduced from time to time and hence it is essential for the project proponent to put up a multi-

product facility so that the changing demand is met and can have a positive impact over lives globally.

11.2.2 PRODUCTION AND RAW MATERIAL

Products will be stored in HDPE drum, HDPE bags, Drum of fibre MOC. The quality of products are

checked properly and stored in the close shed with due consideration of compatibility of chemicals.

All raw-materials will be stored in drums/ bags in a well-ventilated raw material storage area. All the

pre-cautionary process instruments and safety appliances will be installed. Hazardous flammable

substances are separately stored in farm area within premises. Solvents such as Toluene,

Cyclohexane, Methanol, Chloroform, MDC, Pyridine, and DMF are stored in HDPE Drums/Tanks

with fitted appropriate controls to avoid any leakages. Dyke walls will be provided 1.5 times higher

than storage tanks. Flame arrester cum breather valve and flame proof fittings are provided at storage

area. The solvent storage area is restricted for unauthorized persons. Proper earthning is provided in

all electrical equipment whenever solvent handling is done.

11.2.3 RESOURCE REQUIREMENT

LAND

The total plot area of the unit is 3096.85 sq. m. The green belt area is approx. 495 sq. m. (15% of total

plot area).

WATER REQUIREMENT

The source of water is GIDC Nandesari. As per CCA, the unit is using 52.5 KL/Day fresh water from

GIDC for domestic and industrial purposes. Due to proposed expansion total fresh water requirements

for the industrial and domestic purpose will be 113.17 KL/Day which will be met by GIDC water

supply scheme.

As per CCA, industrial effluent generation is 38 KL/Day and sewage generation is 2 KL/Day. The

proposed project will lead to total waste water generation of 85.5 KL/Day from different sources i.e.

process, washing, boiler, cooling, and domestic at full production capacity.

ENERGY REQUIREMENT

The power requirement after proposed expansion will be 400 KVA. The source of electricity will be

MGVCL.



In existing scenario, Fire wood is used 1.5 MT/Day, it will be discontinued after proposed expansion;Bio Coal/coal is used 4 MT/Day in existing scenario, total consumption of Bio Coal/coal will be 12.5MT/Day after proposed expansion. Existing requirement of LDO/Diesel is 50 Lit/Hr, totalrequirement of LDO/Diesel after proposed expansion will be 100 Lit/Hr.

UTILITIES

The existing utilities are cooling tower, boilers, Thermopack, Chilling Plant, Air Compressor, Pumps,

Motors, Storage tanks etc. New utilities will be installed in proposed expansion such as boiler, cooling

tower, air compressors, chilling tower, Thermopack, Chilled Brine Plant , pumps, motors, Boiler feed

water treatment plant etc.

11.2.4 POLLUTION POTENTIAL SCENARIO

WASTE WATER MANAGEMENT




GASEOUS EMISSION

FLUE GAS EMISSION

As per CCA order no. AWH-85623, there is flue gas emission (SPM, SO2 and NOx) from one baby

boiler based on fire wood fuel, Boiler (2 TPH) & Thermo pack based on Bio coal/ coal/ lignite fuel,

and D.G. Set (300 KVA). There is no process gas emission from the existing manufacturing activities.

Existing baby boiler will be dismantled.

Due to proposed expansion flue gas emission will be from boiler having capacity of 5 TPH &, two

Thermo Pack having capacity of 10 lacs K Cal/Hr. Bio coal/ coal/ lignite will be used as fuel in Boiler

(5 TPH) & Thermopack.

PROCESS GAS EMISSION

There is no process gas emission in existing scenario. In proposed scenario, there will be process gas

emission will be from two reactors. There will be emission of HBr, NH3, and Br2 from reactor vent.

HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION

In existing scenario, Hazardous waste generation is Spent Oil (0.036 MT/Annum), Discarded

Container (1.0 MT/Annum), ETP Sludge (18.25 MT/Annum) & Distillation residue (5.47

MT/Annum).

After proposed expansion, hazardous waste generation will be Spent Oil (3.036 MT/Annum),

Discarded Container (70.0 MT/Annum), ETP Sludge (240 MT/Annum), Distillation residue (440

MT/Annum), Spent Carbon (104 MT/Annum), Scrubber solution to control fugitive emission (730.0

MT/Annum), Hydro bromic acid (19 KL/Annum), Sodium chloride salt (136 MT/Annum), Sodium



bromide solution (19 KL MT/Annum), Spent nitric acid (252 KL/Annum) & Spent catalyst (60

MT/Annum).

Spent Oil will be send for disposed to registered refiners, Discarded Containers will be

decontaminated within company premises and sends to authorize recyclers. ETP Sludge will be

disposed to TSDF of Nandesari Environment Control Ltd (NECL). Distillation residue will be

disposal at for co-processing facility of Nandesari Environment Control Ltd (NECL). Spent Carbon

will be dispoded at co-processing facility of Nandesari Environment Control Ltd (NECL). Scrubber

solution will be treated in ETP. Hydro bromic acid will be sell to end user having Rule-9 permission

OR send to ETP. Sodium chloride salt will be go for Disposal at TSDF site (NECL, Nandesari).

Sodium bromide solution will be sell to end user having Rule-9 permission. Spent nitric acid will be

sell to end user having Rule-9 permission. Spent catalyst will be sent for reactivation to the supplier.

11.3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENT STATUS

11.3.1 STUDY AREA INCLUDED IN ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING

Studies were carried out in about 10 km radial distance from the project site with respect to sampling

and analysis of air quality, water quality, noise level and soil quality. The base line data were

monitored for study period of March- 2019 to May -2019.

11.3.2 CLIMATE OF THE STUDY AREA

Relative humidity

The maximum relative humidity reported around 79 % and minimum relative humidity is reported

around 14 % during period of March- 2019 to May -2019.

Temperature

The maximum temperature reported is 44OC and the minimum temperature reported is 21OC during

period of March- 2019 to May -2019.

Rainfall

There was no rain fall in March- 2019 to May -2019.

11.3.3 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

Based on data obtained, it could be stated that, during the study period the value of PM10 at

monitored locations is ranged between 64-88 μg/m3 while the value PM 2.5 fluctuates in the

range of 36-52 μg/m3. The value of SO2 and NOx were observed to be in the range of 13-26

μg/m3 and 10-23 μg/m3 respectively. The values of NH3, HCl, Cl2 and HBr were found in

the range of 2-1.2 μg/m3, 1.02 to 0.9 μg/m3 & 2.3 to 1.2 μg/m3. The value of VOC at

monitored locations is ranged between 0.2-1.0 ppm. The value of CO at monitored locations



is range between 1.8 to 0.6 µg/m3. The average concentration of PM 2.5, SO2 and NOx are

within prescribed limit at all locations.

These concentrations at all AAQM locations were primarily caused by local phenomena

including vehicular movement and natural dusting due to human activities and wind

movement.

11.3.4 WATER QUALITY

Analysis of groundwater samples reveals that the pH varies from 6.7 to 7.90, Calcium and Magnesium

content varies between 65.8 to 114.23 mg/l and 68 to 90 mg/l respectively. Total hardness and alkalinity

expressed as CaCO3 ranges between 34 to 800 mg/l and 50 to 900 mg/l respectively. Chlorides and

Sulphate are found to be in the range of 32.34 to 670 mg/l and 25 to 200 mg/l respectively. Nitrates and

Fluorides are found to be in the range of 4 to 9.9 mg/l and 0.15 to 0.8 mg/l. The heavy metal contents are

found to be well within the limit. The TDS contents are found to be well within the permissible limit. The

physico-chemical and biological analysis revealed that all the parameters are well within the prescribed

limits of IS: 10500-2012.

Analysis of surface water samples reveals that the pH varies from 7.8 to 8.24, Calcium and Magnesium

content varies between 80 to 115 mg/l and 28 to 44 mg/l respectively. Total hardness and alkalinity

expressed as CaCO3 ranges between 150 to 278 mg/l and 162 to 352 mg/l respectively. Chlorides and

Sulphate are found to be in the range of 35 to 180 mg/l and 26 to 260 mg/l respectively. Nitrates and

Fluorides are found to be in the range of ND to 5.6 mg/l and not detected respectively. The heavy metal

contents are found to be well within the limit. The TDS contents are found to be well within the

permissible limit. The physico-chemical and biological analysis revealed that all the parameters are well

within the prescribed limits of IS: 10500-2012.


Noise level monitoring was carried out at 9 locations during period of March-2019 to May-2019.

During monitoring period, the LEQ (dB (A)) noise levels varied between Analysis of groundwater

samples reveals that the

11.3.6 SOIL

The composite soil sample was collected from project site and the villages within 10 km radius. The

samples were collected to determine physical and chemical characteristic of soil.

11.3.7 LAND USE OF THE STUDY AREA



As per land use study, major land use of study area of 10 km buffer area is covered by 65.67 % of

Agriculture, 59.57% of crop land, 7.90% of industrial area, 16.68% of built-up land, 2.68 % of river,

3.07 % of water body.

11.3.8 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

The study of the environmental components like flora and fauna is required to assess the biological

diversity of the region. Flora and fauna can be used for biological surveillance in assessing the

environmental status. The ecological interpretation is based on secondary sources of information.

Water is the basic and essential resource for the survival of flora and fauna. The flora being the

primary producer influences the fauna of the region. The characteristic flora existing in a region

depends upon the existing conditions such as intensity of sunlight, type of soil, quality of air,

including the quality and quantity of water available, etc.

11.4 IDENTIFICATION &ASSESSMENTOF IMPACT

11.4.1 WATER ENVIRONMENT


During construction phase, water will be required for construction of structures, sprinkling for dust

suppression. The raw water for the various purposes will be supplied by GIDC only.

There will no impact on surrounding ground water quality and quantity during construction phase.


As per CCA, the unit is using 52.5 KL/Day fresh water from GIDC for domestic and industrial

purposes. Due to proposed expansion total fresh water requirements for the industrial and domestic

purpose will be 113.17 KL/Day which will be met by GIDC water supply scheme.

There will be no extraction of ground water, so that no direct impact is found on ground water

availability.




11.4.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT

From the dispersion modeling studies conducted, it was observed that the maximum ground

level concentration occurs in the East direction. The maximum incremental increase in



concentration for PM, SO2 and NOx is 1.04 µg/m3, 0.928 µg/m3 and 0.648 µg/m3 respectively

at a distance of about 1 km in the East direction. Whereas, the maximum incremental increase

in concentration for HBr, Br2and NH3is 0.017µg/m3, 0.017 µg/m3and0.36 µg/m3 at a distance

of about 1 km in the North direction.


Adequate noise control measures such as mufflers, silencers at the air inlet/outlet, anti-vibration pad

for equipment with high vibration etc. shall be provided. Housing/casing shall be provided for all

noise generating machines. Job rotation will reduce exposure to some extent. Moreover, PPE like

earmuff and ear plugs will be provided to the operators/worker exposed to high noise. The proposed

green belt will further be helpful in reducing the ambient noise level.

11.4.4 LAND ENVIRONMENT

If the hazardous wastes are not handled properly, it can pose danger of land contamination and can

affect land system adversely. Transportation is one of the most important areas of concern associated

with handling Hazardous Waste, because the packaging and method of transporting of Hazardous

waste will prevent the likelihood that an accident or spill would occur. Separate collection system will

be provided for collection of spillage material. Impervious layer, RCC roads and flooring will be

provided to area, where the chemical storage and handling activities will be involved. Hence, there

will be no significant adverse impact on land environment.

11.4.5 ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

The project site is located in GIDC Nandesari. The project site is at a far distance from the forest land,

wild life sanctuaries and national parks. There will be not significant impact on crops & vegetation as

the proposed APCM will take care of flue gas emission and process emission. The waste water

generated from the process will be treated and treated waste water will be send to CETP Nandesari.

Sewage will be send to soak pit. There will be no impact on fisheries and aquatic life. Hence, no

adverse impact on this account is anticipated.

11.4.6 SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACT

This will be a beneficial impact on the local socio-economic environment as increase in demand for

essential utilities and employment during both construction and operational phase.

11.4.7 INFRA STRUCTURE AND SERVICES

This will be a beneficial impact on the local infrastructure services e.g. roads, post and telegraph,

communication, medical facilities, education, housing will be improved in surrounding area.

11.5 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM



The unit will carry out monthly and quarterly monitoring of ambient air, process emission, fugitive

emission, Noise, waste water and yearly monitoring of hazardous waste by external approved

monitoring agency. Waste water will be monitored daily by in house facility for pH and COD.

11.6 RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

The chapter 7 includes objectives and methodology of risk assessment, details of storage of finish

products and raw materials, details of safety measures, identification of hazards, consequence

analysis, recommendations on the basis of risk assessment done, safety aspects to reduce risk in

storage area and disaster management plan. Consequences analysis covers major five types of

exposures to hazardous effect. Flash fire and explosions, Toxic effect from toxic materials or toxic

combustion product.

11.7 PROJECT BENEFITS

The unit has planned to spend Rs 10.65 Lakhs for period of five year towards CER activity. There

will be employment opportunity for local people during construction and operation phase.

11.8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

11.8.1 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL

The Company Managing Director of M/s. Chemtech Intermediates Pvt Ltd, GIDC Nandesari, has

taken responsibility for implementation of environmental control measures.

11.8.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR UNIT



11.8.2.1 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR CONSTRUCTION PHASE

During construction it is necessary to control uplift of dust during the excavation, leveling and

transportation by spraying water over the paths, land and along the temporary roads. The workers

involved in the construction will be provided proper sanitation facilities. The construction workers on

site will be provided with necessary noise protection devices like earmuffs whenever they have to

work near the noise generating equipment/sources. The vehicles will be maintained properly so as to

minimize the emissions from exhaust. The empty containers of paints shall be sold to authorized

buyers/incineration. The construction wastes shall be used for leveling purpose.

11.8.2.2 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR OPERATIONAL PHASE

FLUE GAS EMISSION

The flue gas emission is SPM, SOX, NOX. To control these emissions, measures Acoustic encloser and

adequate stack height is provided.

There will be process gas emission form two reactors. Acid scrubber & water scrubber followed by

alkali scrubber is provided as control measures.

WATER

Existing and proposed effluent will be treated in unit’s own ETP. After proposed expansion, effluent

quantity will be 85.5 KLD. Out of this, 7.33 KLD effluent will reuse in process and 78.17 KLD

effluent will be treated in ETP Plant. Treated effluent will discharge to CETP of Nandesari industries

Association, Nandesari.

This waste water includes waste water coming from process, washing, boiler blow down, and cooling

tower blow down and overflow from septic tank. Unit will be having Effluent Treatment Plant

consists of collection tank, equalization tank, and neutralization tank and hydro dynamic cavitation

tank.

Pumps and reactors will be having mechanical seal, so there will be no leakages. The unit will provide

connection system for possibility of leakages. Leakages will be collected in a small pit which will

carry the leakages to effluent plant.

Possible spillages will be from vessel washing, transfer of liquids, to avoid the spillage fixed pipeline

will be provided. Vessel washing will be collected to effluent treatment plant. The unit will provide

dedicated area made with RCC and HDPE lining so that the washing can be directly sent to ETP

plant.

NOISE

Audio metric test should be conducted periodically for employees working close to the high noise

sources. Adequate noise control measures such as mufflers, silencers at the air inlet/outlet, anti-

vibration pad for equipment with high vibration, earmuff and ear plugs to the operators, etc. shall be

provided. Rotation of work will minimize exposure.

LAND



Raw materials will be stored in separate storage area. All the raw effluent storage tanks will be

covered with RCC slab. Separate collection system will be provided for collection of spillage

material. Impervious layer, RCC roads and flooring will be provided to area, where the chemical

storage and handling activities will be involved. The acid tanks are provided with dyke wall to control

spread of leakages.

GREEN BELT

Unit has allotted 495 Sq. m green belt area out of total premises area 3096.85 Sq. m. The unit will try

to expand green belt area as much as possible and also carry out tree plantation in GIDC area after

getting suitable permission.

CLEANER PRODUCTION

Discarded containers/bag will be sent back for raw material filling/selling to authorize

recycler after decontamination.

The unit will be using green chemistry for manufacturing of bulk drugs, which will result in

energy savings.

Cleaner production options will be explored further.

The unit will try to recover the chemicals in the effluent in near future.

Vacuum cleaner will be used to recover spilled material.

Housekeeping will be regularly maintained. Dedicated staff for the purpose will be employed.

Products will be manufactured on campaign basis to reduce repeated cleaning of reactors.

Whenever possible, extra filter cloths for centrifuges will be stocked to avoid/ minimize the

washings.

Solvents recovery will be maximized and uncondensed solvent will be scrubbed in water. The

scrubbed water will be subjected to further solvent recovery.

HEALTH & SAFETY

There will be provision of PPE, antidotes, periodic inspection & testing of pressure vessels,

equipments, machineries, pre-employment medical checkup, periodic health checkup, training of

firefighting, work permits system, first aid, safe handling of hazardous chemicals and integrating

safety. Hazardous processes will be operated by trained workers and will be looked after by qualified

& experienced supervisors.

PUBLIC HEARING

Public Hearing has been exempted for the industrial project within Nandesari GIDC Area.

11.9 CONCLUSION



The project proponent will follow all the statutory norms and guidelines as per Environmental

Protection Agency, 1986 to safeguard environment.

In existing facility, there is emission from vent of attached to Baby boiler, Boiler (2 TPH),

Thermopack, & D.G. Set (300 KVA). To control the emission, adequate stack height &

APCM are provided.

After proposed expansion, there will be emission from vent of attached to Boiler (5 TPH) &

Thermo pack (2 Nos.) (10 Lac Kcal).

Unit will dismantle existing baby boiler.

Treated effluent will be send to CETP of Nandesari industries Association, Nandesari.

The environment management plan given by M/s. Chemtech Intermediates Pvt. Ltd for air, water and

hazardous waste is adequate as per the worst-case scenario.

None of the routine activities will cause any noticeable impact on any component of the environment,

including the socio-economic component. Provision of green belt and energy conservation will be

further facilitating in overall scenario management of Environment.

Thus, it can be concluded on a positive note that after the implementation of the mitigation measures

and Environmental Management Plan, the proposed project will be negligible impact on environment

and will benefit the local people and economy.



CHAPTER -12

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED

M/s. Jyoti Om Chemical Research Centre Pvt. Ltd. established in 1990 by woman

entrepreneur Mrs. Hina C. Upasani, is well-equipped analytical laboratory for chemical

analysis. It offers following services to various types of industries in general, and Chemical /

Pharmaceutical, CETPS, solid waste sites, steel industries in particular.

The environment impact assessment report was carried out by the EIA team mentioned in

table no. 12.1 with respective experience and qualification.

TABLE 12.1

NAME OF EIA TEAM MEMBER

Sr. No. Name of Member Qualification

1. Dr. C. B. Upasani M.Sc.-Chemistry,

Ph. D.-(Applied Chemistry), C.Chem.

2. Mrs. Hina C. Upasani M.Sc.-Chemistry,

Diploma- Environment Management

3. Mr. Kamlesh Patel B.Sc.-Chemistry,

Diploma-Environment Management

4. Ms. Prerna Shah B.E.- Chemical,

Certified Course of Industrial Environment

Management

5. Mr. Krunal Prajapati B.E.- Chemical

6. Ms. Vikisha S. Patel B.E.-Environment

7. Ms. Kashmira Shah B.E.-Environment

8. Mr. Vikas H. Patel B.E.-Environment

9. Mr.Anandkumar Pandey B.E.-Environmental Science & Technology

10. Mr.Piyush Jamariya B.E.- Chemical

11. Mr. Ramesh Tarbundiya B.Sc. & M.Sc.- Biotechnology

12. Mr. Paranav Barad B.E.-Environment

13. Ms. Riddhi Rathod B.Sc. Chemistry

14. Ms. Nimisha Rana B.E.-Environment

15. Mr. Bhavesh Vagh B.E.-Environment

16. Ms. Archana Vasava M.sc Environment Science



Our associate for Air Pollution Monitoring & Control, Air Quality modeling &prediction is Dr. Khyati Chanana, Enviro Technologies, Vadodara

Our associate for safety & risk assessment for, Health & Hygiene, Risk & Hazard isMr. Deepak Chanchad, Vaibhu Safety Consultants, Vadodara.

Our associate for soil conservation, Noise & Vibration, solid & hazardous wastemanagement is Mr. Hitesh Gundaraniya.

12.1 SALIENT FEATURES

Spread over 600 m2 plot with about 350 m2 built up area.

1000sq.feet office space purchased at Vadodara for carrying out ClimateChange

work.

Well-equipped laboratory with instrument room, conference room, wet Analysis

Lab room, microbiology laboratory, Air Analysis Laboratory, Library &Computer

room etc.

Experienced and qualified staff.

Approved Testing House by Industries Commissioner, Gujarat Government.

Recognized as Environment Auditor by Gujarat Pollution Control Board,

Gandhinagar.

ISO 9001-2000 Certified by American Quality Assessor, AQA. Since 2002.

NABL accreditation for water and Air parameters.

Trained for Cleaner Production Assessment by Department of Environment and

Forest, Government of Gujarat under World Bank capacity buildingprogramme.

Computerized testing facility.

Consultant to Gujarat Cleaner Production Centre, Gandhinagar for Cleaner Product

Assessment.

Service provider to UNIDO, Vienna, Austria for Clean Technology Assessment.

Consultancy for EIA reports.

12.2 SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE CENTRE

Analysis of chemicals, dyes and dye intermediates

Analysis of bulk drugs and intermediates

Analysis of water and waste water



Testing of environment samples – water, air, solid waste and soil

Trace analysis of chemicals in waste water

Environment auditing

Cleaner Production Assessment

Microbiological analysis of water

Clean Technology Assessment

Environment Technological Assessment (EnTA)

Environment Impact Assessment

Climate Change Consultancy

Environment consultancy

Environment clearance consultancy

12.3 OUTSTANDING ACHIVEMENTS

1) Received Gujarat Cleaner Production Award for CP work at M/s. The Ankleshwar Poly

Dyestuff Pvt. Ltd. on 5th June, 2006 from Chief Minister Mr. Narendra Modi.

2) Received contract from UNIDO, Vienna, for writing PDD and developing new

methodology for Sulphuric acid project.

3) Established demonstration unit FIRST TIME in INDIA of Plasma based hazardous

waste destruction facility in collaboration with M/s. PEAT International, USA. Got

approval from Central Pollution Control Board, New Delhi.

4) Engaged in creating cluster base recycling unit of spent sulphuric acid to pure sulphuric

acid.

5) UNIDO, VIENNA has also assigned work to find out alternative Air oxidation

technology in place of nitric acid oxidation technology to reduce Green House gas emission.

6) Clean Technology tie up with following companies: (i) for recovery of sulphuric acid

from spent sulphuric acid – M/S Aker Kvaerner Chemetics, Canada. (ii) Destruction of

hazardous waste using Plasma Technology, PEAT International, USA.

(iii) Catalytic Air Oxidation in place of Nitric acid oxidation, M/S Buss Chem Tech AG,

Switzerland (iv) CDM consultancy , BSS, Switzerland

7) Received contract from UNIDO, Vienna, for writing PDD and developing new

methodology for Air Oxidation Technology.



8) The organization wrote two methodologies and Project Development Document (PDD)

and submitted to UNFCCC. The working committee of UNFCCC approved the

methodologies. They are for recovery of sulphuric acid from spent sulphuric acid and

substitution of incineration with Plasma Technology.

12.4 STATUS OF NABET ACCREDITATION

The organization has obtained stay order from the Hon. High Court of Gujarat. The copy of

the stay order is attached as Annexure-XVI. The cases from various high courts of the

countries are transferred to Hon. Supreme Court. It is further declared that at the time of

submission of EIA report, the stay order is valid.

12.5 DECLARATION BY CONSULTANT:

An undertaking regarding the prescribed TOR have been complied with and data submitted in

this EIA is factually correct is attached as Annexure-XVII. This is as per office memorandum

of MoEF and CC dated 04/08/2009.

chapter -1 introductionenvironmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/eia/23112019...m/s. chemtech...

Documents